Hiiii 


Hin 


iiiiiiiiiii! 


iliiiill 


i 


11i!i^i:.Hini;M5: 


?5;;  ;-■'!■ 


'  -■  r 


\   '  '5 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/firstbookinlatinOOtuelrich 


E\}t  Stutients*  Scries  of  ilattu  Classics 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN 


BY 


HIRAM    TUELL,  A.M., 

Principal  op  the  Milton  (Mass.)  High  School 

AND 

HAROLD   NORTH   FOWLER,   Ph.D. 

Professor  in  the  Western  Reserve  University;  formerly  Professor 
OF  Latin  in  the  J.'hillips  Exeter  Academy 


LEACH,   SHEWELL,   &   SANBORN 

BOSTON.    NEW  YORK.     CHICAGO 


7^0 


COPTRIGHT,  1893, 

Bt  HIRAM  TUELL  and  HAROLD  NORTH  FOWLER. 


J.  S.  Gushing  &  Co.  —  Berwick  &  Smith 
Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 


OF   THR 

HIVERSITT 


PREFACE,  /li/tf/^ 


r 

The  vocabulary  of  this   book   contains   about   seven  ^  ^ 
hundred  words,  exclusive  of  proper  names. 

Although  a  few  words  not  found  in  Caesar  have  been 
used  as  material  for  paradigms,  illustrations,  and  sen- 
tences on  familiar  subjects,  by  far  the  greater  part  of  the 
vocabulary  has  been  selected  from  the  first  four  books 
of  the  GoIUg  War.  Indeegl,, nearly  every  word  which 
Caesar  uses  six  or  more  times  in  these  four  books  will 
be  found  here  ;  and  they  form  so  large  a  proportion  of 
the  text  of  Caesar  that  a  pupil  who  has  mastered  the 
vocabulary  of  this  book  will  find  himself  familiar  with 
eighty-five  per  cent  of  the  words  on  an  average  page 
of  the  Gallic  War. 

To  ensure  the  acquisition  of  the  vocabulary,  every 
word,  when  first  introduced,  is  used  in  at  least  three 
consecutive  chapters;  and  the  small  number  of  words  has 
compelled  their  more  frequent  repetition  in  later  chapters. 

The  illustrative  sentences  —  which,  in  all  cases,  pre- 
cede the  rules  of  syntax  —  contain,  with  few  exceptions, 
only  words  already  found  in  the  exercises. 


IV  PREFACE. 

Each  principle  of  syntax  appears  in  at  least  three 
successive  chapters,  when  first  introduced,  and  is  after- 
wards frequently  repeated. 

The  development  of  the  verb  is  slow,  and  carefully 
graded  with  reference  to  the  difficulty  of  acquirement. 

The  exercises  on  forms  are  designed  to  be  easy  drill- 
exercises,  and  contain  no  new  words.  They  are  numer- 
ous, and  are  capable  of  indefinite  expansion  at  the  will 
of  the  teacher. 

The  carefully  graded  reading  lessons,  beginning  with 
Chapter  XXX.,  contain  the  story  of  the  first  book  of  the 
Gallic  War,  and  so  prepare  the  pupil  to  begin  the  read- 
ing of  Caesar,  at  the  second  book,  with  a  proper  under- 
standing of  the  previous  narrative ;  or  at  the  first,  with 
such  a  knowledge  of  its  contents  as  to  remove  many  of  its 
difficulties.  Few  words  are  used  which  have  not  already 
occurred  in  the  exercises ;  and  whenever  new  words  are 
introduced,  their  translation  is  given  in  parenthesis. 

The  illustrations  and  exercises  of  Chapter  LXI. 
(on  indirect  discourse)  can  be  omitted  without  causing 
inconvenience  in  the  use  of  the  rest  of  the  book. 

The  derivation  and  composition  of  words  "are  treated 
more  fully  than  is  usual  in  books  for  beginners,  in  the 
hope  that  a  simple  presentation  of  important  parts  of 
these  subjects  may  lighten  the  pupil's  subsequent  labors. 

It  is  expected  that  the  book  will  prove  easier  than  the 
ordinary  first  book,  on  account  of  its  small  vocabulary 


PREFACE.  V 

and  careful  gradation,  and  will  contribute  far  more  to 
the  rapidity  and  pleasure  of  later  progress  in  conse- 
quence of  the  principle  which  has  guided  the  selection 
of  the  words  and  the  more  thorough  mastery  of  their 
meanings. 

We  desire  to  acknowledge  our  indebtedness  to  Henry 
Snyder,  A.M.,  Superintendent  of  the  Schools  of  Jersey 
City,  who  made  valuable  contributions  in  the  earlier 
stages  of  the  work,  and  to  Professor  E.  M.  Pease,  of 
Leland  Stanford  Junior  University,  editor-in-chief  of 
this  series,  whose  criticisms  and  suggestions  at  every 
stage  have  been  very  helpful. 

HIRAM  TUELL. 
HAROLD  N.  FOWLER. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.   Introductory  Matter 1 

II.   First  Declension,  —  Subject  and  Direct  Object    ...      8 

III.  First  Declension  {continued).  —  Genitive  with  Nouns .     11 

IV.  Present  Indicative  of  Sum. — Agreement  of  Verbs .     .-^  12 
V.    Predicate  Noun  and  Appositive 14 

I.    Second  Declension :  Nouns  in -2is. — Indirect  Object  .     16 
VII.    Second  Declension :   Nouns  in  -um.  —  Adjectives  in 

-uSy -a, -um. — Agreement  of  Adjectives    ....     18 
''III.    Second  Declension :  Nouns  in  -er  and  -ir.  —  Imperfect 

Indicative  of  Sum 21 

IX.   Adjectives  in  -er.  —  Future  Indicative  of  Sum.  — 

Dative  of  Possessor 23 

X.   Third  Declension :  Mute  Stems 26 

XI.   Third  Declension :   Mute  Stems  {continued) .  —  First 

Conjugation :  Present  Indicative  Active    ....     28 
XII.    Third  Declension :    Liquid   Stems.  —  First  Conjuga- 
tion :  Imperfect  Indicative  Active ol 

XIII.  Third  Declension  {continued).  —  First  Conjugation:  '^' 

Future  Indicative  Active.  —  Ablative  of  Instrument     34 

XIV.  Third  Declension  :  Stems  in  -i.  —  First  Conjugation  : 

Perfect  Indicative  Active.  —  Perfect  Indicative  of 

Sum.  —  Ablative  of  Manner 36 

XV.    Third  Declension:    Stems  in  -i  {continued).  —  First - 
Conjugation :    Pluperfect  and  Future-Perfect  In- 
dicative Active.  —  Pluperfect  and  Future-Perfect 
Indicative  of  Sum.  —  Ablative  of  Accompaniment .     40 
XVI.    Third  Declension :  Mixed  Stems.  —  Ablative  of  Time .     44 

VII.   Third  Declension.  —  Rules  for  Gender 47 

vii 


VUl  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  ,  PAGE 

K VIII.    Adjectives  of  Three  Terminations.  —  First  Conju- 
l  gation:   Present  Indicative  Passive.  —  Ablative 

of  Agent 50 

■      XIX.    Adjectives  of  Two  Terminations.  —  First  Conju- 
\                     gation:    Imperfect  Indicative  Passive.  —  Abla- 
tive of  Cause 53 

XX.    Adjectives  of  One  Termination.  —  First  Conjuga- 
\  tion:  Future  Indicative  Passive.  —  Ablative  of 

Specification 56 

XXI.  First  Conjugation :  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future- 
Perfect  Indicative  Passive.  —  Descriptive  Abla- 
tive      59 

XXII.    Comparison  of  Adjectives.  —  Declension  of  Com- 
paratives.—  Ablative  with  Comparatives  .     .     .     62 

XXIII.  Comparison  of  Adjectives  (continued).  —  Partitive 

Genitive 65 

XXIV.  Irregular  Comparison  (continued).  —  Ablative  of 

Degree  of  Difference 68 

XXV.    Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs    .     .     .     .     71 
XXVI.    Fourth  Declension.  —  Second  Conjugation:  Pres- 
ent Indicative  Active 73 

XXVII.    Second  Conjugation:  Imperfect  and  Future  Indica- 
tive Active.  —  Dative  with  Adjectives  ....     75 
XXVIII.    Second    Conjugation :    Perfect,    Pluperfect,    and 

Future-Perfect  Indicative  Active 77 

XXIX.    Second  Conjugation:  Present  Indicative  Passive. 

—  Fifth  Declension 79 

XXX.    Second  Conjugation :    Imperfect  and  Future  In- 
dicative Passive.  —  Nine   Irregular  Adjectives. 

—  Reading  Lesson 82 

,    XXXI.    Second    Conjugation :     Perfect,    Pluperfect,    and 

Future-Perfect  Indicative  Passive 85 

XXXII.    Third  Conjugation:  Present  Indicative  Active. — 
Cardinal  Numerals.  —  Accimative  of  Extent.  — 

Reading  Lesson 87 

XXXIII.    Third  Conjugation:  Imperfect  and  Future  Indica- 
tive Active.  —  Ordinal  Numerals 92 


f 


CHAPTER 

XXXIV. 


\      XXXV. 


.XXXVI. 


XXXVII. 
XXXVIII. 


XLIII. 

XLIV. 

XLV. 

XLVI. 

XL  VII. 

XLVIII. 

XLIX. 

L. 

LI. 

LII. 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS.  ix 

PAGE 

Third  Conjugation :  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and 
Future-Perfect  Indicative  Active.  —  Personal 
and  Reflexive  Pronouns.  —  Reading  Lesson    .       94 

Third  Conjugation :  Present  and  Imperfect  Pass- 
ive. —  Possessive  Pronouns 99 

Third  Conjugation :  Future,  Perfect,  Pluperfect, 
and  Future-Perfect  Indicative  Passive. —  Read- 
ing Lesson 101 

Demonstrative  Pronouns 104 

Demonstrative  Pronouns  (continued).  —  Reading 
Lesson 106 

Fourth  Conjugation :  Present  Indicative  Active. 

—  Relative  Pronouns 109 

Fourth  Conjugation :  Imperfect,  Future,  Per- 
fect, Pluperfect,  and  Future-Perfect  Indicative 
Active.  —  Interrogative  Pronouns.  —  Reading 
Lesson 112 

Fourth  Conjugation:  Passive  Voice. —  Indefinite 

Pronouns 115 

Infinitives  of  Sum  :  Infinitives  of  First  and  Sec- 
ond Conjugations.  —  Indirect  Discourse  (Ora- 
tio    Obliqua) :     Subject    of   the    Infinitive.  — 

Reading  Lesson 118 

Infinitives  of  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations. — 

Expressions  of  Place 122 

Verbs  in  -io  of  the  Third  Conjugation.  —  Read- 
ing Lesson 125 

Participles 128 

Deponent  Verbs.  —  Reading  Lesson 130 

Possum.  —  Infinitive  not  in  Indirect  Discourse  .  133 
Compounds  of  Sum.  —  Dative  with  Compounds. 

—  Reading  Lesson 136 

Dative  vjith  Intransitive  Verbs 138 

Fero  and  Compounds  of  Fero.  —  Reading  Lesson  140 
Irregular  Verbs  Volo,  Nolo,  and  3Ial6  .  .  .  143 
Irregular  Verbs  Eo  and  Fio.  —  Two  Datives.  — 

Reading  Lesson 145 


X  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

LIII.    Derivation  and  Composition  of  Words 148 

LIV.    Subjunctive  Mood.  —  Sequence  of  Tenses.  —  Indirect 

Questions 152 

LV.    Fii-st  Conjugation :  Subjunctive  Active.  —  Clauses  of 

Purpose  {Final  Clauses).  —  Reading  Lesson    .     .     155 
LVI.    First  Conjugation  :    Subjunctive  Passive.  —  Clauses 

of  Result  (Consecutive  Clauses) 158 

LVIL    Second  Conjugation:   Subjunctive  Mood.  —  Purpose 

and  Besult  Clauses  (continued).  —  Reading  Lesson     160 

LVIII.    Imperative  Constructions.  —  Wishes 163 

LIX.    Third  Conjugation :  Subjunctive  Active  and  Passive. 

—  Conditional  Sentences.  —  Reading  Lesson    .     .     166 
LX.    Fourth  Conjugation :  Subjunctive  Active  and  Passive. 

—  Clauses  icith  Cum 172 

LXL    Subjunctive  of  Irregular  Verbs.  —  Indirect  Discourse. 

—  Reading  Lesson 176 

LXII.    TarticiTples  (Beview).  — Ablative  Absolute    ....     181 

LXIII.    Gerund  and  Gerundive.  —  Reading  Lesson  ....  185 

LXIV.    Supine.  —  Expressions  of  Purpose 189 

LXV.   Periphrastic  Conjugations. — Dative  of  Agent. —  Read- 
ing Lesson 193 

Selections  for  Sight-Reading 199 

Paradigms  of  Verbs 205 

Vocabularies 229 


vJNIVERSITY 

A  First  Book  in  Latin. 


CHAPTER    I. 
Introduction. 

1.  ALPHABET. 

The  Latin  alphabet  has  twenty-four  letters  :  A,  B,  C, 
D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  I,  K,  L,  M,  N,  0,  P,  Q,  R,  S,  T,  U,  V^^  X, 
Y,  Z.  It  is  the  same  as  the  English,  with  the  omission 
of  J  and  W.     The  letter  I  does  duty  for  both  I  and  J. 

2.  VOWELS. 

The  vowels  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  and  y.  They  are  either 
long  ("■),  short  (^),  or  common  (-)  ;  that  is,  sometimes 
long  and  sometimes  short. 

All  the  long  vowels  will  be  marked  in  this  book.  Un- 
marked vowels  are  to  be  regarded  as  short. 

3.  CONSONANTS. 

The  consonants  may  be  classified  as  follows  :  — 
^p,  b,  are  p  mutes. 
Mutes :  ■<  t,  d,  are  t  mutes. 

(  k,  c,  g,  q,  are  k  mutes. 

1  In  pronunciation  the  Romans  made  u  and  v  very  much  alike,  and 
in  many  hooks  u  is  printed  for  v  and  V  for  U.  In  fact,  V  is  merely  a 
consonant  U.    In  this  book,  however,  u  and  v  are  both  used. 

1 


"A  A  FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

Liquids  :  Z,  m,  n,  r. 

Spirants  :  /,  i  consonant,  s,  u  ;  s  is  also  a  sibilant. 

Double  consonants  \  x  =  cs  or  ^s,  z  =  ds. 

H  is  only  the  sign  of  a  rough  breathing. 

Pronunciation. 

Note.  —  Latin  is  now  pronounced  differently  in  different  countries. 
English-speaking  people  use  either  the  Roman  or  the  English  method, 

4.  EOMAN  METHOD. 

1.  Vowels. 

a  has  the  sound  of  a    in  father. 

e  has  the  sound  of  e    in  fete  (like  a  in  fate). 

I  has  the  sound  of  i     in  machine. 

0  has  the  sound  of  o    in  holy. 
w'has  the  sound  of  oo  in  boot. 

y  is  rare.  It  was  pronounced  like  u  in  French,  or  ii  in  Ger- 
man; that  is,  half-way  between  the  sounds  of  l  and  w,  as  given 
above. 

The  short  vowels  have  the  same  sound  as  the  corre- 
sponding long  ones,  but  require  less  time  for  utterance. 

So  a  is  like  a  in  staff  (pronounced  broadly). 

e  is  like  e  in  met. 

1  is  like  i  in  pick.  ' 
o  is  like  o  in  wholly. 

u  is  like  oo  in  hook. 

2.  Diphthongs. 

ae  has  the  sound  of  ai  in  ai5?tf. 
au  has  the  soujxd  ofetf?^;  in  how. 
ei  (rare)  has  the  sound  of  ei   in  eight, 
eu  (rare)  has  the  sound  of  eu  in  feud, 
oe  has  the  sound  of  oi   in  boil. 
For  Mi,  sometimes  improperly  called  a  diphthong,  see  4,  G. 


INTRODUCTION.  6 

3.  Consonants. 

Consonants  have  generally  the  same  sounds  as  in 
English,  but 

c  has  always  the  sound  of  c  in  can. 
g  has  always  the  sound  of  g  in  game, 
i  consonant  has  always  the  sound  of  y  in  yet. 

s  has  always  the  sound  of  s  in  son  or  ijes.'^ 
t  has  always  the  sound  of  t   in  tone.^ 
V  has  always  the  sound  of  to  in  we. 
ch  has  always  the  sound  of  k. 

4.  Syllables.  -  ' 

In  a  Latin  word  there  are  as  many  syllables  as 
there  are  vowels  and  diphthongs :  a-gri-co-la,  farmer. 
A  single  consonant  between  two  vowels  belongs  in  the 
syllable  with  the  following  vowel :  a-ma-bam,  /  was 
loving. 

Two  or  more  consonants  between  two  vowels  belong 
with  the  following  vowel,  if  they  can  be  pronounced 
with  it:^  co-gno-sco,  /  recognize;  in-du-stri-a,  diligence; 
ne-gle-gen-ti-a,  carelessness;  for-tis,  brave;  al-tis-si-mus, 
highest;  pu-el-la,  (/jtZ;  dl-xit,  he  said. 

Compound  words  are  divided  into  their  component 
parts,  sub-it,  under  he  goes. 

The  last  syllable  of  a  word  is  called  the  idtima,  the 
syllable  before  the  last  the  penult,  and  the  syllable  before 
the  penult  the  antepenult.* 


1  Never  soft  nor  like  sh.  2  Never  like  t  in  nation. 

8  In  other  words,  any  combination  of  consonants  that  begins  a  Latin 
word  can  begin  a  syllable. 

^  Ultima  is  the  Latin  word  for  last ;  penult  is  shortened  from  paene 
ultima,  almost  the  last ;  and  antepenult  means  before  the  penult. 


4  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

5.    Quantity  of  Vbivels. 

Note.  —  In  many  instances  the  quantity  of  vowels  can  be  learned 
only  by  observation,  but  the  following  rules  will  prove  useful. 

A  vowel  before  another  vowel  or  h  is  short:  vl-a,  road; 
nl-hil,  nothing. 

A  vowel  before  nd  or  nt  is  short. 

Diphthongs,  and  vowels  produced  by  contraction  are 
long:  nau-ta,  sailor;  co-go  (for  coago),  I  collect. 

A  vowel  before  nf,  7is,  gm,  gn,  and  consonant  i,  is  long : 
confer,  compare;  amans,  iovi^ig ;  «,gmeii,--7i^  ofiimrch;  co- 
gnosce, recognize;  cuius,  aCivhorr^     ■ 

6.   Quantity  of  /Syllables. 

A  syllable  is  long  by  nature  when  it  contains  a  long 
vowel  or  a  diphthong:  ma-ter,  mother;  Oae-sar,  Goesar. 

A  syllable  is  long  by  position  when  it  contains  a  short 
vowel  followed  by  two  or  more  consonants^  or  x  oi  z: 
men-tis,  of  the  mind;^ux,  leader. 

A  syllable  is  common  when  it  contains  a  short  vowel 
followed  by  a  mute  with  Z  or  r :  a-gri,  fields. 

After  q,  ng,  and  sometimes  s,  also  in  cui  (from  qui  and 
quis)  and  huic  (from  hie),  u  is  pronounced  together  with 
the  preceding  letter,  as  in  the  English  queen.  It  has  no 
effect  upon  the  quantity  of  the  syllable  in  which  or  after 
which  it  stands :  ali-cui,  to  any  one  ;  un-gul-nis,  of  a  finger- 
nail; qu!s,  2vho  (interrogative) ;  qui,  who  (relative) ;  con- 
sue-sco,  /  am  accustomed. 


1  Observe  that  a  long  syllable  does  not  necessarily  contain  a  long 
vowel.  In  mensa,  table,  the  e  is  long ;  the  word  is  therefore  to  be 
pronounced  main-sa.  In  mentis,  of  the  mind,  the  e  is  short,  and  the 
word  is  pronounced  m&n-tis.  The  letter  h  is  not  a  consonant,  and  does 
not  affect  the  length  of  syllables. 


INTRODUCTION.  5 

7.   Accent. 

Words  of  two  syllables  are  accented  on  the  penult: 
i^Si'-tei,  father ;  ma'-ter,  mother. 

Words  of  more  than  two  syllables  are  accented  on  the 
penult  when  that  is  long ;  otherwise  on  the  antepenult : 
ca-pel'-la,  a  goat;  e-pi'-stu-la,  a  letter;  te'-ne-brae,  darkness. 

A  few  short  words  called  enclitics  are  added  to  the  end 
of  other  words.  The  accent  then  falls  upon  the  syllable 
before  the  enclitic  :  ego'que,  and  I;  ibis'ne,  shall  you  go  f 

5.  ENGLISH   METHOD. 

Latin  is  pronounced  by  the  English  method  just  as  if 
the  words  were  English.  The  rules  for  quantity  and 
accent  are  the  same  as  in  the  Eoman  method,  but  the 
rules  for  quantity  are  generally  disregarded  except  in  so 
far  as  they  affect  the  accent.  In  dividing  words  into 
syllables  those  who  adopt  the  English  pronunciation 
should  observe  the  following  rules  :  — 

1.  A  single  consonant  or  a  mute  with  I  or  r  following 
a  penultimate  or  any  unaccented  vowel  belongs  with  the 
following  vowel:  pa-ter, /a^/ier;  re-gi-na,  queen;  ma-tro-na, 
matron. 

2.  A  single  consonant  belongs  with  any  preceding 
accented  vowel,  not  penultimate,  except  u,  but  not  when 
e  or  ^  before  another  vowel  follows :  dom-i-nus,  master; 
but  mo-ne-o,  /  advise. 

3.  In  all  other  cases  two  or  more  consonants  between 
two  vowels  are  separated:  cor-pus,  body;  im-pro-bus,  wicked. 

6.  PARTS   OF   SPEECH. 

The  kinds  of  words  used  in  language  are  called  parts  of 
speech.     They  are  the  noun,  the  adjective,  the  pronoun, 


6  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN. 

the  verb,  and  tlie  particles,  which  inchide  the  adverb,  the 
preposition,  the  conjunction,  and  the  interjection. 

7.^  GENDER. 

The  names  of  males,  rivers,  winds,  and  months  are 
masculine:  Oaesar,  Caesar;  vir,  man;  Ehenus,  Rhine; 
Notus,  South  ivind;  lanuarius,  January. 

The  names  of  females,  countries,  towns,  islands,  and 
trees  are  feminine:  Itilia,  Julia;  filia,  daughter;  Italia, 
Italy;  Eoma,  Rome;  Britannia,  Britain;  populus,  poplar. 

Indeclinable  nouns  are  neuter :  nihil,  nothiiig. 

Special  rules  will  be  given  later. 

8.  INFLECTION. 

The  relations  between  words  are  denoted  in  English 
for  the  most  part  by  means  of  prepositions  and  auxil- 
iaries or  by  the  order  of  the  words.  When  we  say  the 
master  of  the  house,  the  relation  between  master  and 
house  is  denoted  by  the  preposition  of;  when  we  say  the 
dog  bites  the  man,  the  relation  between  the  dog,  the  act 
ofhiti7ig,  and  the  man,  is  denoted  by  the  order  of  the 
words ;  for  if  the  order  is  reversed,  the  relations  are  also 
reversed.  When  we  say  I  love  him,  the  forms  of  the  words 
show  the  relations.  In  Latin  the  relations  between 
words  are  denoted  almost  exclusively  by  the  forms  of  the 
words  themselves,  the  forms  being  different  according 
to  the  relations  to  be  expressed.  The  changes  in  form 
which  a  word  undergoes  to  denote  different  relations 
constitute  the  Inflection  of  the  word.  The  inflection  of 
nouns,  adjectives,  and  pronouns,  is  called  Declension ; 
the  inflection  of  verbs  is  called  Conjugation. 


INTRODUCTION.  7 

1.  Declension. 

Declined  words  have  in  Latin  seven  cases  :  Nomi- 
native, Genitive,  Dative,  Accusative,  Vocative,  Ablative,  and 
Locative. 

The  Nominative  is  the  case  of  the  subject  of  the 
sentence. 

The  Genitive  is  used  to  denote  possession  and  some 
other  relations,  and  is  most  frequently  to  be  rendered  by 
of  in  English. 

The  Dative  is  the  case  of  the  indirect  object,  and  is 
most  frequently  to  be  rendered  by  to  or  for. 

The  Accusative  is  the  case  of  the  direct  object. 

The  Vocative  is  the  case  of  the  person  addressed. 
It  has  almost  always  the  same  form  as  the  Nomi- 
native. 

The  Ablative  expresses  various  relations  to  be  ex- 
pressed in  English  by  prepositions ;  as,  from,  with,  by, 
in,  etc. 

The  Locative  case  denotes  the  place  in  which.  This 
case  exists  only  in  names  of  towns  and  a  few  other  words, 
and  has  generally  the  same  form  as  the  Dative  or 
Ablative,  sometimes  that  of  the  Genitive. 

There  are  five  ways  of  declining  nouns ;  hence  there 
are  said  to  be  five  declensions. 

Adjectives  and  pronouns  are  also  declined,  but  with 
different  forms  for  different  genders. 

2.  Conjugation. 

Latin  verbs  have  three  moods,  Indicative,  Subjunctive, 
Imperative ;  also  Infinitives,  Participles,  Gerund,  Gerund- 
ive, and  Supines. 


8  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

The  tenses  of  verbs  in  Latin  are  the  same  as  in  Eng- 
lish: Present,  Imperfect,  Future,  Perfect,  Pluperfect, 
and  Future  Perfect. 

There  are  in  Latin,  as  in  English,  two  voices,  the 
Active  and  the  Passive. 

9.  NUMBER. 

In  Latin,  as  in  English,  there  are  two  numbers.  Sin- 
gular and  Plural  Inflected  words  have  in  Latin  dif- 
ferent forms  for  the  two  numbers. 

CHAPTER  IL 
First  or  a-Declension. 

10.  PARADIGM. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

.-  N.  mensa,  a  table.  mensae,  tables. 

'  G.  mensae,  of  a  table.  mensarum,  of  tables. 

D.  mensae,  to  or  for  a  table.        m^ensis,  to  or  for  tables. 

Ac.  mensam,  table.  mensas,  tables. 

V.  mensa,  thou  table.  mensae,  ye  tables. 

Ab.  mensa,  from,    by,  with,        niensis,  from,    by,  with,  etc., 

etc.,  a  table.  tables. 

1.  In  the  above  paradigm  which  cases  are  alike  ? 

2.  What  is  the  quantity  of  final  a  in  the  nominative 
singular  ? 

3.  The  cases  are  formed  by  adding  endings  to  a  com- 
mon part,  called  the  stem. 

4.  In  the  first  declension  the  stem  ends  in  a.     This 


FIRST   OR   a-DECLENSION.  9 

final  a  of  the  stem  is  called  the  stem-vowel  ^  or  charac- 
teristic. 

5.  The  stem-vowel  joined  with  the  case-ending  forms 
the  termination. 

6.  The  stem  is  mensa,  and  may  be  found  by  dropping 
tlie  ending  -rum  of  the  genitive  plural. 

7.  Make  a  table  of  terminations  from  the  paradigm 
above,  and  commit  them  to  memory. 

8.  Gender. — Nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  fem- 
inine unless  they  denote  males. 

11.  VOCABULARY. 

Cornelia,  -ae,  /.,  Corneha.  amat,  he,  she,  or  it  loves. 

domina,  -ae,  /.,  mistress.  amant,  they  love. 

epistula,  -ae,  /.,  letter.  laud  at,  he,  she,  or  it  praises 

fabula,  -ae,  /.,  story.  laudant,  they  praise. 

Inilia,  -ae,  /. ,  Julia.  habet,  he,  she,  or  it  has. 

mensa,  -ae,  /.,  table.  habent,  they  have. 

pictura,  -ae,  /.,  picture.  narrat,  he,  she,  or  it  tells. 

puella,  -ae,  /.,  girl.  narrant,  they  tell. 

regina,  -ae,  /.,  queen.  et,  conj.,  a^d. 

rosa,  -ae,  /,,  rose.  quid,  what. 

serva,  -ae,  /.',  female  servant,  slave. 

Decline  the  nouns  in  the  vocabulary  like  mensa, 

12.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES, 
r  Regina  luliam  amat,  ^ 

1.  }  luliam  regina  amat,    >■  the  queen  loves  Julia. 
i  Amat  luliam  regina,  ) 

r  lulia  amat  reginam,    \ 

2.  <  Reginam  amat  lulia,  >■  Julia  loves  the  queen. 
(  Amat  reginam  lialia,  ) 

1  The  stem-vowel  does  not  usually  appear,  and  sometimes  the  case- 
ending  is  lost. 


10  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

/  Epistulas  lulia  habet,  y 

3.  }  lulia  epistulas  habet,    >■  Julia  has  the  letters. 
(  Habet  epistulas  Julia,  ) 

r  Puella  picturam  habet,  ^ 

4.  •<  Picturam  habet  puella,  >  the  girl  has  a  picture. 
(  Pictiirani  puella  habet,  ) 

Notice  in  the  above  sentences  that  a,  an^  or  the  is  used  in  the 
translation  whenever  the  sense  requires  it,  but*  that  there  are  no 
corresponding  Latin  words.  Notice,  also,  that  the  subject  is  in 
the  nominative,  and  the  object  in  the  accusative. 

13.  EuLE.  —  The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in  the 
nominative. 

14.  EuLE.  —  The  direct  object  is  in  the  accusative. 

15.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Puella  fabulam  narrat.  2.  Eegina  puellas  laudat. 
3.  Servae  dominam  amant.  4.  Domina  servas  laudat. 
5.  Puellae  luliaui  laudant.  6.  Cornelia  et  Itilia  epi- 
stulas habent.  7.  Domina  mensam  et  picturam  habet. 
8.  Puellae  fabulas  narrant.  9.  Quid  habet  Cornelia? 
10.  Eosam  habet. 

II.  1.  Cornelia  tells  stories.  2.  She  praises  the  ser- 
vant. 3.  The  girls  have  roses.  4.  They  praise  the 
queen.  5.  The  girl  has  a  letter.  6.  Julia  has  a  table 
and  pictures.  7.  The  servant  loves  the  mistress.  8.  The 
queen  praises  Julia  and  Cornelia.  9.  The  servants  love 
the  girls.     10.  What  have  the  girls  ? 


FIRST   OR   a-DECLENSION.  11 

CHAPTER   III. 

First  or  a-Declension.  —  Continued. 

Genitive  with  Nouns. 

16.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

L   Puella  bonam  reginam  amat,  the  girl  loves  the  good  queen. 

2.  Regiiia  bona  servas  habet,  the  good  queen  has  servants. 

3.  lulia   servam    Corneliae   laudat,  Julia  praises   Cornelians 

servant  (the  servant  of  Cornelia). 

4.  Regina  rosae  pioturam  laudat,  the  queen  praises  the  picture 

of  the  rose. 
Notice  that  the  adjectives  have  the  same  terminations  as 
their  substantives,  and  that  the  adjective  ^  may  precede  or  follow 
its  substantive.  Notice,  also,  that  Corneliae  limits  servam,  and 
does  not  mean  the  same  person  ;  that  rosae  limits  picturam, 
and  does  not  mean  the  same  thing;  and  that  Corneliae  and 
rosae  are  in  the  genitive. 

17.  EuLE.  —  A  noun  limiting  another  noun  and  not 
meaning  the  same  person  or  thing  is  in  the  genitive. 

18.  VOCABULARY. 

agricola,  -ae,  m.,  farmer.  poeta,  -ae,  m.,  poet. 

ala,  -ae,  /.,  wing.  alba,  white. 

columba,  -ae,  /.,  dove.  bona,  good, 

filia,2  -ae, /.,  daughter.  fida,  faithful,  trusty. 

nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor.  longa,  long. 
patria,  -ae,  /.,  native  land. 

1.   Notice    the    gender   of   each   noun   in    the    above 
vocabulary.     See  10.  8. 

1  The  adjective  when  emphatic  precedes  its  substantive,  otherwise 
it  follows  it.    It  more  often  precedes. 

2  The  dative  and  ablative  plural  of  filia  is  usually  filiabus. 


12  A  FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

2.  The  adjectives  given  above  are  to  be  used  only 
with  feminine  nouns,  and  are  to  be  declined  like  mensa. 

3.  Decline  together  bona  puella,  rosa  alba,  fida  serva. 

19.  EXERCISE. 

I.  1.  Poeta  bonam  f abulam  narrat.  2.  Agricolae  f  Idas 
servas  laudant.    3.  Fllia  agricolae  albam  columbam  habet.  .> 

4.  Eegina  bonam  puellam  amat.  5.  Elliae  nautarum 
longas  epistulas  habent.  6.  !N"autae  longas  fabulas  nar- 
rant.  7.  Columba  albas  alas  habet.  8.  Puella  poetarum 
fabulas  laudat.  9.  Domina  luliae  mensam  longam  habet. 
10.   Nauta  patriam  amat.  ^.     ^  / 

II.  1.  Poets  tell  good  stories.  2.  Cornelia  loves  the 
good  daughter  of  the  sailor.  3.  The  queen's  daughter 
has  pictures.     4.   The  faithful  girl  loves  the  good  queen. 

5.  The  poet  praises  the  good  girl's  letter.  6.  The 
sailor  tells  a  good  story.     7.    Julia  has  faithful  servants. 

8.  What  has  the  farmer's  daughter?  9.  She  has  a  7 
white  rose.  10.  The  girls  praise  the  poets  of  thew  * 
native  land. 

CHAPTER  IV. 
Present  Indicative  of  Sum. 

Agreement  of  Verbs. 

20.  PRESENT   INDICATIVE   OF   THE   VERB   SUTYl. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

First  Person,  sum,  lam.  sumus,  we  are. 

Second  Person,  es,  tliou  art.  estis,  you  are. 

Third  Person,  est,  he,  she,  or  it  is.         sunt,  they  are. 


PKESENT   INDICATIVE   OF   SUm.  13 

21.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Puella  rosas  habet,  the  girl  has  roses. 

2.  Puellae  rosas  habent,  the  girls  have  roses. 

3.  Est  bona,  she  is  good. 

4.  Sumus  fidae,  we  are  faithful. 

Notice  that  the  subjects  in  (3)  and  (4)  are  not  expressed  by- 
separate  words,  but  by  the  form  of  the  verbs.  Notice,  also,  that 
the  verbs  have  different  forms  for  subjects  of  different  persons 
and  numbers. 

22.  Rule. — A  finite  verb  agrees  ivith  its  subject  in 
number  and  pei'son. 

23.  VOCABULARY. 

aqua,  -ae,  /.,  water.  magna,  large. 

Britannia,  -ae, /.,  Britain.  parva,  small. 

silva,  -ae, /.,  forest,  woods.  sum,  I  am. 

grata,  welcome,  pleasing.  in  (prep,  with  abl.),  in,  on. 

laeta,  glad,  cheerful.  sed,  conj.,  but. 

lata,  broad.  ubi,  adv.,  where. 

24.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Sumus  laetae.  2.  Estis  bonae.  3.  Silvae  Bri- 
tanniae  sunt  magnae.  4.  Ubi  est  aqua?  5.  Aqua  est  in 
silva.  6.  Tabulae  poetarum  sunt  gratae.  7.  Agricolae^ 
mensa  est  lata.  8.  Alae  columbarum  sunt  albae.  9.  Es 
f Ida.  10.  Keglna  f Iliam  ^  parvam  laudat.  11.  Picttirae 
sunt  gratae.  12.  Eegina  est  in  Britannia,  sed  filia  est 
in  patria. 

1  The  genitive  when  it  is  emphatic  is  put  before  the  noun  which  it 
limits. 

2  The  possessive  pronouns  his,  her,  its,  and  their,  are  often  omitted 
in  Latin,  and  must  be  supplied  in  translating. 


14  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

II.  1.  I  am  glad.  2.  We  are  small.  3.  Water  is 
good.  4.  You  are  faitliful.  5.  The  sailor's  letters  are 
welcome.  6.  The  native  land  of  the  queen  is  large. 
7.  (There) ^  are  broad  forests  in  Britain.  8.  The  ser- 
vants love  (their)  good  mistress.  9.  The  poet  tells  a 
pleasing  story.  10.  (There)  are  doves  in  the  forests. 
11.  What  has  the  little  girl?  12.  She  has  a  white 
dove.     13.    The  farmer  is  in  the  woods. 


CHAPTER   V. 
Predicate  Noun;    Appositive. 

25.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Fuella  est  serva,  the  girl  is  a  slave. 

2.  Poeta  est  agricola,  the  poet  is  a  farmer. 

3.  lulia  est  bona  domina,  Julia  is  a  good  mistress. 

Notice  that  serva,  agricola,  and  domina  are  in  the  predicate 
and  denote  the  same  person  a,s  puella,  poeta,  and  lulia.  A  noun 
thus  used  is  called  a  predicate  noun. 

26.  EuLE.  —  A  predicate  noun  agrees  with  the  subject 
in  case. 

27.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Poeta  luliam  filiam  amat,  the  poet  loves  his  daughter  Julia. 

2.  Poeta  servam   lvL\ia.e  filidie  \?iVid.dit,  the  poet  praises  the  ser- 

vant of  his  daughter  Julia. 

1  Words  in  parenthesis  are  not  to  be  expressed  in  Latin. 


PREDICATE   NOUN;    APPOSITIVE.  15 

JSTotice  that  flliam  denotes  the  same  person  as  luliam,  and  is 
in  the  same  case,  but  is  not  a  predicate  noun.  Notice,  also,  that 
flliae  denotes  the  same  person  as  luliae,  and  is  in  the  same 
case,  but  is  not  a  predicate  noun.  Nouns  thus  used  are  called 
appositives. 

28.  EuLE.  —  The  appositive  agrees  in  case  with  the 
noun  ivhich  it  limits. 

29.  VOCABULARY. 

aquila,  -ae,  /.,  eagle.  pecunia,  -ae,  /.,  money,  a  sum 

feinina,  -ae,  /.,  woman.  of  money. 

Galba,  -ae,  m.,  Galba.  cara,  dear. 

Graecia,  -ae,  /.,  Greece.  inulta,  much. 

incola, -ae,  wi.  a/ic?/.,  inhabitant,  vocat,    he  calls. 

insula,  -ae,  /.,  island.  vocaut,  they  call. 

30.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Es  cara  filia.  2.  Aquila  est  silvarum  incola. 
3.  Graecia  est  poetarum  patria.  4.  Poeta  filiam  Corne- 
liam  amat.  5.  Alae  aquilarum  sunt  latae.  6.  Femina 
puellas  parvas  vocat.  7.  Britannia  est  magna  Insula. 
8.  Reginae  filia  magnam  pectiniam  habet.  9.  Nautae 
filiae  sunt  fidae  servae.  10.  Agricolae  multas  columbas 
habent.     11.   Ubi  est  agricola  Galba  ? 

II.  1.  The  queen  is  a  good  woman.  2.  She  praises 
(her)  daughter  Julia.  3.  (There)  are  large  forests  in 
(my)  native  land.  4.  The  little  girl  calls  (her)  doves. 
5.  The  inhabitants  of  the  island  are  sailors.  6.  Cor- 
nelia's letters  are  welcome.  7.  The  wings  of  the  dove 
are  long  and  white.  8.  (There)  is  good  water  on  the 
island.  9.  I  am  a  farmer,  but  you  are  a  sailor.  10.  The 
queen  and  (her)  daughter  Julia  are  glad. 


16 


A  FIRST   BOOK  IN   LATIN. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


Second  or  o-Declension :    Xouns  in  -us. 


31. 


Indirect  Object. 

PARADIGM. 

• 

servus,  m.,  slabe. 

SINGULAR 

. 

PLURAL. 

iV. 

servus 

servi —  .^ 

-    G. 

servi 

servorum 

\D. 

servo 

• 

servis - 

Ac. 

servum 

servos 

—  v. 

serve 

- 

servi 

■  Ab. 

servo 

servis  ^ 

^ 


1.  In  the  above  paradigm,  what  cases  are  alike  ? 

2.  The  stem  ends  in  -6 ;  as,  serv5-. 

3.  The  stem  may  be  found  by  dropping  the  ending 
-rum  of  the  genitive  plural,  and  changing  o  to  6. 

4.  Make  a  table  of  the  terminations  and  commit  them 
to  memory. 

5.  Gender.  —  Nouns  in  -us  of  the  second  declension 
are  masculine. 


/ 


32. 


ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 


1.  Galba  filiae  fabulam   narrat,   Galha   tells  a  story  to   his 

daughter. 

2.  Nautae  agricolis  fabulas  narrant,  the  sailors  tell  stories  to 

the  farmers. 

Noticjfchat  filiae  is  in  the  dative  and  depends  upon  narrat; 
and  that  ^agricolis  is  in  the  dative  and  depends  upon  narrant. 
Such  datives  are  called  indirect  objects. 


-• 


Rule.  —  The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  dative. 


£  OF  THE 

f  CriTIVERSITY 
SECOND   OR    O-DECLENSION.  X^C^I^O R  "i^*^ 

34.  VOCABULARY. 

amicus,  -i,  w.,  friend.  'l  hortus,  -i,  m.,  garden. 

diligentia,  -ae,  /.,  diligence.  serviis,   -i,   m.^    servant, 
domiuus,  -i,  m.,  master  (of  servants) .  slave, 

equus,  -i,  m.,  horse.  Titus,  -i,  m.,  Titus. 

filius,  -i,  m.,  son.  dat,  he  gives. 

Helvetius,  -\  Helvetian ;  as  a  noun,  dant,  they  give, 
a  Helvetian. 

1.  Each  of  tlie  adjectives  thus  far  introduced,  when 
used  with  masculine  nouns,  has  a  masculine  form  de- 
clined like  servTis.  • 

For  the  feminine  form,  see  18. 

2.  Decline  together  bonus  servus,  hortus  magnus,  albus 
equus. 

35.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Amicus  Galbae  multos  equos  hab^t.  2.  Equus 
albus  est  in  horto  agricolae.  3.  Titus  filio  equum  album 
dat.  4.  Dominus  bonos  servos  laudat.  5.  Domini  servis 
fidls  pecuniam  dant.  6.  Feminae  dlligentiam  servarum 
laudant.  7.  Filius  agricolae  magnum  hortum  habet. 
8.  Femina  amico  caro  epistulam  longam  dat.  9.  l!^autae 
sunt  amici  reglnae.  10.  Ubi,  Tite,  est  equus  agricolae 
Galbae  ?     11.  In  horto  est  agricolae  Galbae  equus. 

II.  1.  The  slave  has  a  good  horse.  2.  The  islands 
of  Greece  are  many.  3.  He  tells  good  stories  to  (his) 
friends.  4.  They  are  friends  of  Titus.  5.  There  are 
many  horses  on  the  island.  6.  The  island  iff^^all,  but 
it  has  many  inhabitants.  1'.  The  slaves  prai"  (their) 
master's  daughter.  8.  The  poet  is  an  inhabitant  of 
Britain.  9.  He  gives  water  to  (his)  friend's  horses. 
10.  Eagles  have  broad  wings.  ''        ^V^ 


18 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

Second  or  o-Declension :   Nouns  in  -um 
Adjectives  in  -us,  -a,  -um. 

Agreement  of  Adjectives, 


36 


'• 

PARADIGM. 

beUum, 

71.. 

,  war. 

iV.,  Ac,  V. 

G. 

D.,  Ah. 

SINGULAK. 

bellum 

belli 

bello 

PLURAL. 

bella 
bellorum 

beUis 

1.  The  stem  ends  in  6 ;  as,  bello. 

2.  Gender.  —  Nouns  in  -um  are  neuter. 

3.  Each  adjective  thus  far  introduced,  when  used 
with  a  neuter  noun,  has  a  neuter  form  declined  like 
bellum. 

These  adjectives  are  declined  in  full  as  follows :  — 


37. 


PARADIGM. 


Bonus,  good. 

SIKGULAK. 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Neuter. 

N.     bonus 

bona 

bonum 

G.     boni 

bonae 

boni 

D.     bono 

bonae 

bono 

Ac     bonum 

bonam 

bonum 

V.     bone 

bona 

bonum 

Ah.     bono 

bona 

--  bono 

SECOND   OR   0-DECLENSION. 


19 


PLURAL. 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

N. 

boni 

bonae 

G. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

D. 

bonis 

bonis 

Ac. 

bonos 

bonas 

V. 

boni 

bonae 

Ah. 

bonis 

bonis 

Neuter. 

bona 

bonorum 

bonis 
bona 
bona 
bonis 


38. 


ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 


1.  Hortus  est  magnus. 

2.  Horti  sunt  magnl. 

3.  Mensa  est  magna. 

4.  Mensae  sunt  magnae. 


5.  Donum  est  magnum. 

6.  Dona  sunt  magna. 

7.  Laetum  nautam  amat. 
'<^     8.  Laetos  nautas  amant. 


Observe  that  each  noun  in  the  preceding  sentences  is  lim- 
ited by  an  adjective,  and  that  each  adjective  has  the  same 
gender,  number,  and  case  as  its  noun.  Notice  especially 
laetum  and  laetos. 


39.   EuLE.  —  An  adjective  agrees  with 
der,  number,  and  case. 


noun  m  gen- 


40. 


VOCABULARY. 


belliini,  -i,  n.,  war. 
concilium,!  -i,  n.,  meeting,  council. 
clonuiii,  -i,  w.,  gift. 
iniuria,  -ae,  /.,  wrong. 
nuntius,!  -i,  m.,  a  messenger. 
malus,  -a,  -um,  bad. 
Romanus,  -a,  -um,   Roman ;    as  a 
noun,  a  Roman. 


celat,  he  conceals. 

celant,  they  conceal. 

convocat,  he  calls  to- 
gether. 

convocant,  they  call  to- 
gether. 

culpat,  he  blames. 

culpant,  they  blame. 


1  Nouns  in  -ius  and  -inm  generally  contract  il  of  the  genitive  sin- 
gular into  I  without  changing  the  accent. 


20                           A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

Adjectives  already  used  in  the  masculine  or  feminine  :  — 

albus,  -a,  -um.  laetus,  -a,  -um. 

bonus,  -a,  -um.  latus,  -a,  -um. 

carus,  -a,  -um.  longus,  -a,  -um. 

fidus,  -a,  -um.  magnus,  -a,  -um. 

gratus,  -a,  -um.  multus,  -a,  -um. 

Helvetius,  -a,  -um.  parvus,  -a,  -um. 


41.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Malus  servus  in  silva  equum  domim  celat. 
2.  Nuntius  fidus  concilium  Komanorum  convocat.  3.  Aml- 
cis  multa  dona  dat.  4.  Domini  iniiirias  servorum  celant. 
5.  Nauta  agricolae  gratum  dOnum  dat.  6.  Alae  colum- 
barum  albarum  sunt  magnae.  7.  Nuntius  Eomanorum 
in  concilio  Helvetios  culpat.  8.  Incolae  Britanniae  re- 
ginam  amant.  9.  Bellum  in  Graecia  est  magnum.  10.  In 
silva  sunt  magnae  aquilae.  11.  Ubi,  amice,  est  equus 
nunti  ? 

II.  1.  The  messenger  tells  a  long  story  to  the  Eomans. 
2.  We  are  faithful  servants.  3.  The  slave  conceals  (his) 
money  in  the  garden.  4.  He  is  a  Roman  messenger. 
5.  The  poet's  little  son  is  fond  of  stories.  6.  (There) 
are  large  roses  in  the  garden.  7.  Galba  is  a  friend  of 
the  Helvetians.  8.  The  farmer's  son  has  a  large  horse. 
9.  The  servant  is  calling  (his)  master's  horses.  10.  He 
calls  together  (his)  dear  friends.  11.  The  diligence  of 
the  girls  is  great. 


SECOND   OR   0-DECLENSION. 


21 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


Second  or  o-Declension :   IS'ouns  in  -er  and  -ir. 


Imperfect  Indicative  of  the  Verb  Sum. 


42. 

puer,  m., 

N.  puer 

G.  pueri 

D.  puero 

Ac.  puerum 

V.  puer 

Ah.  puero 


PARADIGMS. 
ager,i  m.,  field. 

SINGULAR. 

ager 
agri 
agro 
agrum 

ager 
agro 


vlr,  wi.,  man. 


vir 
viii 
viro 
virum 

vir 
viro 


N.  pueri 

G.  puerorum 

D.  pueris 

Ac.  pueros 

F.  pueri 

Ah.  puerTs 


PLURAL. 

agri 
agrorum 

agris 
agros 
agri 
agris 


V111 

virorum 

viris 
viros 
viri 
viris 


1.  How  do  the  terminations  of  nouns  in  -er  and  -ir 
differ  from  those  of  nouns  in  -its  f 

2.  What  is  the  stem  of  puer  ?  of  ager  ?     See  31.  3. 

3.  Decline  together  puer  parvus,  latus  ager,  vir  fidus, 

4.  Gender.  —  Nouns   in  -er  and   -ir  of  the   second 
declension  are  masculine. 


1  Most  nouns  in  -er  are  declined  like  ager.  The  only  one  in  this  book 
declined  like  puer  is  liberi  (plural). 


CJNIVERSITY 


PF  rkt  irAoW\K 


22  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

43.  IMPERFECT   INDICATIVE   OF  THE   VERB   SUm, 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

1.  eram,  7  teas.  eramus^  loe  were. 

2.  eras,  you  were.  eratis,  you  were. 

3.  erat,  he  was.  eraut,  they  were. 

44.  VOCABULARY. 

ager,  agri,  m.,  field.  puer,  pueri,  m.,  boy. 

discipulus,  -i,  w.,  pupil.  vir,  viri,  m.,  man. 

liberi,  -orum,  w.,  children.  peritiis,  -a,  -vim,  skillful. 

magister,  -tri,  m.,  teacher.'  non,  adv.,  not. 

Marcus,  -i,  m.,  Marcus.  semper,  adv.,  always. 

45.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Filius  Titi  erat  non  laetus.  2.  Eram  amicus  fili^ 
magistri.  3.  Eras  semper  fidus  amicus.  4.  Poeta  Ro- 
manus  diligentiam  agricolae  perltl  laudat.  5.  Vir  equum 
amici  in  agro  liabet.  6.  Eramus  discipull  fidi.  7.  Ami- 
cus Galbae  erat  agricola  peritus.  8.  Romani  concilium 
convocant  et  nuntium  Helvetiorum  culpant.  9.  Helvetii 
feminas  et  liberos  in  silva  celant.  10.  Magister  bonos 
pueros  semper  laudat.  11.  Romani  iniurias  Helvetiorum 
culpant.     12.  Marcus  semper  erat  poetarum  amicus. 

II.  1.  Many  were  the  wars  of  the  Eomans.  2.  You 
were  good  children.  3.  Galba  was  a  welcome  messenger. 
4.  The  man  gives  a  horse  to  his  son.  5.  The  Roman 
farmers  were  not  skillful.  6.  The  bad  boys  were  in  the 
farmer's  garden.  7.  The  letters  of  friends  are  always 
welcome.  8.  You  were  a  faithful  pupil,  but  (your)  friend 
Marcus  was  not  faithful.     9.  We  were  always  good  boys. 

10.  Good  masters  do  not  always  have  faithful  servants. 

11.  Galba's  horse  is  the  gift  of  a  friend. 

1  See  footnote  to  40. 


ADJECTIVES   IN   -er. 


23 


CHAPTER   IX. 


Adjectives  in  -er. 


Future  Indicative  of  the  Verb  Sum  ;  Dative  of  Possessor. 


4 

6. 

PARADIGMS. 
Miser,  wretched. 

SINGULAR. 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Neuter. 

iV. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

G. 

miseri 

miserae 

miseri 

D. 

misero 

miserae 

misero 

Ac. 

miserum 

miseram 

miserum 

V. 

miser 

misera 

-miserum 

Ah. 

misero 

misera 

PLURAL. 

misero 

N. 

miseri 

miserae 

misera 

G. 

miserorum 

miserarum 

miserorum 

D. 

miseris 

miseris 

miseris 

Ac. 
V. 

Ah. 

miseros 

miseri 

miseris 

miseras 

misera 

m  lepra 

lilloclcHJ 

miseris 

lllibcia 

miseris 

Masculine. 

N.  pulcher 

G.  pulchri 

D.  pulchro 

Ac.  pulchrum 

V.  pulcher 

Ah.  pulchro 


Pulcher,  beautiful. 

SINGULAR. 

Feminine. 

pulchra 

pulchrae 

pulchrae 

pulchram 

pulchra 

pulchra 


Neuter. 

pulchrum 

pulchri 

pulchro 

pulchrum 

pulchrum 

pulchro 


24  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


PLURAL. 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Neuter. 

N. 

pulchri 

pulclirae 

pulchra 

G. 

pulchrorum 

pulclirarum 

pulchrorum 

D. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchiis 

Ac. 

pulchros 

pulchras 

pulchra 

V. 

pulcliri 

pulclirae 

pulchra 

Ah. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

1.  Observe  that  the  masculine  has  the  same  peculiari- 
ties as  substantives  in  -er.     What  are  they  ? 

2.  Most  adjectives  in  -er  of  the  second  declension  are 
declined  like  pulcher.  The  only  exceptions  in  this  book 
are  miser  and  liber.  Decline  together  miser  servus,  equus 
niger. 

47.  FUTURE   INDICATIVE   OF   THE    VERB   SUm. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

1.  ero,  /  shall  he.  eriinus,  loe  shall  he. 

2.  eris,  you  will  he.  eritis,  you  taill  he. 

3.  erit,  he  will  he.  erunt,  they  will  be. 

48.  ILLUSTRATIVE    SENTENCES. 

1.  Puer  librum  habet,  the  hoy  has  a  book. 

---    2.  Est  puero  liber,  the  boy  has  (there  is  to  the  boy)  a  book. 

3.  Titus  equum  habet,  Titus  has  a  horse. 

4.  Est  Tito  equus,  Titus  has  (there  is  to  Titus)  a  horse. 

1.  Notice  the  two  ways  of  expressing  possession.  The  form 
with  the  dative  and  the  verb  sum  should  be  used  in  the  exercises, 
unless  the  teacher  prefer  to  have  the  sentence  expressed  in  two 
ways.     The  dative  thus  used  is  called  the  dative  of  possessor. 

\ 

49.  EuLE.  —  The  dative  is  used  with  sum  to  denote  the 

possessor,  the  thing  possessed  being  the  subject j..^^^     "^^  C 


X.C->n^-U^Jv.A^    (U^CA-- 


ADJECTIVES  IN  -er.  25 

60.  VOCABULAKY. 

carrus,  -i,  m.,  cart.  niger,  -gra,  -grum,  black. 

frumentum,  -i,  n.,  grain.  pulcher,   -chra,  -chrum,   beau- 

liberi  -bri,  m.,  book.  tiful. 

defessus,  -a,  -um,  tired.  delectat,  he  delights. 

liber,  -era,  -erum,  free.  delectant,  they  delight. 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  wretched,  unhappy. 

61.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Es  agricola,  eris  poeta.  2.  Niintius  in  silva 
equum  defessum  celat.  3.  Filio  agricolae  est  carrus  ma- 
gnus.  4.  Fllius  agricolae  carrum  magnum  habet.  5.  Vir 
frumentum  non  habet.  6.  Viro  est  frumentum  in  carro. 
7.  Aqua  erit  in  mensa  servl.  8.  EquI  nuntiorum  erunt 
defessi.  9.  Helvetil  erant  liberi.  10.  Vir  filiae  pulchrum 
librum  dat.     11.  AgrT  et  silvae  semper  poetam  delectant. 

12.  Peritl  magistri    diligentiam    discipulorum    laudant. 

13.  Eritis  amlci  puerorum  miserorum.    14.  Marcus  nigro 
equo  frumentum  dat.     15.  Erimus  fidi  discipull. 

II.  1.  I  shall  be  tired.  2.  The  boy  has  a  beautiful 
book.  3.  He  gives  the  boy  a  white  dove.  4.  He  calls 
together  the  friends  of  the  messenger.  5.  Where  are  the 
master's  books  ?  6.  The  diligence  of  the  boy  delights 
(his)  faithful  teacher.  7.  You  will  be  faithful,  and  we 
shall  be  grateful.  8.  There  will  be  a  meeting  of  teachers 
in  my  friend's  garden.  9.  The  slaves  were  unhappy. 
10.  He  always  praises  the  faithful.^  11.  The  children 
have  many  beautiful  presents. 

1  Plural  adjectives  are  frequently  used  in  Latin,  as  in  English,  with- 
out a  substantive.  When  the  substantive  understood  denotes  persons, 
the  adjective  should  be  in  the  masculine;  but  when  the  word  things 
can  be  understood,  the  adjective  should  be  neuter. 

Compare  the  English,  "The  land  of  the/ree,  and  the  home  of  the 


26 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 


CHAPTER  X. 


Third  Declension. 


Mute  Stems. 

62. 

PARADIGMS 

. 

princeps,  m 

.,     rex,  m., 

miles,  m., 

caput,  n., 

chief. 

king. 

soldier. 

head. 

Stem  princip- 

reg- 

milit- 

capit- 

SINGULAR. 

N.,  V. 

princeps 

rex 

miles 

caput 

G. 

principis 

regis 

militis 

capitis 

D. 

prmcipi 

regi 

mlliti 

capiti 

Ac. 

prmcipem 

regem 

mllitem 

caput 

Ah. 

prIncipe 

rege 

PLURAL. 

milite 

capite 

N.,Ac.,V. 

prmcipes 

reges 

milites 

capita 

G. 

principum 

regum 

milituni 

capitum 

i>.,  Ah. 

principibus 

regibus 

militibus 

capitibus 

1.  In  the  third  declension,  the  stem  ends  in  a  con- 
sonant or  i. 

2.  Stems  ending  in  a  consonant,  are  classed  according 
to  their  final  letter,  as  mute  stems  and  liquid  stems.^ 

3.  To  find  the  stem,  drop  the  ending -wm  of  the  geni- 
tive plural. 

4.  Make  a  table  of  the  case-endings  from  princeps. 

5.  Notice  that  the  last  vowel  of  the  stem  is  sometimes 
changed  in  the  nominative. 


1  For  sibilant  stems,  see  61. 


THIRD  DECLENSION.  27 

What  happens  when  c  ot  g  precedes  the  ending  s? 
When  t  precedes  the  ending  s? 

53.  VOCABULARY. 

caput,  -itis,  n.,  head.  rex,  regis,  m.,  king. 

iudex,  -icis,  to.,  judge.  cottidie,  adv^,  daily. 

miles,  -itis,  w.,  soldier.  saepe,  adv.,  often. 

piluin,  -i,  11.,  javelin.  vastat,  he  lays  waste. 

princeps,  -ipis,  to.,  chief.  vastant,  they  lay  waste. 

54.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Miles  mnltas  belli  fabulas  pueris  cottidie  narrat. 
2.  Bella  longa  bonos  viros  non  delectant.  3.  Milites  agros 
agricolarum  vastant.  4.  Eex  multos^  et  fidos  servos  habet. 
5.  Iiidici  sunt  multl  et  boni  libri.  6.  Eeges  et  prmcipes 
saepe  multos  et  pulchros  equos  habent.  7.  Fllius  mllitis 
erat  peritus  agricola.  8.  Index  pueris  libros  bonos  dat. 
9.  Multl  puerl  fabulas  mllitum  amant.  10.  Caput  equi 
nigri  est  parvum.     11.  Milites  Roman!  longa  pila  habent. 

II.  1.  The  horse  has  a  large  head.  2.  The  king's 
soldiers  lay  waste  the  broad  fields.  3.  The  judge's 
son  has  many  friends.  4.  The  chiefs  of  the  Helvetians 
give  grain  to  their  friends.  5.  The-  teacher  praises  (his) 
faithful  pupils.  6.  The  wretched  slave  will  be  free. 
7.  Good  books  do  not  always  delight  children.  8.  The 
soldier  gives  grain  and  water  to  (his)  tired  horses. 
9.  The  soldier  has  a  large  black  horse.  10.  The  farmer 
has  grain  in  (his)  cart.  11.  Good  chiefs  have  faithful 
soldiers. 

1  In  Latin  two  adjectives  limiting  the  same  substantive  are  generally 
connected  by  the  conjunction  et. 


28 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


CHAPTER  XI. 
Third  Declension  :  Mute  Stems.  —  Continued. 
First  Conjugation,  Present  Indicative  Active. 
65.  PARADIGMS. 


voluptas,  /., 

pes,  w., 

castos,  m.  a 

pleasure. 

foot. 

/.,  keeper. 

Stem 

voluptat- 

ped- 

SINGULAR. 

custod- 

N.,V. 

voluptas 

pes 

custos 

G. 

voluptatis 

pedis 

custodis 

D. 

voluptati 

pedi 

custodi 

Ac. 

voluptatem 

pedem 

custodem 

Ah. 

voluptate 

pede 

PLURAL. 

custode 

N.,Ac.,V. 

voluptates 

pedes 

custodes 

G. 

voluptatum 

pedum 

custoduin 

D.,Ab. 

voluptatibus 

pedibus 

custodibus 

What  happens  when  d  or  if  precedes  the  nominative 
ending  s  ? 


66. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION. 
Principal  Parts  ^  of  Amo. 


PRES.   IND.  PRES.   INF.  PERF.   IND.  SUPINE.^ 

amo,  I  love  ;   amare,  to  love  ;   amavi,  I  loved  ;    amatum,  to  love. 

1  These  are  called  principal  parts  because,  when  these  are  known, 
all  forms  of  the  verb  may  be  readily  found. 

2  The  supine  is  the  same  in  form  as  the  neuter  of  the  perfect  parti- 
ciple. 


THIRD  DECLENSION.  29 

1.  To  find  the  present  stem  of  a  verb,  drop  the  final 
re  of  the  present  infinitive  active. 

2.  Verbs  are  said  to  be  of  the  first  conjugation,  when 
the  present  stem  ends  in  a ;  i.e.  when  the  present  infini- 
tive active  ends  in  are. 

3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  laudo,  narro,  voco,  celo, 
culpo,  delecto,  vasto. 

4.  Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  which  resembles  a  verb  of  the 
first  conjugation,  has  a  short  stem-vowel,  a. 

67.  PARADIGM. 

Present  Indicative  Active  of  Amo. 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

1. 

amo,  Ilove.^ 

amamus,  we  love. 

2. 

amas,  you  love. 

amatis,  you  love. 

3. 

amat,  he  loves. 

amant,  they  love. 

Make  a  table  of  the  terminations  and  commit  them 
to  memory. 

68.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Laudo,  laudamus.  2.  Narras,  narratis.  3.  Puer 
vocat,  equum  vocat.  4.  Celas,  celamus.  5.  Agricola 
servum  culpat.  6.  Mllites  culpas.  7.  Puellas  culpamus. 
8.  Aquam  equTs  damns.  9.  Pueros  vocas.  10.  Fidos 
servos  laudatis. 

II.  1.  I  tell,  we  tell.  2.  You  are  praising,  he  does 
praise.  3.  We  are  calling,  he  is  calling.  4.  I  conceal, 
you   are   concealing.      5.    He  is  calling,  the  master   is 

1  Also  I  do  love,  and  /  a7n  loving. 


30  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

calling.  6.  He  calls  together  the  chiefs.  7.  He  is  call- 
ing together  (his)  friends.  8.  It  pleases  the  poet. 
9.  We  give  gifts.     10.  He  does  give  gifts. 

59.  VOCABULARY. 

comes,  -itis,  m.    and  /.,  com-  voluptas,  -atls,  /.,  pleasure. 

panion.  libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  set  free. 

custos,  -odis,  m.  andf.^  guard,  paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  prepare. 

keeper.  paratus,  -a,  -um  {perf.  part,  of 

eques,  -itls,  wi.,  horseman  ;  in  paro,  used  as  adj.),  prepared, 

plural,  cavalry.  ready. 

lapis,  -idis,  »n.,  stone.  currit,  he  runs. 

obses,  -idis,  m.  andf.,  hostage,  currant,  they  run. 

pes,  pedis,  m.,  foot.  in  (prep.  tci^A  ace.),  into,  to,  against. 

60,  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Equiti  pulchrum  eqiium  do.  2.  Amamus  fidos 
amicos.  3.  Eex  mllites  defessos  culpat.  4.  Liberl 
prlncipum  Helvetionim  erant  obsides.  5.  Libros  comi- 
tum  celas.  6.  Comes  nautae  erat  miser.  7.  Itidicis 
f Ilium  cottldie  laudamus.  8.  Multae  sunt  voluptates  agri- 
colae  filiorum.  9.  Caput  equi  est  nigrum,  sed  pedes  sunt 
albi.  10.  Fidi  custodes  non  sunt  regl.  11.  In  agris 
erant  lapides  multi.  12.  Agros  regis  vastatis.  13.  Equi- 
tes  equls  frumentum  parant.  14.  Equus  itidicis  in  hortum 
currit.     15.  Helvetii  parati  erant  obsides  dare. 

II.  1.  Many  men  love  pleasure.  2.  The  weary  soldier 
conceals  (his)  wrong.  3.  The  hostages  of  the  Eomans  run 
into  the  woods.  4.  The  companions  of  kings  are  not 
always  good.  5.  The  soldier's  javelin  was  long.  6.  The 
cavalry  set  free  the  hostages.  7.  I  often  censure  bad 
pupils,  and  you  always  love  the  good.     8.  The  feet  of 


tJ-NIVERSn 


THIRD  DECLENSION. 


the  horsemen  will  be  free.  9.  The  horsemen  have  grain 
in  carts.  10.  We  tell  stories  to  the  little  children  every 
day. 


CHAPTER  XII. 
Third  Declension:  Liquid  Stems. 

First  Conjugation,  Imperfect  Indicative  Active. 


1. 

PARADIGMS 

i. 

consul,  m., 

victor,  wi., 

Virgo,  /., 

vulnus,  n. 

consul. 

victor. 

virgin. 

wound. 

stem 

consul- 

victor- 

SINGULAK. 

vlrgin- 

vulner- 1 

^.,  V. 

consul 

victor 

virg5 

vulnus 

G. 

consulis 

victoris 

virginls 

vulnerls 

D. 

consul! 

victori 

virgin! 

vulneri 

Ac. 

cSnsulem 

victorem 

virginem 

vulnus 

Ah. 

consule 

victore 

virgine 

vulnere 

PLURAL. 

N.,Ac..,V.    cSnsules  victores  virgines  vulnera 

G.    consulum         victor  um         virginum         vulnerum 
D.,  Ah.    consuUbus       victorious       virginibus       vulneribus 

62.  In  English,  questions  which  can  be  answered  by 
yes  or  no  require  no  interrogative  word.  For  the  Latin 
method  of  expressing  such  questions,  see  the  following 
sentences :  — 


1  This  was  originally  an  s  stem,  but  s  was  changed  to  r 


32  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

1.  Puerumne,  lulia,  culpas  ?     Do  you  blame  the  hoy,  Julia  ? 

2.  Nonne  servus  est  miser  ?     Is  not  the  slave  unhappy  ?   or, 

The  slave  is  unhappy,  is  he  not  f 

3.  Num    magister  vocat?       Is  the   master  calling!    or,  The 

master  is  not  calling,  is  he  ? 

The  interrogative  ne  is  an  enclitic,  always  appended  to  the 
emphatic  word.     See  4.  and  7. 

Nonne  expects  the  answer  yes ;  num  expects  the  answer  no ; 
ne  does  not  indicate  what  answer  is  expected. 

63.  PARADIGM. 

Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of  Amo. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

1.  amabam,  I  teas  loving.'^  amabamus,  we  were  loving. 

2.  amabas,  you  were  loving.  amabatis,  you  were  loving. 

3.  amabat,  he  was  loving.  amabant,  they  were  loving. 

Inflect  the  imperfect  indicative  active  of  laudo,  narro, 
voco,  do,  celo,  culpo,  paro,  vasto. 

64.  EXERCISES  ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Culpabas,  culpabatis.  2.  Laudabam,  laudabamus. 
3.  Celabat,  celabant.  4.  Parabam,  parabat,  parabant. 
5.  Servus  laborabat,  cottidie  laborat.  6.  Narrabas,  puellae 
narrabant.  7.  Vocabam,  vocabamus.  8.  Dabat,  dabas, 
dabant.    9.  Columbam  liberabat.    10.  Prmcipem  culpamus. 

II.  1.  I  was  blaming,  we  were  blaming.  2.  He  was 
praising,  they  were  praising.  3.  You  were  calling,  he 
was  calling.  4.  I  was  calling,  we  were  calling.  5.  He 
was  giving,  we  were  giving.  6.  He  was  telling,  the  boy 
is  telling.  7.  I  am  preparing,  I  was  preparing.  8.  They 
are  laying  waste,  he  is  laying  waste.  9.  He  was  freeing 
the  slaves.     10.  We  were  concealing  the  money. 

1  Also  I  loved,  I  did  love,  I  used  to  love. 


THIKD   DECLENSION.  33 

65.  VOCABULARY. 

clamor,  -oris,  w.,  shout,  noise,  vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  wound. 

consul,  -ulis,  w.,  consul.  orno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,   deck, 

corona,  -ae,  /.,  crown,  garland.         adorn. 

nomen,  -inis,  w.,  name.  mittit,  he  sends. 

oppidum,  -i,  w.,  town.  mittunt,  they  send. 

soror,  -oris,  /.,  sister.  e,i  ex  (prep,  loith  ahl.),  from,  out  of. 

victor,    -oris,    w.,   conqueror,  ne,         ^ 

victor.  nonne,  >-  signs  of  questions. 

virgo,  -inis,  /.,  maiden,  virgin,  num,    J 


66.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Milites  consulis  ex  oppido  currunt.  2.  Nonne 
magister  clamorem  puerorum  culpat  ?  3.  Victores  Roma- 
norum  corona  ornabat.  4.  Nomen  virginis  erat  lulia. 
5.  Custodesne  obsidum  culpabas  ?  6.  Bonum  regem  et 
iudicem  laudabamus.  7.  Celabatis,  puerl,  libros  sororis. 
8.  Obsidi  aquam  dabam.  9.  Servi  prlncipis  agros  para- 
bant.  10.  Num  miles  vulnera  celabat?  11.  Consul  ex 
agrls  in  oppidum  milites  multos  mittit.  12.  Liberos  in 
Britanniam  obsides  mittunt.  13.  Nonne  paratus  eris  vic- 
torem  ornare  ?     14.  Consul!  voluptates  non  multae  sunt. 

II.  1.  A  crown  was  adorning  tbe  head  of  the  victor. 

2.  Do  you  praise  the  diligence  of  the  pupils  every  day  ?• 

3.  The  soldiers  are  sending  (their)  children  out  of  the 
town.  4.  (My)  sister's  horse  is  black.  5.  Galba  runs 
into  the  field  and  calls  the  horse.  6.  Was  not  the 
maiden's  companion  a  Eoman  knight  (eques)?  7.  We 
were  setting  free  the  feet  of  the  slaves.  8.  There  were 
many  stones  in  the  garden.  9.  The  Koman  consul  is 
laying  waste  the  towns  and  fields.  10.  The  shouts  of 
the  pupils  did  not  delight  the  master. 

1  e  is  used  before  consonants,  ex  before  vowels  and  consonants. 


34  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

CHAPTER   XIII. 

Third  Declension.  —  Continued. 

First  Conjugation,  Future  Lidicative  Active;  Ablative 
^  of  Instrument. 

67.  PARADIGM. 

Future  Indicative  Active  of  Amo. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

1.  ainabo,  I  shall  love.  amabimus,  we  shall  love. 

2.  amabis,  you  icill  love.  amabitis,  you  icill  love. 

3.  amablt,  he  will  love.  amabunt,  they  will  love. 

68.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Laudabit,  laudabunt.  2.  Ornabo,  ornabimus. 
3.  Narramus,  narrabamus,  narrabimus.  4.  Vastat,  vasta- 
bat,  vastabit.  5.  Celabas,  celabis,  celabunt.  6.  Vocabit, 
oruabat,  ornat.  7.  Dabo,  dabimuSj  dabunt.  8.  Vocabitis, 
vocabatis,  vocatis.  9.  Delectat,  delectabit,  delectabat. 
10.  Ornamus,  ornabamus,  ornabant. 

II.  1.  I  shall  praise,  we  shall  praise.  2.  He  is  toiling, 
he  was  toiling,  he  will  toil.  3.  We  shall  conceal,  he  will 
conceal.  4.  I  shall  set  free,  we  shall  set  free,  they  will 
set  free.  5.  He  will  give,  you  will  give,  they  will  give. 
6.  We  will  call,  it  will  delight,  they  will  toil.  7.  He  is 
blaming,  they  were  blaming,  I  shall  blame.  8.  He  will 
prepare,  they  will  prepare,  you  will  prepare.  9.  He  will 
tell,  I  was  telling,  they  will  tell.  10.  We  were  praising, 
he  will  call,  you  will  tell. 


THIRD   DECI^ENSION.  35 

69.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Puella  rosis  caput  ornat,  the  girl  adorns  her  head  with  roses. 

2.  Poeta  fabulis  liberos  delectat,  the  poet  delights  his  children 

ivith  stories. 

3.  Lapide  equitem  vulnerat,  he  wounds  the  horseman  with  a 

stone. 

Observe  that  rosis,  fabulis,  and  lapide  are  in  the  ablative  case, 
and  that  they  show  the  instrument  or  means  employed  in  doing 
the  act.  The  ablative  thus  used  is  called  the  ablative  of  instru- 
ment or  means. 

70.  Rule.  —  Instrument  or  means  is  expressed  by  the 
ablative  ivithout  a  preposition. 


71.  VOCABULARY. 

arbor,  -oris,/.,  tree.  Graeci,  -orum,  m.,  the  Greeks. 

carmen, -inis,  w.,  song,  poem.  vulnero,     -are,     -avi,      -atum, 

Caesar, -aris,  m.,  Caesar.  wound. 

Gallia,  -ae,  /.,  Gaul.  porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  carry. 

Homerus,  -i,  m.,  Homer.  ad    (prep,    with    ace),    to,    for, 

homo,  -inis,  w.,  man.  near. 

pater,  patris,  w.,  father.  a,i  ab,  {prep,  with  abl.),  from, 

Graecus,  -a,  -ura,  Greek.  by. 


72.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Homerum,  prmcipem  Graecorum  poetarum, 
magistrl  et  discipull  laudabant.  2.  Multi  liberi  prlnci- 
piim  Galliae  obsides  erant  Caesaris.  3.  Arbores  multae 
et  latae  regis  hortum  ornant.  4.  Nonne  miles  pllo  equi- 
tem vulnerabit  ?       5.   BonI   pueri   columbam   pulchram 

1  a  before  consonants,  ab  before  vowels. 


36  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

lapide  non  vulnerabunt.  6.  Virgines  patrem  amant  et 
laudant.  7.  Carmina  poetae  multos  homines  delectant. 
8.  Bonos  libros  amabis,  non  celabis.  9.  Ctistodibus  plla 
dabimus,  obsidibus  aquam.  10.  Eques  in  capite  vulnus 
habet.  11.  Nuntius  ab  Helvetiis  ad  Caesarem  dona  por- 
tat.  12.  Puer  librum  ad  sororem  mittit.  13.  Amicis 
voluptates  multas  pectinia  parabat. 

II.  1.  Men  love  (their)  children,  and  often  praise 
(them).  2.  The  victors  will  bring  grain  from  the  fields. 
3.  The  shouts  of  the  soldiers  will  not  wound  the  horsemen 
of  Caesar.  4.  The  maiden  has  a  crown  of  roses.  5.  Bad 
men  are  not  good  companions,  are  they  ?  6.  The  horse's 
feet  are  in  the  water.  7.  The  names  of  the  pupils  are  in 
the  master's  book.  8.  You  will  give  a  book  to  (your) 
father,  but  a  rose  to  (your)  sister.  9.  Will  you  set 
free  the  sister  of  the  consul  ?  10.  The  boy  is  ready  to 
carry  a  letter  to  (his)  father. 


CHAPTER   XIV. 

Third  Declension:  Stems  in  i. 

First  Conjugation,  Perfect  Indicative  Active;  Perfect 
Indicative  of  Sum;  Ablative  of  Manner. 

73.  PARADIGMS. 

ignis,  m.,  hostis,  m.  andf.,  caedes,/., 

fire.  enemy.  slaughter. 

Stem    igni-  host!-  caedi- 


THIRD  DECLENSION. 


37 


SINGULAR. 

K,  v. 

Ignis 

hostis 

caedes 

G. 

Ignis 

hostis 

caedis 

D. 

igni 

hosti 

caedi 

Ac. 

ignein 

hostem 

caedem 

Ah. 

Igni,  -e 

hoste 

PLURAL. 

caede 

N.,  V. 

ignes 

hostes 

caedes 

G. 

ignium 

hostium 

caedium 

D.,Ab. 

ignibus 

hostibus 

caedibus 

Ac. 

ignes,  -is 

hostes,  -is 

caedes,  -is 

1.  Most  nouns  in  -is  are  declined  like  hostis,  some  like 
Ignis  ;  but  a  few  have  only  im  in  the  accusative  singular, 
and  only  i  in  the  ablative  singular. 

2.  Whenever  any  of  these  nouns  are  introduced  in  this 
book  that  are  not  declined  like  hostis,  their  peculiarities 
will  be  given. 

3.  Nouns  in  -es,  not  increasing  in  the  genitive  (that 
is,  not  having  more  syllables  in  the  genitive  than  in  the 
nominative)  are  declined  like  caedes. 


74. 


PARADIGMS. 


Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  Amo. 


SINGULAR. 

/  loved. 

have  loved, 
you  loved, 
you  have  loved. 
amavit,    ^^^^^oved. 


amavi,     < 
amavisti,  -j 


he  has  loved. 


amavimus, 


amavistis, 

amaverunt 

or  amavere, 


we  loved, 
we  have  loved, 
you  loved, 
you  have  loved. 


J  they  loved. 


they  have  loved. 


38  A  liTRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

Perfect  Indicative  of  Sum. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

-,      x„-       /  /  was.  .  ,  (we  were. 

^  I  have  been.  I  ice  have  been. 

_   (  you  were.  c  you  were. 

2.     fuisti,  I  y^^  ^^^g  ^gg^_  fuistis,     I  y^^^  ^^^g  ^^^^^ 

3      fuit     /  ^^  ^^^'  fuerunt   /  they  were. 

I  he  has  been.  or  fuere,  I  they  have  been. 

1.  Notice  that  the  perfect  stem  of  amo  is  the  present 
stem.  +  V.  It  may  be  found  in  any  verb  by  dropping  the 
final  i  of  the  first  person  of  the  perfect  indicative  active. 

2.  Observe  that  the  endings  of  the  perfect  are  the 
same  for  both  stun  and  amo.  Make  a  table  of  them,  and 
commit  to  memory. 

75.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Portabit,  portavit,  portaverunt.  2.  Paravi, 
paravimus,  paraverunt.  3.  Vocavisti,  vocavistis,  voca- 
bitis.  4.  Laudavi,  laudavit,  laudaverunt.  5.  Laudas, 
laudabas,  laudabis.  6.  Liberavit,  dedit,  celavit.  7.  De- 
disti,  dedistis,  culpavi.  8.  Vulnerabis,  vulnerabas, 
vulneravit.  9.  Vulneravl,  vulneraverunt,  vulneravistis. 
10.  Vastavit,  paravit,  convocavit. 

II.  1.  I  was  carrying,  you  were  calling,  he  will  tell. 
2.  He  has  carried,  you  called,  he  concealed.  3.  I  have 
given,  you  gave,  it  delighted.  4.  I  shall  lay  waste,  I 
shall  call,  we  shall  tell.  5.  He  was  carrying,  he  will 
carry,  he  has  carried.  6.  He  was  concealing,  he  has  con- 
cealed, they  concealed.  7.  He  praised,  he  has  blamed, 
they  have  called.  8.  You  were  preparing,  you  will  carry, 
you  will  call.  9.  They  adorn,  will  adorn,  have  adorned. 
10.  He  will  wound,  was  wounding,  is  wounding. 


THIRD   DECLENSI^nT^  39 

76.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENC|:S. 

1.  Agricola  frumentum  cum  diligentia  in  oppidum  porta- 

bat,  the  farmer  was  carrying  grain  into  the  town  with  dili- 
gence. 

2.  Agricola  magna  cum  diligentia  in  oppidum  frumentum 

portabat,  the  farmer  with  great  diligence  ivas  carrying  grain 
into  the  toion. 

3.  Agricola  magna  diligentia  in  oppidum  frumentum  por- 

tabat, the  farmer  ivith  great  diligence  tvas  carrying  grain 
into  the  town. 

Observe  that  in  the  sentences  cum  diligentia,  magna  cum  dili- 
gentia, and  magna  diligentia,  show  the  manner  of  the  act.  The 
ablative  thus  used  is  called  the  ablative  of  manner. 

77.  Rule.  —  Manner  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  with 
cum,  or  a  limiting  adjective,  or  zvith  both. 

Manner  may  also,  as  in  English,  be  expressed  by  an  adverb. 

78.  VOCABULARY. 

caedes,  -is,/.,  slaughter,  murder,  occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  seize, 

finis,  -is,  m.,  end  ;  pi.,  territory.  take. 

gladius,  -i,  m.,  sword.  facit,  he  makes. 

hostis,  -is,  m.  andf,  enemy.  faeiunt,  they  make. 

ignis,  -is,  m.,  fire.  libenter,  adv.,  gladly. 

mater,  -tris, /.,  mother.  de  {prep,  with  ahl.),  about,  of, 

laboro,  -are  -avi,  -atum,  toil,  from. 

labor.  cum  (prep,  with  ahl.),  with. 

79.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Miles  gladio  hostem  vulneravit.  2.  HelvetiT 
niintios  de  inifiriis  ad  Caesarem  mittunt.  3.  Victor  fineni 
belli  libenter  facit. ^     4.  Caesar  igne  et  gladio  fines  hosti- 

1  Makes  gladly,  i.e.  is  glad  to  make. 

OF  THB 

J'NIVERSITY 


40  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

um  vastavit.  5.  Agricolae  magna  cum  diligentia  labora- 
verunt.  6.  Nonne  diligentiam  discipulorum  libenter 
laudavisti?^  7.  Mllites  Caesaris  magnam  hostium  caedem 
faciunt.  8.  Graeci  carmina  Homer!  laudabant.  9.  Multa 
Galliae  oppida  occupabimus.  10.  Consul  de  Gallia  fabu- 
1am  narrat.  11.  Serva  ad  matrem  multa  dona  portat  a 
domina.  12.  Clamoribus  magnis  oppidum  mllites  occu- 
paverunt. 

II.  1.  The  boys  run  to  the  woods  with  a  great  shout. 
2.  Were  the  men  of  Britain  large  ?  3.  The  maiden 
called  her  sister  by  name.  4.  I  have  decked  the  head 
of  my  mother  with  a  garland  of  roses.  5.  The  poems  of 
Homer  delighted  the  Greeks.  6.  Mothers  like  to  adorn  ^ 
their  children.  7.  The  trees  in  my  father's  garden  are 
large.  8.  You  will  wound  your  companion  with  your 
sword.  9.  The  wounds  of  the  soldier  were  many. 
10.  The  boy  labors  diligently^  in  the  field  every  day. 

CHAPTER  XV. 
Third  Declension  :  Steins  in  i,  —  Continued. 

First  Conjugation,  Pluperfect  and  Future  Perfect  Indica- 
tive Active;  Pluperfect  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative 
of  Sum;  Ablative  of  Accompaniment. 


80. 

PARADIGMS. 

mare,  n., 

animal,  n. 

sea. 

animal. 

Stem    mari- 

animali- 

1  See  3  and  note  1.       2  Compare  3  and  6,  above.       s  j.e.  with  diligence. 


THIRD  DECLENSION.  41 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

^.,Ac.,  V.     mare 

maria 

animal 

animalia 

G.     maris 

marium 

animalis 

animalium 

D.,  Ab.     mari 

maribus 

animali 

animalibus 

Observe  that  the  above  nouns  have  i  stems,  and  that 
the  nominative  is  the  same  as  the  stem,  except  that  the 
characteristic  i  has  either  been  changed  to  e,  as  in  mare, 
or  dropped,  as  in  animal. 

81.  PARADIGMS. 

Indicative  Active  of  Amo. 
^^'  Pluperfect. 

SINGULAR.  plural. 

1.  amaveram,  I  had  loved.  amaveramus,  we  had  loved. 

2.  amaveras,  you  had  loved.         amaveratis,  you  had  loved. 

3.  amaverat,  he  had  loved.  amaverant,  they  had  loved. 

Future  Perfect. 

1.  axahvero^  I  shall  have  loved.     B^m.a,Yerimus,we  shall  have  loved. 

2.  a^maveris,  you  will  have  loved,    amaveritis,  yoii  will  have  loved. 

3.  amaverit,  he  will  have  loved,     amaverint,  they  will  have  loved. 

Indicative  of  Sum. 


Pluperfect. 

SINGULAR. 

plural. 

1. 

fueram,  I  had  been. 

fueramus,  we  had  been. 

2. 

fueras,  you  had  been. 

fueratis,  you  had  been. 

3. 

fuerat,  he  had  been. 

V 

fuerant,  they  had  been. 

uture 

Perfect. 

1.  fuero,  I  shall  have  been.  fuerimus,  we  shall  have  been. 

2.  fueris,  you  will  have  been.        fueritis,  ijou  will  have  been. 

3.  fuerit,  he  will  have  been.  fuerint,  they  will  have  been. 


42  A   FIRST   BOOK   IX   LATIN. 

*82.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Fuimus,  fueramus,  fiierimus.  2.  Celavl,  culpavl. 
vocavi,  laboravi.  3.  Vocaverat,  vastaverat,  paraverat. 
4.  Portavero,  vastavero,  occupavero.  5.  Celaverasne? 
paraverasne  ?   ornaverasne  ?     6.  Celavistme   pecimiam  ? 

7.  Llberaverat  obsides.  8.  Frumentum  paraveratis. 
9.  Sororem  culpaverat.  10.  Pueros  lauclaverit.  11.  Ju- 
dex mllitem  liberavit.     12.  Gladium  hostis  occupaverat. 

II.  1.  They  had  wounded,  he  had  prepared.  2.  He 
will  have  loved,  they  will  have  blamed.  3.  I  labor,  I 
was  laboring,  I  will  labor.  4.  I  have  labored,  I  had 
labored,  I  shall  have  labored.  5.  He  calls,  he  was 
calling,  he  will  call.  6.  He  has  called,  he  had  called,  he 
will  have  called.     7.  The  soldier  had  carried  a  javelin. 

8.  We  had  called  together  the  children.  9.  The  fire  had 
seized  the  town.  10.  The  gift  will  have  delighted  the 
boy.     11.  I  will  hurry  to  call  Titus. 

83.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Caesar  in  agros  Titum  cum  equitibus  mittit,  Ccesar  sends 

Titus  with  cavalry  into  the  country-districts. 

2.  Galba  cum  patre  in  urbe  laborat,  Galha  works  with  his 

father  in  the  city. 
Observe  that  equitibus  denotes  the  persons  by  whom  Titus  is 
accompanied,  and  patre  the  person  by  whom  Galba  is  accom- 
panied.    The  ablative  thus  used  is  called  the  ablative  of  accom- 
paniment. 

84.  Rule.  —  Accompaniment  is  expressed  by  the  abla- 
tive with  cum. 

In  military  phrases  cum  is  often  omitted  ;  as,  Caesar  multis 
legionibus  in  Galliam  properat,  Ccesar  hastens  into  Gaul  with 
many  legions. 


THIKD   DECLENSION.  43 


85.  VOCABULAKY. 

animal,  -alls,  n.,  animal.  mare,  -is,   n.,  sea. 

Blbracte,  -Is,  n.,  Bibracte.  vectlgal,  -galls,  n.,  tax. 

flamen,  -Inis,  n.,  river.  tertlus,  -a,  -um,  third. 

Iter,  itluerls,  n.,  march,  route,  pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  fight. 

legio,  -onis,  /. ,  legion.  proper©,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  hurry. 


86.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  In  marl  sunt  animalia  multa  et  magna.  2.  De- 
derantne  Helvetii  Caesarl  vectigalja?  ^  3.  Caesar  cum 
tertia  legione  ad  oppidum  Bibracte  ftroperavit.  4.  Hostes 
magnis  itineribus  a  silvlg  ad  fltimen  properaverunt. 
5.  Gladio  et  pilo,  mllites,  cum  Graecis  pugnavistis.  6.  In 
carminibus  Homerus  fabulas  de  bello  narravit.  7.  Liberl 
cum  matre  in  pulchro  horto  fuerarit.  8.  Pulchrae  arbores 
multos  homines  delectant.  9,  Consul  cum  multls  mlli- 
tibus  igni  et  gladio  fines  hostium  vastaverat.  10.  Magna 
fuerit  caedes  hostium. 

II.  1.  The  poet  had  carried  his  poems  to  (his)  sister. 
2.  Csesar  makes  a  long  march  and  takes  the  towrf 
Bibracte.  3.  The  soldiers  had  fought  with  the  enemy, 
and  had  wounded  many  with  (their)  swords.  4.  The 
boys  were  glad  to  labor  (were  gladly  laboring)  with 
(their)' fathers  in  the  fields.  5.  The  march  to  the  river 
had  been  long.  6.  The  taxes  of  the  Greeks  will  be  small. 
7.  Have  sailors  always  been  glad  to  tell  stories  about  the 
sea  ?  8.  The  legions  hasten  to  the  river  with  the  cav- 
alry, and  put  an  end  to  the  slaughter  (make  an  end  of 
the  slaughter).  9.  The  soldiers  fought  in  the  river. 
10.  Caesar  will  have  laid  waste  the  fields  of  the  enemy 
with  tire. 


44 


A  FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 


Third  Declension :  Mixed  Sterns.^ 


Ablative  of  Time. 


87. 

PARADIGMS. 

nox,  /., 

urbs,  /. , 

mons,  w., 

night. 

city. 

mountain. 

Stem 

noct- 

urb- 

moot- 

SINGULAR. 

' 

N.,  V. 

nox 

urbs 

mans 

G. 

noctis 

urbis 

mentis 

D. 

nocti 

urbi 

monti 

Ac. 

noctem 

urbem 

montein 

Ah. 

nocte 

urbe 

PLURAL. 

monte 

'N.,  V. 

noctes 

urbes 

montes 

a. 

noctium 

urbium 

montiuin 

D.,  Ab. 

noctibus 

urbibus 

montibus 

Ac. 

noctes  -is 

urbes  -is 

montes  -is 

Which  class  of  nouns  do  these  resemble  in  the  singular  ? 
In  the  plural  ? 

Like  these  words  are  declined :  1.  Most  nouns  in  -ns 
and  -rs ;  2.  Monosyllables  in  -s  and  -x  preceded  by  a 
consonant. 


1  These  were  originally  consonant  stems,  as  given  above,  but  in  the 
plural  they  are  declined  like  i  stems. 


THIRD   DECLENSION.  45 

88.  EXERCISES    ON   FORMS. 

I.  1.  Vocabam,  celabo,  paravl.  2.  Portabis,  dederas, 
occupaveris.  3.  Properasiie  ad  flumen  ?  4.  Occupatisne. 
occupabatisne  oppidum  ?  5.  Ptignabantne,  laudabun- 
turne  ?  6.  Homines  libera vimus,  laudabimus.  7.  Virgo 
rosis  sororem  ornabat,  ornaverat.  8.  Ubi  miles  jjilum 
celabit,  celabat  ?  9.  Quid  puer  ad  matrem  portaverit, 
portavit  ?     10.  Cum  Gallis  pugnaverit,  pugnaverat. 

II.  1.  We  were  calling,  we  shall  hurry.  2.  Why  were 
you  calling  ?  3.  Did  not  the  master  blame  the  slaves  ? 
4.  He  fought  with  a  sword,  will  fight.  5.  We  shall  fight 
with  the  Greeks,  he  will  fight.  6.  He  loved  (his)  brothers, 
had  loved.  7.  He  will  have  praised  the  poem,  you  were 
praising.  8.  Fine  trees  adorn,  were  adorning,  the  gar- 
den. 9.  The  Greeks  had  paid,  were  paying,  tribute. 
10.  We  will  call,  have  called,  a  council. 

89.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Hieme  in  urbe  Marcus  laborat,  m  the  winter  Marcus  works 

in  the  city. 

2.  Legio  nocte  oppidum  occupavit,  the  legion  seized  the  town 

in  the  night. 

3.  Una  hora  in  urbe  ero,  within  an  hour  I  shall  he  in  the  city. 

Observe  that  hieme  shows  the  time  ivhen  Marcus  works  in  the 
city,  nocte  the  time  when  the  town  was  seized,  and  una  hora  the 
time  within  lohich  I  shall  reach  the  city. 

90.  Rule.  —  Time  when,  or  iDithin  ivJiich,  is  expressed 
by  the  ablative  without  a  preposition. 

Time  within  which  may  also  be  expressed  by  in  with  the 
ablative. 


46  A   FIRST   BOOK    IN   LATIN. 

91.  VOCABULARY. 

aestas,  -atis, /.,  summer.  nox,  iioctis,/.,  night. 

annus,  -i,  m.,  year.  pax,  pacis,  /,,  peace. 

dux,  ducis,  m.,  leader.  urbs,  urbis,  /.,  city. 

hienis,  hiemis,  /. ,  winter.  vigilia,  -ae,  /.,  (part  of  the  night) 

hora,  -ae,  /.,  hour.  watch. 

niuns,  moutis,  m.,  mountain. 


92.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Dux  per  silvas  ad  fliimen  properaverat  et  cum 
hostibus  pugnaverat.  2.  Tertia  vigilia  noctis  Bibracte 
occupabamus.  3.  Mater  Galbae  erit  in  urbe  hieme,  non 
aestate.  4.  De  tertia  vigilia  legiones  ex  oppido  propera- 
verunt.  5.  Num  animalia  ignem  amant  ?  G.  Flumina 
in  mare  currunt.  7.  Tertia  hora  Caesar  magnam  caedem 
hostium  facit.  8.  Tertio  anno  belli  consulibus  vectigalia 
dederatis.  9.  In  pacis  temporibus  agricolae  sunt  laeti. 
10.  Erant  multae  arbores  in  montibus.  11.  Milites 
tertiae  legionis  gladiis  et  pills  pugnabant. 

II.  1.  The  leader  of  the  soldiers  makes  peace  with 
the  Helvetians.  2.  The  farmers  labored  cheerfully  in  the 
summer.  3.  The  wearied  soldiers  had  hastened  by  forced 
marches  into  the  territory  of  the  enemy,  and  had  taken 
the  town  in  the  third  watch  of  the  night.  4.  Winter 
on  the  mountain  had  not  been  agreeable.  5.  We  had 
fought  at  night  with  the  Eoman  legions.  6.  The  faith- 
ful mother  has  called  her  tired  children  into  the  garden. 

7.  The  men  hastened  to  the   sea  in   the   third  watch. 

8.  Man  is  an  animal.  9.  Galba  did  not  seize  the  beauti- 
ful town,  but  laid  waste  the  fields  of  the  enemy.  10.  The 
soldiers  are  laying  waste  the  fields  with  fire. 


THIRD   DECLENSION.  47 


CHAPTER   XVII. 
Third  Declension. 

Rules  for  Gender. 

Make  a  complete  table  of  the  nominative  endings  of 
nouns  of  the  third  declension. 

93.  Gender.  1.  Nouns  in  -o,  -or,  -os,  -er,  and  -es,  increas- 
ing in  the  genitive,  are  masculine,  except  those  in  -do,  -go, 
and  abstract  and  collective  nouns  in  -id. 

2.  Nouns  in  -as,  -es,  not  increasing  in  the  genitive,  -is, 
-us  (long),  -do,  -go,  -id  (abstract  and  collective),  -s  (fol- 
lowing a  consonant),  -x,  are  feminine. 

3.  Nouns  in  -a,  -e,  -i,  -y,  -c,  -I,  -n,  -t,  -ar,  -ur,  -us  (short), 
are  neuter. 

There  are  many  exceptions  to  these  rules,  and  the  learner 
should  notice  each  when  he  first  meets  it. 

These  rules  are  subordinate  to  the  general  rule  for  gender. 
See  7. 

94.  VOCABULARY. 

explorator,  -oris,  w.,  scout.  palas,  -ndis,  /.,  marsh,  swamp. 

litus,   -oris,   w.,  shore  (of  the  pedes,  peditis,  m.  (pes,  foot), 

sea).  .  foot-soldier. 

mos,   nioris,  m.,  custom;  pZ.,  delibero,    -are,    -avi,    -atum, 

manners,  character.  consider,  deliberate. 

ordo,  -inis,  m.,  rank,  row,  order.  per  (prep,  with  ace),  through. 


48  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Liberos  et  matres  in  paliide  celaverant.  2.  Caesar 
cum  hostium  duce  de  pace  dellberabat.  3.  Hieme  mllites 
Caesaris  saepe  piignabant.  4.  Mllites  tertiae  legionis  ad 
litus  properaverant.  5.  Nuntii  per  hostium  fines  in 
urbem  currunt.  6.  Dux  de  tertia  vigilia  noctis  ad  mon- 
tem  exploratores  mittit.  7.  Magister  discipulls  de  mori- 
bus  Graecorum  narrabat.  8.  Explorator  de  tertia  vigilia 
per  ordines  peditum  ad  flumen  properavit.  9.  Pedites 
tertia  hora  montem  occupaverant.  10.  Nocte  in  monte 
multos  Ignes  habent  mllites. 

II.  1.  The  commander  will  consult  with  the  consul 
about  the  war.  2.  The  boys  run  through  the  woods  to 
the  shore.  3.  He  often  hurries  into  the  city  about  nine 
o'clock.^  4.  We  will  send  scouts  in  the  night  to  the  ter- 
ritory of  the  enemy.  5.  The  third  legion  had  often 
fought  with  the  Helvetians  in  the  summer.  6.  In  the 
third  year  of  the  war  we  laid  waste  many  towns  and 
cities.  7.  They  had  carried  grain  into  the  marshes  to 
(their)  wives.  8.  The  taxes  of  the  Helvetians  were 
small.  9.  The  mother  frequently  praises  the  good 
manners  of  (her)  children.  10.  The  commander  cen- 
sures a  foot-soldier  of  the  third  line. 

96.  VOCABULARY. 

cohors, -tis, /.,  a  cohort.  decern,    numeral    adj.,    indech, 
lus,  iuris,  «.,  right,  law.  ten. 

pars,  partis,  /.,  part.  iuvo,  -are,  iavi,  iutuin,  assist. 

tempus,  -oris,  n.,  time.  sto,  stare,  steti,  statuin,  stand. 

1  As  the  Romans  divided  the  day  into  twelve  honrs,  beginning  at 
sunrise,  about  nine  o'clock  would  be  equivalent  to  about  the'third  hour. 


THIRD  DECLENSION.  49 

97.  EXERCISES. 

III.  1.  Caesar  a  lltore  ad  urbem  iter  facit  et  mllites 
frumento  iuvat.  2.  Sunt  in  legione  decern  cohortes. 
3.  Puer  in  itinere  comitem  iuverat.  4.  ^ervus  per  palti- 
dem  ad  mare  currit.  5.  Arborum  ordo  in  litore  stabat. 
6.  In  pacis  temporibus  bellum  paramus.  7.  De  iure 
obsidum  in  concilio  deliberabimus.  8.  Pater  filio  librum 
de  Graecorum  moribus  dedit.  9.  Consul  cum  parte  pedi- 
tum  Britanniam  occupabit.  10.  Dux  cum  decem  coliorti- 
bus  Graecos  iuvabat. 

IV.  1.  The  scout  was  telling  about  the  customs  of  the 
Helvetians.  2.  The  horses  were  standing  at  (in)  the 
end  of  a  marsh.  3.  In  the  third  watch  the  commander 
sends  a  scout  to  the  mountain.  4.  Boys,  do  you  like  to 
stand  on  the  seashore  in  summer  ?  5.  Night  puts  an  end 
to  the  journey.  6.  Caesar  had  aided  the  Helvetians  with 
grain.  7.  In  the  third  year  of  the  war  the  Greeks  make 
peace  with  the  Komans.  8.  They  will  consult  about  the 
rights  of  the  victors.  9.  At  the  seashore,  winter  is  not  a 
pleasant  season  (time  of  year),  is  it?  10.  We  shall  set 
free  a  part  of  the  hostages  at  nine  o'clock.^ 

1  See  95.  II.  3. 


50 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

Adjectives  of  Three  Terminations. 

First  Conjugation,  Present  Indicative  Passive;  Ablative 
of  Agent. 


98. 

PARADIGMS. 

acer,  sharp. 

celer,  smft. 

Stem  acrl- 

celeri- 

SINGULAR. 

SINGULAR. 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Neuter.    Masculine 

Feminine. 

Neuter. 

N.,V.  acer 

acris 

acre      celer 

celeris 

celere 

G. 

acris 

celeris 

D.yAh. 

acri 

celeri 

Ac.  acrem 

acrem 

PLURAL. 

acre      celerem 

celerem 

PLURAL. 

celere 

N.,  V.  acres 

acres 

acria    celeres 

celeres 

celerla 

G. 

acrium 

celerium 

D.,Ab. 

acribus 

celerlbus 

Ac.  acres  (-is)  acres  (-is)  acria    celeres  (-is)  celeres  (-is)  celeria 

1.  These  are  called  adjectives  of  three  terminations, 
because  in  the  nominative  singular  there  is  a  different 
form  for  each  gender.^ 

2.  What  change  in  the  stem  is  seen  in  the  nominative  ? 

3.  Decline  together  miles  acer,  domina  acris,  celer  equus. 

99.  Learn  the  conjugation  of  the  present  indicative 
passive  of  amo  (p.  205).    Make  a  table  of  terminations, 

1  To  this  class  belong  only  a  few  stems  in  -ri.  These  are  all  (except 
celer)  declined  lilce  acer. 


ADJECTIVES   OF  THREE  TERMINATIONS.  51 

and  commit  them  to  memory.     Like  amo  conjugate  the 
present  indicative  passive  of  voco,  laudo,  delecto,  and  vulnero. 

100.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Vocamur,  culpamur.  2.  Vulneratur  a  milite. 
3.  Vulneratur  pllo.  4.  Liberat  servum.  5.  luvantur  a 
patre.  6.  Gives  a  consule  convocantur.  7.  A  sorore  lau- 
datur.  8.  Paliis  arboribus  celatur.  9.  Frumentum  ex 
agro  ab  agricola  portatur.  10.  Saepe  a  puerls  in  hortum 
vocaris. 

II.  1.  We  are  blamed,  you  are  praised.  2.  The 
mother  adorns  (her)  daughter.  3.  The  girls  are  adorned 
by  the  mother.  4.  The  town  is  seized  by  the  general. 
5.  The  soldiers  are  wounded  with  stones.  6.  The  chil- 
dren are  carried  through  the  marsh.  7.  The  men  are 
blamed  by  the  judge.  8.  We  are  assisted  by  (our) 
friends.  9.  The  fields  are  devastated  by  the  conquerors. 
10.  The  town  is  laid  waste  by  fire. 

101.-  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Regina  luliam  amat,  the  queen  loves  Julia. 

2.  lulia  a  reginaTainatur,  Julia  is  loved  by  the  queen. 

3.  Titus  ab  amico  amatur,  Titus  is  loved  by  his  friend. 

Observe  that  the  first  and  second  sentences  have  the  same 
meaning,  but  that  the  verb  of  the  first  is  in  the  active  voice,  and 
the  verb  of  the  second  in  the  passive. 

Observe  that  the  agent  —  that  is,  the  person  who  does  the 
act  —  is  expressed  in  the  first  by  the  nominative  case,  and  in 
the  second  by  the  ablative  with  a,  and  in  the  third  by  the 
ablative  with  ab. 

102.  Rule.  —  The  agent  with  a  passive  verb  is  expressed 
by  the  ablative  luith  a  or  ab. 


52  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

103.  VOCABULARY. 

celeritas, -atis, /.,  quickness,  rapid-  navis,  -is,/,   {like  ignis), 

ity,  swiftness.         -  ship, 

civis, -is,  m.  (ZiA-e  Ignis),  citizen.  acer,   acris,   acre,    sharp, 

imperator,  -oris,  m.,  commander-  active. 

in-chief,  general.  celer,  celeris,  celere,  quick, 

frater,  fratris,  m.,  brotlier.  swift. 

legatus,  -i,  w.,  lieutenant,  amhas-  accfiso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 

sador.  accuse. 

104.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Acer  consul  malos  elves  acctisat.  2.  Legatus 
magna  celeritate  in  fines  hostium  iter  facit  et  oppidum 
magnum  occupat.  3.  Frater  imperatoris  a  civibus  accii- 
satur.  4.  Matres  llberos  rosTs  pulchris  ornant.  5.  Urbs 
tertia  vigilia  noctis  a  duce  cohortium  occupatur. 
6.  Nautae  in  decern  navibus  celeribus  frumenta  ad  urbem 
portant.  7.  Milites,  ab  imperatore  laudaraur.  ^.  Legatus 
cum  imperatore  de  iure  peditum  deliberaverat.  9.  Vir 
a  comite  gladlo  vulneratur.  10.  Celeri  navi  ab  impera- 
toris fratre  in  Britanniam  portatur  epistula. 

II.  1.  A  beautiful  book  is  given  to  the  pupil  by  the 
master.  2.  A  great  part  of  the  city  is  concealed  by  the 
m.ountain.  3.  The  lieutenants  are  summoned  to  a  council 
by  the  commander-in-chief.  4.  In  the  summer  of  the 
third  year  of  the  war,  the  general  consulted  with  the  citi- 
zens about  peace.  5.  Many  large  animals  were  standing 
on  the  shore  of  the  sea.  6.  The  active  foot-soldiers  by 
forced  marches  hurry  to  the  consul.  7.  Swift  ships  are 
given  to  Caesar  by  (his)  friends.  8.  In  time  of  war  women 
often  assisted  the  farmers  in  the  fields.  9.  The  boys  were 
standing  in  a  row  at  the  end  of  the  marsh.  10.  Soldiers, 
we  will  quickly  (with  quickness)  prepare  to  fight. 


ADJECTIVES    OP   TWO   TERMINATIONS.  53 

/ 

CHAPTER  XIX. 

Adjectives  of  Two  Terminations.^ 

First  Conjugation  J  Imperfect  Indicative  Passive; 
Ablative  of  Cause. 


105. 


PARADIGM, 
brevis,  short.     Stem  brevi- 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

Neuter. 

Masculine.    Feminine. 

Neuter. 

N.,V. 

brevis 

breve 

breves 

brevia 

G. 

brevis 

brevium 

D.,Ah. 

brevi 

• 

brevibus 

Ac. 

brevem 

breve 

breves  (-is) 

brevia 

106.  Learn  the  conjugation  of  the  imperfect  indica- 
tive passive  of  amo.  Make  a  table  of  terminations,  and 
commit  them  to  memory. 


107. 


EXERCISES   ON   FORMS. 


I.  1.  Pater  f Ilium  iuvabat.  2.  Filius  a  patre  inva- 
batur.  3.  Princeps  obsides  llberaverat.  4.  A  Romanis 
urbs  vastabatur.  5.  Acciisabaris  a  civibus.  6.  Gladils 
ab  hostibus  {it)  piignatur.  7.  Legati  ab  imperatore 
accusabantur.  8.  Celabamur  in  silva  a  duce.  9.  Mater 
puerTs  fabulas  breves  narrabat.      10.    Fabulae  breves  a 

matre  narrabantur. 

—     .    -  -   -  . 

1  This  class  includes  all  i  stems,  except  those  of  three  terminations, 
and  also  the  comparatives. 


54  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

II.  1.  I  was  calling,  thou  wast  called.  2.  We  were 
praising,  you  were  praised.  3.  You  were  blamed,  lie  was 
praised.  4.  We  were  being  assisted  by  (our)  friends. 
5.  We  were  preparing  war.  6.  I  was  assisted  by  (my) 
brother.  7.  The  sailors  were  hurrying  to  the  sea  with 
shouts.  8.  The  women  and  children  were  concealed  in 
the  swamps.  9.  A  part  of  the  cohorts  was  concealed  by 
a  row  of  trees.     10.  In  the  night  the  city  was  seized. 

108.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCE. 

1.  Servi  diligentia  a  domino  laudantur,  the  slaves  are  praised 

by  their  master  for  (because  of)  their  diligence. 

2.  Milites  defessi  itinere  erant,  the  soldiers  were  weary  with 

{on  account  of)  their  march. 

Observe  that  diligentia  shows  the  cause  of  the  praising,  and 
itinere  the  cause  of  the  weariness,  and  that  they  are  in  the  abla- 
tive case. 

109.  Rule.  —  Cause  may  he  expressed  by  the  ablative, 
usually  without  a  preposition. 

no.  VOCABULARY. 

castra,   orum,  n.,  camp.  supero,  -are,  -avi,  -atuin,  sur- 
multitudo, -inis,/.,  (multus),  pass,  defeat. 

multitude,  great  number.  brevis,  -e,  short. 

populus,  -i,  ?)!.,  people.  fortis,  -e,  brave. 

virtus,  -utis,/.,  (vir),  bravery,  gravis,  -e,  heavy. 

virtue.  omnis,  -e,  all. 

dolet,  he  is  pained ;  dolent,  they  are  pained. 

III.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Pedites  omnes  virtute  ab  imperatore  laudaban- 
tur.     2.    Milites  tertiae  legionis  vulneribus  multis  dolent. 


^  OF  THR 

(    J  xNTIYERSIT 
ADJECTIVES    OF   TWO   TERMINATIONS.   V        55 

3.  Multittido  peditum  fortiuin  magna  cum  celeritate 
hostes  superabat.  4.  Lapides  graves  ad  urbem  navibus 
portabaiitur.  5.  Gives  ad  castra  properabant  et  cum 
imperatore  de  iure  dellberabant.  6.  Imperator  more 
populT  Romanl  Helvetios  iter  non  dat.  7.  Brevi  tempore 
Caesar  Helvetiis  superaverat.  8.  Dux  iniuriis  Graecorum 
a  populo  Romano  accusabatur.  9.  Gravl  vulnere  ad  castra 
a  servo  legatus  portatur.  10.  Nautae  acres  erant  laetl 
celeribus  navibus. 

II.  1.  The  messenger  was  praised  by  the  citizens  for 
his  quickness.  2.  The  cohorts  were  aided  by  a  large 
number  of  brave  cavalrymen.  3.  The  journey  from  a 
part  of  Gaul  to  Britain  is  short.  4.  The  lieutenant  with 
all  the  cohorts  hastened  to  the  camp  in  the  night. 
5.  Has  a  legion  ten  cohorts  ?  6.  Water  was  carried  by 
the  women  to  the  weary  soldiers.  7.  The  judge  is  grieved 
by  the  wrongs  of  (his)  brother.  8.  A  part  of  the  third 
legion  had  defeated  the  Helvetians  at  the  river.  9.  The 
soldiers  were  standing  in  the  camp.  10.  The  camp  of  the 
enemy  was  seized  through  the  valor  of  the  third  cohort.  ^ 


56  A  FIRST   BOOK   IN    LATIN. 

CHAPTER  XX. 

Adjectives  of  One  Termination.^ 

First  Conjugation,  Future  Indicative  Passive;  Ablative 
of  Specification. 

112.  PARADIGMS. 

velox,  swift.  potens,  powerful. 

Stem  veloc-  potent- 

SINGULAR.  SINGULAR. 

Masculine.  Feminine.    Nexiter.  Masculine.    Feminine.     Neuter. 
N.,  V.                  velox  potens 

G.  velocis  potentis 

D.  veloci  potent! 

Ac.  velocem  velox  potentem  potens 

Ah.  veloci  (-e)  potent!  (-e) 

PLURAL.  PLURAL. 

N.^V.  veloces                    velocia  potentes                      potently 

G.                  velocium  potentium 

D.,  Ah.                  velocibus  potentibus 

Ac.  veloces  (-is)            velocia  potentes  (-is)              potentia 

1.  What  nouns  do  these  adjectives  resemble  in  their 
declension  ? 

2.  Why  are  they  called  adjectives  of  one  termination  ? 

3.  Decline  together  eqnes  velox,  velox  equus,  rex  potens, 
regina  potens. 

113.  Learn  the  conjugation  of  the  future  indicative 
passive  of  amo.  Make  a  table  of  terminations,  and 
commit  them  to  memory. 

1  This  class  includes  all  consonant  stems  except  the  comparatives. 


ADJECTIVES   OF   ONE   TERMINATION.  57 

114.  EXERCISES   ON   FORMS. 

I.  1.  Castra  occupabaiitur,  occupabuntur.  2.  Vulnera- 
batis,  vulnerabitis  pilo.  3.  Celeritas  exploratorem  iuvat, 
iuvabit.  4.  Explorator  celeritate  laudabatur,  laudabitur. 
5.  Ab  amicls  iuvamurj  iuvabimur.  6.  Celeres  naves 
parantur,  parabuntur,  parabantur.  7.  Cum  celeritate 
iirbs  occupabatur,  occupabitur.  8.  Accusabitur,  accusa- 
batur  ab  acrl  legato.  9.  Virtus  fortium  virorum  saepe 
laudatur.  10.  Celer  nuntius  iion  culpabatur,  culpabitur. 
11.  Superabamur,  superabimur  a  Eomanis. 

II.  1.  We  shall  assist,  you  will  be  assisted.  2.  The 
citizen  will  be  assisted  by  (his)  brother.  3.  The  city 
was  being  seized,  it  will  be  seized  by  the  general.  4.  Sol- 
diers, you  will  be  praised  for  (your)  valor.  5.  In  the 
summer  we  hurry,  we  shall  hurry  to  the  shore.  6.  We 
were  fighting,  we  shall  fight  with  swords.  7.  He  is  fight- 
ing, he  was  fighting  with  a  foot-soldier.  8.  You  will 
be  called  to  the  city.  9.  The  citizens  were  being  con- 
cealed, they  will  be  concealed  in  the  woods.  10.  Where 
will  the  scout  be  concealed  ? 

115.  ILLUSTRATIVE  SENTENCES. 

1.  Romani  Helvetios  virtute  superabant,  the  Romans  sur- 

passed the  Helvetians  in  valor. 

2.  Nomine  fuit  rex,  he  was  king  in  name. 

Observe  that  virtute  is  used  with  superabant  and  defines  its 
application ;  so  also  nomine  defines  the  application  of  rex.  The 
ablative  thus  used  answers  the  question  in  what  respect,  and  is 
called  the  ablative  of  specification. 

1 16.  E-ULE.  —  The  ablative  of  specification  may  he  used 
luith  a  verb,  noun,  or  adjective  to  define  its  application. 


58  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN    LATIN. 

117.  VOCABULARY. 

ars,  artis,  /.,  art.  altus,  -a,  -um,  high,  deep. 

humanitas,  -atis,  /.,  culture.  iddneus,  -a,  -um,  suitable,  proper. 

natura,  -ae,  /.,  nature,  char-  par,  paris,  equal. 

acter.  potens,  -entis,  powerful. 

vis,  VIS,  vi,  vim,  vi,  /.,  force ;  velox,  -ocis,  swift, 

pi.  vires,  virium,  strength.  que,  conj. ,  enclitic^  and. 

118.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Helvetii  a  populo  Komano  virtiite  hfiraanitate- 
que  superabantur.  2.  Brevi  tempore  milites  acres  oppi- 
dum  nomine  Bibracte  occupant.  3.  Imperator  et  legatus 
sunt  viribus  pares.  4.  Equi  ducum  viribus  celeritateque 
fuerunt  pares.  5.  Frater  arte,  bonis  moribus  soror  lauda- 
bitur.  6.  Miles  a  fratre  hiimanitate,  non  virtute  supera- 
batur.    7.  Index  a  civibus  multls  et  potentibus  accusabitiir. 

8.  Caesar  multitudine  velocium  navium  regem  iuvabit. 

9.  Artem  ducis,  mllitum  virtutem  saepe  laudamus.    10.  Ll- 
tus  est  altum  et  aestate  ad  castra  natura  idoneum. 

II.  1.  The  Komans  were  surpassed  by  the  enemy  in 
the  large  number  of  (their)  men.  2.  The  mountain  was 
not  suitable  by  nature  for  a  large  town.  3.  The  brother 
of  the  active  lieutenant  was  commander-in-chief  in  name. 
4.  The  brave  brothers  are  suffering  on  account  of  (their) 
wounds.  5.  All  the  lieutenants  will  be  summoned  to  a 
council  in  the  first  watch  of  the  night.  6.  The  swift 
cavalry  will  hurry  from  the  camp  at  the  proper  time. 
7.  The  third  legion  will  be  praised  for  (its)  swiftness  and 
(its)  valor.  8.  The  Greeks  were  surpassed  by  the  Romans 
in  the  arts  of  war.  9.  The  valor  and  culture  of  the  Greeks 
will  be  praised  by  all  men.  10.  The  Romans  were  superior 
to  (their)  enemies  in  the  quickness  of  their  ships. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION.  59 

CHAPTER   XXL 

First   Conjugation. 

Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Passive; 
Descriptive  Ablative. 

119,  Learn  the  conjugation  of  the  perfect,  pluperfect, 
and  future  perfect  indicative  passive  of  amo. 

1.  These  tenses  are  formed  by  combining  forms  of  the 
verb  sum  with  the  perfect  passive  participle  amatus,  -a,  -um, 
They  are,  therefore,  called  compound  tenses. 

2.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  neuter  of  the  participle 
amatus,  -a,  -um,  is  exactly  like  the  supine  given  as  one  of 
the  principal  parts  of  the  verb. 

3.  The  participle  amatus,  -a,  -um,  is  declined  like  bonus, 
-a,  -um,  and  agrees  with  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  gender, 
number,  and  case. 

Like  amo  conjugate  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future 
perfect  indicative  passive  of  laudo,  voco,  vulnero,  and  libero. 

120.  EXERCISES   ON   FORMS. 

I.  1.  Servi  llberati  sunt,  llberati  erunt.  2.  Gustos 
vulneratus  erat,  vulneratus  est.  3.  Cives  convocati  erunt, 
convocati  erant.  4.  Castra  regis  vastata  erant.  5.  Vir- 
ttite  a  populo  laudatus  es.  6.  Nocte  in  silva  celati  sumus. 
7.  Delectamur,  delectabimini  urbe.  8.  Celeritate  et  vlri- 
bus  non  superabatur.  9.  Regis  patria  igni  vastata  est. 
10.  A  potentibus  cTvibus  rex  accusatus  erat.  11.  Velox 
equus  nuntio  paratus  est. 


60  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

II.  1.  He  is  called,  he  was  blamed,  he  will  be  praised. 
2.  He  was  called,  he  had  been  blamed,  he  will  have  been 
praised.  3.  Titus  was  consul  in  name.  4.  The  comman- 
der-in-chief has  been  overcome.  5.  The  active  horseman 
had  been  wounded.  6.  We  shall  surpass  the  Greeks  in 
culture.  7.  The  girls  had  been  delighted  with  the  poem. 
8.  Gaul  had  been  seized  by  the  enemy.  9.  The  javelins 
have  been  carried  to  the  town.  10.  Did  you  carry  the 
javelins  to  the  town  ?  11.  We  had  been  defeated  in 
Britain.        12.    He    was    not    surpassed    in    strength. 

13.  The    town    has    been    taken    by    the    lieutenant. 

14.  They  were  set  free  by  the  general.  15.  The 
field  had  been  laid  waste  with  fire.  16.  They  have 
consulted  with  the  chief. 


121.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  liilia  est  puella  magna  diligentia,  Julia  is  a  girl  of  great 

diligence. 

2.  Caesar  erat  magna  virtute,  Caesar  was  a  (jnaii)  of  great 

valor. 

3.  Pueros  bonis  moribus  amo,  /  love  hoys  of  good  character. 

Observe  that  magna,  diligentia  modifies  puella,  that  magna 
virtute  modifies  Caesar,  and  that  honis  moribus  modifies  pueros. 
Observe,  also,  that  these  ablatives  express  a  quality  of  the 
substantives  which  they  modify.  The  ablative  thus  used  is 
called  the  ablative  of  quality,  or  the  descriptive  ablative. 

The  ablative  alone  cannot  be  used  to  express  quality,  but 
must  have  an  adjective  in  agreement  with  it,  or  a  limiting 
genitive. 

122.  EuLE.  —  The  ablative  with  an  adjective  may  be 
used  to  express  quality. 


FIBST   CONJUGATION.  61 

123.  VOCABULARY. 

adulescens,  -entis,  7n.,  youth,  incredibilis,  incredible. 

Ariovistus,  -i,  m.,  Ariovistus.  ingens,  -entis,  huge,  vast. 

Germanus,  -a,  -urn,  German,  munitus,  -a,  -uin,  (perf.  part,  of 
Germanus,  -i,  m.,  a  German.  munio).,  fortified. 

corpus,  -oris,  w.,  body.  primus, -a,  -urn,  (sup.  of  prior), 
Tnagnitado,  -inis,  /.,  size,  mag-  first. 

nitude.  summus,  -a,  -um,    (sup.  of  su- 
oppOgno,   -are,   -avi,   -atuin,  perus),  very  high,  very  great, 

attack,  storm.  top  of. 


124.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Germani  prima  vigilia  castra  natiira  et  arte  mti- 
nita  oppugnaverunt.  2.  Germani  erant  ingenti  magnitti- 
dine  corporum  et  incredibili  virttite.  3.  Equitum 
multitudine  et  celeritate  hostes  a  Komanls  superati  sunt. 
4.  Adulescentem  summa  humanitate  legatum  in  Britan- 
niam  mittit.  5.  Oppidum  summa  vl  opptignatum  est 
prima  vigilia.  6.  Dux  fortis  incredibili  celeritate  ad 
montem  properaverat  et  castra  tertiae  legionis  oppugna- 
verat.  7.  Urbs  potens  bello  fuerat.  8.  Corona  gravis 
data  erat  reglnae.  9.  Puella  magna  dlligentia  a  patre 
saepe  laudata  est.  10.  Imperator  idoneo  tempore  oppi- 
dum natura  mtinltum  oppugnabit. 

II.  1.  All  men  have  been  pleased  by  the  skill  of  the 
great  poet  Homer.  2.  The  general,  (a  man)  of  great 
kindness,  is  pained  by  the  wounds  of  his  soldiers.  3.  The 
poet  was  a  man  of  great  diligence  and  culture.  4.  Men 
of  great  valor  have  been  called  into  camp.  5.  The 
Romans  were  surpassed  by  the  Germans  in  stature  (size 
of  bodies).  6.  The  scouts  hastened  with  incredible 
swiftness  to  a  high  mountain.     7.  In  a  short  time  all  the 


62 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


citizens  will  have  been  called  into  the  city.  8.  The 
leaders  of  the  cohorts  are  equal  in  stature  and  bravery. 
9.  The  soldiers  of  Ariovistus,  king  of  the  Germans, 
wounded  the  cavalry  of  Caesar  with  stones.  10.  Suitable 
gifts  have  been  given  to  all  the  good  servants. 


CHAPTER   XXII. 
Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

Declension  of  Comparatives;  Ablative  loitli  Comparatives. 

125.  Adjectives  have  in  Latin  as  in  English  three 
degrees  of  comparison, — the  positive,  the  comparative, 
and  the  superlative. 

Comparison  may  be  regular  or  irregular. 


126. 


REGULAR   COMPARISON. 


POSITIVE. 

COMPARATIVE. 

SUPERLATIVE. 

carus  (stem  caro-), 

carior, 

carissimus, 

dear. 

dearer. 

dearest. 

brevis  (stem  brevi-), 

brevier, 

brevissimus, 

sliort. 

shorter. 

shortest. 

velox  (stem  veloc-), 

velocior, 

velocissimus,     • 

swift. 

swifter. 

swiftest. 

potens  (stem potent-), 

potentior, 

potentissimus, 

powerful. 

more  poioerful. 

most  poiverftd. 

Observe  that  the  comparative  is  formed  from  the  stem 
of  the  positive  by  dropping  the  stem-vowel,  if  there  is 


COMPARISON   OF   ADJECTIVES.  63 

one,  and  adding  -ior,  and  the  superlative  likewise  by  add- 
ing -issimus} 

Compare  altus,  longus,  latus,  laetus,  gratus,  peritus,  fortis, 
gravis. 

Declension  of  Comparatives. 

127.  PARADIGM, 
carlor,  dearer.      Stem  carior. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 
Masculine.  Feminine.  Neuter.            Masculine.       Feminine.      Neuter. 

N.,  V.          carior            carius  cariores               cariora 

G.                  carioris  cariorum 

D                   cariori  carioribus 

Ac.          cariorem       carius  cariores  (-is)       cariora 

Ah.                 cariore  or  -i  cari5ribus 

1.  All  comparatives  are  declined  like  carior. 

2.  All  superlatives  are  declined  like  bonus. 

3.  The  comparative  must  sometimes  be  translated  by 
too  or  rather,  and  the  superlative  by  very. 

Bellum  est  longius,  the  war  is  rather  long. 
Bellum  est  longissimum,  the  war  is  very  long. 

128.  ILLUSTRATIVE    SENTENCES. 

1.  Rex  est  potentior  quam  consul,  a  king  is  more  powerful 

than  a  consul. 

2.  Rex  est  potentior  consule,  a  king  is  more  powerful  than 

a  consul. 

In  what  case  is  consul  ?     Why  ? 

1  Some  adjectives  are  not  compared  by  adding  terminations,  but 
by  usint?  magis,  more,  and  maxime,  mo,<;t ;  as,  idoneus,  suitable; 
magis  idoneus,  more  suitable;  maxime  idoneus,  most  suitable. 


64  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

Observe  that  the  sentences  have  the  same  meaning,  and  that 
the  ablative  cunsule  is  used  instead  of  quam  consul. 

129.  EuLE.  —  The  comparative  is  folloived  by  the  abla- 
tive ivhe7i  quam  (than)  is  omitted. 

This  ablatiye  can  only  be  used  instead  of  a  nominative  or 
accusative. 

130.  VOCABULAEY. 

altitudo,     -inis,     /.     {altus),  perturbo,    -are,    -avi,    -atum, 

height,  depth.  throw  into  confusion,  disturb 

animus,  -i,  m.,  mind,  spirit.  greatly. 

Orgetorix, -igis,  m.,  Orgetorix.  apud  (prep,  ivith  ace),  among, 

nobilis,  -e,  of  high  birth,  famous,  with. 

noble.  r  sic  (before  consonants), 

circumdo,  -Sre,  -dedi,  -d&tum,  <  atque  (before  vowels  and  con- 

(circum,  around,awddo),to  l      sonants),  and. 

put  around,  surround.  quam,  adv.,  than. 

131.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Keges  semper  fuerunt  potentiores  civibus, 
2.  Iter  ad  altum  montem  est  brevissimum.  3.  Apud 
Helvetios  nobilissimiis  fuit  Orgetorix.  4.  Imperator  for- 
tior  erat  mllite.  5.  Flumen  est  magna  altitudine  et  ad 
magnas  naves  idoneum.  6.  Oppidum  natiira  miinitum 
flumine  magna  altitudine  circumdatum  est.  7.  Ariovistus 
et  comes  fuerunt  pari  magnittidine  corporum.  8.  Adu- 
lescentes  animo  perturbati  sunt  ingenti  magnittidine 
corporum  et  magna  virtute  Germanorum.  9.  Pacis  artes 
gratiores  sunt  belli  artibus.  10.  Imperator  fuit  summa 
virtute  ac  humanitate. 

II.  1.  Peace  is  more  pleasant  than  war.  2.  Seas  are 
deeper  and  wider  than  rivers.     3.  The  Eomans,  by  the 


COMPARISON   OF   ADJECTIVES. 


65 


shortest  route,  and  with  incredible  rapidity,  had  hurried 
to  the  city  and  had  surrounded  it  with  soldiers. 
4.  Among  the  Germans,  Ariovistus  was  the  bravest  and 
most  powerful.  5.  The  violence  (vis)  of  the  enemy 
greatly  disturbs  the  minds  of  the  women  and  children. 
6.  The  javelin  of  the  Koman  soldier  was  longer  than  his 
sword.  7.  The  lieutenant  makes  a  very  long  journey  in 
a  severe  (sharp)  winter.  8.  The  cavalry  are  very  swift 
and  very  brave.  9.  The  town  was  attacked  by  a  youth 
of  great  valor.     10.  The  river  is  rather  deep. 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 

Comparison  of  Adjectives.  —  Continued. 

Partitive  Genitive. 


132.   Adjectives  in  -er. 


POSITIVE. 

1.  miser  (stem  misero-), 

icretched. 

2.  celer  (stem  celeri-), 

quick. 


COMPARATIVE. 

miserior,  -ius, 
more  wretched. 

celerior,  -ius, 
quicker. 


SUPERLATIVE. 

miserrimus,  -a,  -um, 

most  wretched. 
celerrimus,  -a,  -uin, 
quickest. 


Observe  that  the  comparative  of  adjectives  in  -er  is 
formed  regularly,  but  that  the  superlative  is  formed  by 
adding  to  the  nominative  singular  masculine  of  the  posi- 
tive, -?'m2*s,  -a,  -um. 

Compare  miser,  acer,  pulcher. 


QQ  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

133.  Six  adjectives  in  -Us  form  the  superlative  by 
adding  -limus  to  the  stem  minus  the  stem-vowel. 

POSITIVE.  COMPARATIVE.  SUPERLATIVE. 

facilis,  easy.  facilior.  facillimus. 

difficilis,  difficult.  difficilior.  diflficillimus. 

similis,  like.  siaiilior.  simillimus. 

dissimilis,  unlike.  dissimilior.  dissimillimus. 

gracilis,  slender.  gracilior.  gracillimus. 

humilis,  low.  humilior.  liumiUimus. 

134.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Equitum  fortissimi  in  Galliam  properabunt,  the  bravest 

of  the  cavalry  will  hurry  into  Gaul. 

2.  Decern  obsidum  liberati  sunt,  ten  of  the  hostages  were  set 

free. 

3.  Multi  militum  vulnerati  erant,  many  of  the  soldiers  had  been 

wounded. 

Observe  that  each  word  Hmited  by  the  genitive  in  the  exam- 
ples denotes  a  part  of  the  whole  denoted  by  the  genitive. 

135.  Rule.  —  The  j^ct'i'titive  genitive  denotes  the  whole 
of  which  a  part  is  taken. 

136.  VOCABULARY. 

locus,  -1,  in.  {pi.  loca,  -orum,  facilis„  -e,  easy. 

w.),  place.  diflicilis,  -e,  difficult. 

mnrus,  -i,  wi.,  wall.  similis,  -e,  like,  similar. 

nihil,  n.,  indeclinable,  nothing.  dissimilis,  -e,  unlike. 

137.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Carmina  Homeri  pulcherrima  sunt  omnium 
Graecorum  carminum.  2.  Aestate  in  Britannia  nox  est 
brevissima.     3.  Mores  fratris  et  sororis  sunt  dissimilliml. 


COMPARISON    OF   ADJECTIVES.  67 

4.  Pueri  liber  est  facillimus,  viri  difficillimus.  5.  Nihil 
est  gratius  quam  multitudo  amicorum.  6.  Fratres  et 
sorores  sunt  moribus  simillimT.  7.  Dux  Romanorum, 
nobilis  aclulescens,  surama  {depth  of)  hieme  oppidum 
Germanorum  oppugnavit.  8.  Pars  peditum  in  altissimo 
miiro  stat  et  in  hostes  pila  ac  lapides  mittit.  9.  Bre- 
vissimo  tempore  legatus  locum  altissimo  miiro  circumdat. 
10.  Germanis  fuit  nihil  humanitatis.  11.  Adulescentem 
ingenti  corporis  magnitudine  et  summa  virtute  ad 
Caesarem  mittit. 

II.  1..  Many  books  are  very  easy,  many  very  difficult. 
2.  Among  the  Eomans  the  most  powerful  were  not 
always  men  of  the  noblest  birth.  3.  The  horses  of 
Britain  are  very  swift.  4.  The  farmer's  black  horse  is 
swifter  than  the  white  (one).  5.  Ariovistus  was 
wounded  in  the  foot.  6.  Around  the  consul  there  were 
always  young  men  of  great  culture  and  good  character. 
7.  They  attack  on  (ea;)  all  sides  with  loud  (great) 
shouts  and  throw  the  ranks  into  confusion.  8.  A  part 
of  the  soldiers  of  Orgetorix  Avere  attacked  in  a  place  very 
strongly  fortified  by  nature.  9.  A  wall  of  great  height 
was  put  around  the  place  with  incredible  quickness. 
10.  In  a  very  short  time  they  will  be  attacked  with 
incredible  violence. 


68 


A  FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


CHAPTER   XXIV. 

Irregular  Comparison.—  Continued. 

Ablative  of  Difference. 

138,   Four  adjectives  with  regular  comparatives  have 
two  irregular  superlatives. 


POSITIVE. 

COMPARATIVE. 

SUPERLATIVE. 

exterus, 

exterior,  outer  or  more 

extremus  and  extimus, 

outward. 

outward. 

outermost  or  last. 

inferus,  low. 

inferior,  lower. 

infimus  and  imiis,  lowest. 

posterus, 

posterior,  later. 

postremus  a7id  postumus, 

following. 

last. 

superus, 

superior,  higher. 

supreinus  and  summus. 

upper. 

top  o/,  highest. 

These  adjectives  are  used  mainly  in  the  comparative 
and  superlative. 


139.    The  following  are  irregular  throughout : 


POSITIVE. 

bonus,  good. 
malus,  bad. 
magnus,  great. 
multus,  much. 
multi,  many. 
parvus,  small. 
senex,  old. 

iuvenis,  young. 


COMPARATIVE. 

melior,  melius,  better. 
peior,  peius,  worse. 
maior,  mains,  greater. 

,  plus,i  more. 

plures,  plura,  more. 
minor,  minus,  smaller. 
senior  (maior  natu), 

oldej',  elder. 
iunior  (minor  natu), 

younger. 


SUPERLATIVE. 

optimus,  best. 
pessimus,  worst. 
nfeximus,  greatest. 
plurimus,  most. 
plUrimT,  most. 
minimus,  smallest. 
maximus  natu, 

oldest,  eldest. 
minimus  natu, 

youngest. 


1  The  neuter  plus,  nora.  and  ace,  and  the  gen.  pluris,  are  the  only 
forms  used  in  the  singular. 


IRREGULAR   COMPARISON.  69 

140.  Some  comparatives  and  superlatives  have  no 
positive,  but  are  apparently  formed  from  adverbs  or 
prepositions. 

COMrARATIVE.        SUPERLATIVE. 

prae,  pro  (prep.,  before) .       prior,  former.  primus,  first. 

prope  (adv.,  near).  propior,  wearer.         proximus,  nearest. 


141.  ILLUSTRATIVE    SENTENCES. 

1.  Pater  capite  maior  est  quam  filius,  the  father  is  a  head 

taller  (larger  by  a  head)  than  the  son. 

2.  Titus  decern  annis  senior  est  quam  frater,  Titus  is  ten 

years  older  (older  by  ten  years)  than  his  brother. 

3.  Arbor  decern  pedibus  altior  est  quam  miirus,  the  tree  is 

ten  feet  higher  (higher  by  ten  feet)  than  the  ivall. 

An  ablative  like  capite,  annis,  or  pedibus,  with  comparatives 
and  words  of  comparison,  showing  how  much  one  thing  differs 
from  another,  is  called  an  ablative  of  difference. 


142.  Rule.  —  The  degree  of  difference  is  denoted  by 
the  ablative. 

143.  VOCABULARY. 

Allobroges,  -um,  m.,  the  Alio-  superus,  -a,  -um,  upper. 

broges.  exterus,  -a,  -um,  outward,  outer. 

Genava,  -ae,  /.,  Geneva.  extremus,    -a,    -um,    furthest, 

Tjabienus,  -i,  m.,  Labienus.  extreme. 

lux,  lucis,/.,  light.  propior,  -ius,  nearer. 

natu,m.  («&?.  o/natus),inage.  proximus,    -a,    -um,    nearest, 

maior  natu  (greater  in  age),  next. 

older.  prior,  -ius,  former. 

invenis,  -e,  young;  as  a  noun,  senex,  senis  (m.  only),  old  ;  as 

a  young  man.  a  noun,  an  old  man. 


70  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


144.  EXERCISES. 


I.  1.  lulia    multls    annls    iilnior    qiiam    f rater    est. 

2.  Filii  optimonim  patrum  saepe  pessimi  sunt.  3.  Mains 
est  Orgetorix,  peior  frater.  4.  Labienus  decern  annis  est 
minor  natii  Caesare.  5.  Extremnm  oppidnm  Allobrogum 
est  Genava.  6.  Sorore  lulia  est  pede  altior.  7.  Summus 
mons  prima  luce  a  Labieno  occnpatns  est.  8.  Propior 
puerorum  Labieni  filius  es*.  9.  Milites  e  loco  superiore 
in  hostes  pila  mittunt.  10.  Caesar  priore  aestate  Bibracte 
oppugnaverat.  11.  Virtute  atqne  humanitate  Titus  apud 
Graecos  laudatus  est.     12.  Pax  melior  est  quam  bellum. 

II.  1.  The  manners  of  tlie  girls  are  better  than  (those) 
of  the   boys.     2.  Men   very   unlike   are   often   friends. 

3.  Part  of  the  soldiers  were  much  disturbed  in  the  night 
by  a  great  shouting.  4.  Orgetorix  surrounded  the  place 
with  a  very  high  wall.  5.  The  poems  of  Homer  are  not 
very  difficult.  6.  The  first  part  of  the  journey  was  very 
easy,  but  the  last  more  difficult.  7.  The  mother  and  her 
daughter  are  very  unlike.  8.  Is  the  valor  of  the  sol- 
dier more  pleasing  than  the  diligence  of  the  farmer  ? 
9.  Nothing  delights  everybody  (omries).  10.  He  was 
older  than  his  brother,  and  more  famous  among  the 
Helvetians. 


FORMATION    AND   COMPARISON   OF   ADVERBS.         71 

CHAPTER   XXV. 
Formation  and  Comparison  of  Adverbs. 

145.  ADJECTIVES.  ADVERBS. 

1.  miser  (stem  misero-),  wretched.  misere,  wretchedly. 
carus  (stem  caro-),  dear.  care,  dearly. 

Observe  that  adverbs  from  adjectives  of  tlie  first  and 
second  declension  are  formed  by  dropping  the  final  vowel 
of  the  stem  and  adding  e.^ 

Form  adverbs  from  gratus,  laetus,  pulcher. 

2.  acer  (stem  acri-),  sharp.  acriter,  sharply. 
vel5x  (stem  veloc-),  swift.  velociter,  swiftly. 
poteiis  (stem  potent-),  powerful.            potenter,  powerfully. 

Observe  that  adverbs  from  adjectives  of  the  third 
declension  are  formed  by  adding  to  the  stem  -ter  or  -iter. 
Stems  ending  in  nt  drop  t  before  the  addition. 

3.  Sometimes  the  neuter  accusative  and  sometimes 
the  ablative  of  the  adjective  is  used  as  an  adverb;  as, 
multum,  much;  facile,  easily ;   primo,  first. 


146.  COMPARISON   OF   ADVERBS. 


POSITIVE. 

COMPARATIVE. 

care,  dearly. 

carius. 

celeriter,  quickly. 

celerius. 

velociter,  swiftly. 

velocius. 

SUPERLATIVE. 

carissime. 
celerrime. 
velocissime. 


Observe  that  in  the  comparative  the  adverb  is  the  same 
as  the  neuter  of  the  adjective,  and  that  the  superlative  of 

1  The  adverbs  from  bonus  and  malus  are  formed  irregularly,  — 
bene,  male. 


72  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

the  adverb  is  formed  from  the  superlative  of  the  adjec- 
tive regularly      See  145.  1. 

147.  VOCABULARY. 

Belgae,  -arum,   m.,  the  Bel-  pro,  pi'ep,  with  the  abl.,  before, 
gians.  in  behalf  of,  for. 

causa,  -ae,  /.,  reason,  cause ;  acriter,  adv.,  sharply. 

abl.  sing.,  for  the  sake  of.  celeriter,  adv.,  quickly. 

fuga,  -ae,  /.,  flight.  facile,  adv.,  easily. 

Oallus,  -i,  m.,  a  Gaul.  fortiter,  adv.,  bravely. 

proelium,  -i,  n.,  battle.  -  graviter,  adv.,  deeply. 

ventus,  -i,  m.,  wind.  velociter,  adv.,  swiftly. 

148.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  VentI  magnitudine  minus  velociter  currit  nun- 
tius.  2.  Graviter  homines  ex  malls  liberorum  moribus 
dolent.  3.  Locus  altissimo  muro  munitus  ab  Allobrogibus 
facile  occupatus  est.  4.  Labienus  ad  Genavam  propera- 
vit  et  prima  luce  oppidum  occupavit.  5.  Proximo  proelio 
Helvetii  omnibus  partibus  superiores  fuerunt.  6.  luve- 
nes  sunt  similes  nomine,  sed  moribus  dissimillimi. 
7.  Multis  de  causis  Belgae  sunt  omnium  Gallorum  for- 
tissimi.     8.  Caesar  celeriter  hostes  in  fugain  dat  {puts). 

9.  Pro  patria  omnes  acerrime  fortissimeque  piignabunt. 

10.  Minor  puerorum  celerius  currit  quam  maior. 

II.  1.  The  march  was  more  difficult  on  account  of  a 
high  (mdgnus)  wind.  2.  All  the  Gauls  fought  bravely 
for  their  native  land.  3.  All  the  higher  places  had  been 
seized  by  the  Belgians.  4.  He  will  hasten  by  forced  (very 
great)  marches  into  the  farthest  territory  (pi.)  of  the  Bel- 
gians. 5.  The  Romans  used  to  have  longer  swords  than  the 
Germans.  6.  The  brothers  were  very  unlike.  7.  Julia  is 
a  year  younger  than  (her)  brother.     8.  Mothers  are  glad 


FOUKTH  DECLENSION. 


73 


to  labor  (gladly  labor)  for  (their)  children.  9.  A  horse 
runs  more  swiftly  than  a  man.  10.  Nothing  easily  threw 
Caesar's  legions  into  confusion. 


>N>ic 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 


Fourth  or  w-Declension. 


Second  'Conjugation :  Present  Indicative  Active, 


exercitus, 

m.,  army. 

cornu, 

n.,  horn. 

Stem    exercitu- 

Stem    cornu- 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

'".,  V.     exercitus 

exercitus 

cornu 

cornua 

G.     exercitus 

exercituum 

corn  us 

cornuum 

D.     exercitui  (u) 

exercitibus 

cornu 

cornibus 

Ac.     exercitum 

exercitus 

cornu 

cornua 

Ab.     exercitu 

exerci'tibus 

cornu 

cornibus 

1.  The  stems  of  the  fourth  declension  end  in  -u. 

2.  To  find  the  stem,  drop  um  of  the  genitive  plural. 

3.  Make  a  table  of  terminations  for  both  nouns. 

4.  Gender.  —  Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  ending 
n  -us  are  almost  all  masculine  ;  in  -H,  neuter. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION. 

150.  Learn  the  principal  parts  and  present  indicative 
active  of  teneo. 

1.  How  do  the  terminations  of  the  present  tense  differ 
from  those  of  amo  ? 


74  A    FIRST   BOOK    IN   LATIN. 

2.  What  is  the  present  stem  ?     See  56.  1. 

3.  Verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  may  be  recognized 
by  the  ending  -ere  of  the  present  infinitive  active. 

151.  VOCABULARY. 

corna,  -ns,  n.,  horn,  wing  (of  doleo,   -ere,   dolui,  be  pained, 

an  army).  grieved. 

exercitus,  -us,  w.,  army.  habeo,  -ere,  -iii,  -itum,  have. 

impetus,  -us,  w.,  attack,  vio-  moveo,    -ere,    niovi,    inotum, 

lence.  move. 

uxor,  -oris,  /.,  wife.  teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  tentum,  hold. 

cottidianus,  -a,  -um,  daily.  terreo,  -ere,  -ui,  territum, 
dexter,  -tra,  -trum,  right.  frighten. 

fere,  adv. ,  almost. 

152.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Labienus  exercitum  in  castris  tenet,  et  hostium 
dux  dextrum  cornti  celeriter  in  superiorem  locum  movet. 

2.  Dextrum  AUobrogum  cornu  ab  hostibus  superabatur. 

3.  Britannia  est  fortissimorum  virorum  patria.  4.  Gal- 
lorum  omnium  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae  et  fere  cottidianls 
proeliis  cum  Germanis  pugnant.  5.  Primo  impetii  Labi- 
enus exercitum  hostium  in  fugam  dat.  6.  Ariovistus 
Caesarem  non  pro  amico  sed  pro  hoste  habet.  7.  Genava 
prima  luce  a  Caesare  occupata  est.  8.  luvenes  pro  patria 
fortiter    pugnabunt.       9.    Uxorem  ex   Helvetiis    habet. 

10.  Properat      in     altiorem     locum     castra     movere. 

11.  Proxima  nocte  exercitum  ex  oppido  movet  et 
prima  luce  dextrum  Belgarum  cornti  acriter  oppugnat. 

II.  1.  High  winds  do  not  easily  frighten  the  sailors. 
2.  The  year  before  ^  the  place  had  been  surrounded  by  a 
high  wall.     3.  The  flight  of  the  cavalry  very  much  dis- 

1  See  144. 1.  10. 


SECOND   CONJUGATION.  75 

turbs  the  mind  of  the  commander-in-chief.  4.  All  the 
young  men  march  swiftly  in  the  night  against  the  army 
of  Labienus.  5.  At  daybreak  they  make  a  violent  (sharp) 
attack  upon  the  right  wing.  6.  The  horsemen  make 
almost  daily  attacks  upon  the  army  of  Csesar.  7.  He 
quickly  moves  (his)  camp  from  the  territory  of  the 
Allobroges  into  the  territory  of  the  Helvetians.  8.  The 
wrongs  done  to  (wrongs  of)  the  Eoman  people  were 
the  cause  of  the  war.  9.  The  general  is  deeply  pained 
by  the  flight  of  (his)  army.  10.  Labienus  was  ten  years 
older  than  (his)  wife.  11.  The  cavalry  sharply  attack 
a  town  in  the  most  distant  territories  of  the  Gauls. 


CHAPTER  XXVII. 

Second  Conjugation:  Imperfect  and  Future 
Indicative  Active. 

Dative  with  Adjectives. 

153.  Learn  the  imperfect  and  future  indicative  active 
of  teneo. 

Compare  the  endings  with  those  of  the  same  tenses  of 
amo,  and  observe  that  they  differ  only  in  the  final  vowel 
of  the  stem. 

154.  ILLUSTRATIVE    SENTENCES. 

1.  Puella  est  cara  matri,  the  girl  is  dear  to  her  mother. 

2.  Helvetii  proximi  erant  Germanis,  the  Helvetians  were  near- 

est to  the  Germans. 

3.  Oppidum  est  urbi  similis,  a  town  is  like  a  city. 


76  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

Observe  that  in  each  of  these  sentences  the  dative  is  depen- 
dent upon  an  adjective,  and  shows  to  what  the  quality  denoted 
by  the  adjective  applies. 

155.  E-uLE.  —  Many  adjectives  take  a  dative  to  define 
their  application. 

These  are  chiefly  adjectives  of  fitness,  nearness,  likeness, 
friendliness,  and  their  opposites. 

156.  VOCABULARY. 

commeatus,  -ns,  w.,  supplies.  potestas,  -atis, /.,  power. 

copia,  -ae,  /.,  abundance ;  in  Vergilius,  -i,  m.,  Virgil. 

pl.^  (military)  forces.  novus,  -a,  -um,  new. 

manus,  -us,/.,  hand.  sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  left. 

memoria,  -ae,/.,  memory.  video,  -ere,  vidi,  visum,  see. 
portus,  -us,  w.,  harbor,  port. 

167.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Omnia  oppida  Belgarum  in  Caesaris  potestate 
fuerunt.  2.  Carmina  Vergili,  poetae  KomanT,  carminibus 
HomerT,  poetae  GraecT,  similia  sunt.  3.  Locus  castrls 
natura  est  idoneus.  4.  Caesar  novos  mllites  in  castrls 
tenebit.  5.  Sinistrum  exercittis  cornu  ab  hostibus  supe- 
ratum  est.  6.  Puella  dextra  manti  librum,  sinistra  rosam 
tenebat.       7.    Caesaris     exercitui    nihil     fuit     difficile. 

8.  Prima  luce   multae   naves  longae   in   portu   fuerunt. 

9.  Caesar     iniurias     Helvetiorum     memoria     tenebat. 

10.  Dux    in    summo    monte    copias    hostium    videbit. 

11.  Copia  commeatus  ex  Gallia  celeriter  portabatur. 

II.  1.  The  almost  daily  attacks  of  the  Gauls  frighten 
the  recruits  (new  soldiers).  2.  The  sailor's  wife  was 
much  disturbed  by  the  violence  of  the  wind.     3.  The 


SECOND  CONJUGATION.  77 

memory  of  wrongs  is  often  the  cause  of  war.  4.  The 
flight  of  the  soldiers  deeply  grieves  the  leader. 
5.  The  general  will  easily  procure  supplies  suitable  for 
(his)  whole  army.  6.  The  Gauls  fought  bravely  in 
defence  of  their  native  land.  7.  He  will  quickly  move 
his  camp  to  a  higher  place.  8.  The  young  man  will  see 
many  ships  in  the  harbors  of  Britain.  9.  He  has  in  the 
town  a  great  supply  of  grain.  10.  At  daybreak  the  Bel- 
gians violently  attack  (make  an  attack  violently  against) 
the  left  wing. 


CHAPTER   XXVIII. 

Second  Con  jugration :  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and 
Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active. 

158.  Learn  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect 
indicative  active  of  teneo. 

What  is  the  perfect  stem  of  teneo  ?     See  74.  1. 

159.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Orgetorix  commeatum  habebat,  habebit.  2.  Cla- 
more  equum  terrebit,  terruit.  3.  Labieuum  dextra  manu, 
sinistra  Titum  tenebat.  4.  Llberos  et  uxores  Germano- 
rum  explorator  videbit,  viderat.  5.  Castra  minora  vide- 
mus,  vidimus.  6.  Nihil  iuvenes  terrebit,  terruit.  7.  Ubi 
equitem  celerem  vidisti,  videras  ?  8.  Summum  montem 
prima  luce  tenebimus,  tenebamus.  9.  Iniurias  memoria 
tenuerat,  tenuerit,  10.  Fuga  equitum  peditum  animos 
perturbabat. 


78  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

II.  1.  We  have  supplies  in  the  town.  2.  The  legion 
had  a  camp  on  the  top  of  the  mountain.  3.  You  will 
have  a  supply  of  grain.  4.  The  high  wind  was  fright- 
ening the  girls.  5.  Where  did  you  see  a  camp  ?  6.  Was 
Dumnorix  in  Caesar's  power  ?  7.  They  will  see  a  large 
number  of  men.  8.  They  were  moving  (their)  children 
from  the  city.  9.  They  moved  (their)  wives  into  the 
city.     10.  The  Belgians  bravely  attacked  the  camp. 

160.  VOCABULARY. 

agmen,     -inis,     n.,     column,  contineo,    -ere,    -ui,   -tentuin, 

troops  (in  motion)  ;  no  vis-  (cum   and  teneo),   to  hold 

simuin   agmen,   the  rear  ;  together,  restrain,  hem  in. 

primum  agmen,  the  van.  pertineo,    -ere,    -ui,   -tentuin, 

centurio,  -onis,  w.,  centurion.  (per    and    teneo),    to    hold 

Dumnorix,   -igis,    »».,    Dum-  through,  extend. 

norix.  prohibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  (pro 

oceasus,  -us,  m.,  a  setting.  and  habeo),  to  hold  off,  hin- 

Rhenus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhine.  der  from,  check. 

sol,  solis,  ?n.,  sun.  sustineo, -ere, -ui,  tentum,  (sub 

inferus,  -a,  -um,  low.  and  teneo),  to   hold  under, 

propter  ,(prejp.  with  ace),  on  withstand,  endure. 

account  of. 

161.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Caesar  omnes  copias  in  castris  continuit. 
2.  Dextrum  cornti  Belgarum  impetus  exercittis  Roman! 
facile  sustinuerat.  3.  Occasti  solis  ad  concilium  centuri- 
ones  omnium  ordinum  convocati  sunt.  4.  Belgae  ab  ex- 
tremis Galliae  finibus  ad  mferiorem  partem  fltiminis 
Kheni  pertinebant.  5.  Clamor  militum  novissimum 
agmen  Belgarum  terruerat.  6.  ludicis  uxor  sinistra 
manu  carmina  Vergill  tenuit.  7.  Propter  magnitudinem 
venti   omnes  fere  naves  in  portu  tenueramus.     8.  Vidi- 


SECOND   CONJUGATION.  79 

stine    magnam    copiam    navium    longarum    in    portti  ? 

9.  Equitibus  copias  Dumnorigis  commeatii  prohibuimus. 

10.  Imperator  ad  locum  castrls  natura  idoneum  exercitum 
movent.  11.  Habuistine  Dumnorigem  in  potestate  ? 
12.  Primum  agmen  ab  hora  tertia  ad  solis  occasum 
impetus  hostium  sustinuit. 

II.  1.  The  right  wing  was  lower  than  the  left. 
2.  Dumnorix  was  not  pleasing  to  Caesar.  3.  He  will 
hold  in  memory  the  wrongs  of  (our)  country.  4.  We 
hastened  with  almost  all  (our)  forces  to  the  river  and 
checked  the  van  of  the  enemy.  5.  The  Belgians  fought  (in) 
almost  daily  battles  with  the  Germans.  6.  He  kept  the 
legion  in  camp  on  account  of  the  wounds  of  the  centurions. 
7.  Caesar  easily  hindered  the  Helvetians  from  (their) 
journey.  8.  There  had  been  a  very  large  supply  of  grain 
in  the  town.  9.  We  had  seen  a  harbor  suitable  for  war- 
vessels.  10.  Boys,  did  the  territories  of  the  Belgae  extend 
to  the  river  Khine  ? 


CHAPTER  XXIX. 
Second  Conjugation :  Present  Indicative  Passive. 

Fifth  Declension. 

162.    Learn  the  present  indicative  passive  of  habeo, 

1.  Compare  the  endings  with  the  corresponding  end- 
ings of  amo. 

2.  Like  habeo  conjugate  the  present  indicative  passive 
of  terreo,  moveo,  and  video. 


80 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 


63. 

PARADIGM. 

dies, 

day. 

res, 

thing. 

Stem  die- 

Stem  re- 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL. 

\,  V.     dies 

dies 

res 

res 

G.     diei 

dieriim 

rei 

rerum 

.  D.     diei 

diebus 

rei 

rebus 

Ac.     diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

Ab.     die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 

1.  How  are  the  stems  of  these  nouns  found  ? 

2.  Make  a  table  of  the  terminations. 

3.  Dies  and  res  are  the  only  nouns  of  this  declension 
which  have  all  the  cases  of  both  numbers.  The  others 
are  wanting  in  the  plural  wholly  or  in  part. 

4.  Gender.  —  ISTouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are  femi- 
nine, except  dies,  which  is  usually  masculine  in  the  sin- 
gular, always  masculine  in  the  plural. 


164. 


VOCABULARY. 


acies,  -ei,/.,  line  of  battle. 
dies,  -ei,  m.,  day. 
Divitiacus,  -i,  m.,  Divitiacus. 
fides,  -ei,  /.,  confidence. 
res,  -ei,/.,  thing,  affair. 
pauci,  -ae,  -a,  few. 
pedester,  -tris,  -tre,  of  infantry, 
on  foot. 


posterus,  -a,  -um,    following, 

after. 
expagno,   -are,   -avi,    -atum, 

take  by  storm. 
incito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  urge 

on,  arouse,  incite. 
valeo,  -ere,  valui,  be  strong. 


165.  EXERCISES. 

I.     1.  Postero  die  exercitus  in  castris  a  Caesare  con- 
tinetur.      2.   Divitiaco^  Caesar  maximam  fidem  habebat. 


1  Dative. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION.  81 

3.  Vergilius    optimus    poetarum    Eomanorum    habetur. 

4.  Impetus  hostium  a  tertia  acie  sustinetur.  5.  Multae 
res  populum  Eomanum  ad  bellum  incitabant.  6.  KomanI 
pedestribus  copiis  pltirimum  valebant.  7.  Oppidum  et 
natura  loci  et  manu  munitum  paucis  diebus  expugnatum 
est.  8.  Memoria  priorum  proelioriim  centuriones  de- 
lectabat.  9.  Helvetii  flumine  Rheno  latissimo  atque 
altissimo  continentur.  10.  Occasti  solis  a  civibus  in 
summo  monte  novissimum  agmen  videtur.  11.  Comme- 
atus^  causa  in  fines  Allobrogum  exercitus  properavit. 
12.  Pedites  ex  inferiore  loco  plla  in  copias  liostium 
mittunt. 

II.  1.  A  harbor  suitable  for  war-vessels  is  seen  by 
the  scout.  2.  The  infantry  are  kept  from  the  territories 
of  the  Belgians  by  an  attack  of  the  cavalry.  3.  Slaves 
are  in  the  power  of  (their)  masters.  4.  Is  the  pupil's 
book  held  in  the  left  hand  ?  5.  We  soldiers  are  kept  in 
camp  on  account  of  our  wounds.  6.  In  the  next  summer 
the  Gauls  were  aroused  to  war  by  a  few  chiefs.  7.  The 
territory  of  the  Belgians  extends  to  the  river  Ehine. 
8.  A  day  is  longer  in  summer  than  in  winter.  9.  Not 
all  things  are  difficult.  10.  The  king  is  strong  in  the 
great  number  of  (his)  cavalry.  11.  The  line  of  battle 
was  very  long.  12.  The  town  had  been  taken  by  storm 
in  the  first  part  of  the  summer.  13.  I  have  the  greatest 
confidence  in  (my)  father.^ 

1  The  ablative  causa,  for  the  sake  of,  is  used  with  the  genitive, 
which  regularly  precedes  it. 

2  See  I.  2,  note. 


'^Tbra^P' 


82 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


CHAPTER   XXX. 

Second  Conjugation :  Imperfect  and  Future  Indic- 
ative Passive. 

Nine  Irregular  Adjectives. 

166.  Learn  tlie  imperfect  and  future  indicative  pas- 
sive of  habeo, 

Like  habeo  conjugate  the  imperfect  and  future  indic- 
ative passive  of  moveo,  teneo,  and  video. 

167.  The  following  adjectives,  regular  in  the  plural, 
end  in  -lus  in  the  genitive  singular,  and  in  -i  in  the  dative 
singular. 


ahus,  other. 

t5tus,  whole. 

alter. 

the  other  {of  two). 

nulliis,  no^  none. 

ullus,  any. 

neuter,  neither 

{of  two). 

solus,  alone. 

unus,  one. 

uter, ' 

which  {of  two). 

168. 

PARADIGMS. 

alius, 

other. 

unus,  one. 

Stem 

alio-, 

alia- 

Stem 

uno-,  nna- 

SINGULAR. 

Masculine. 

Feminine.     Neuter. 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Neuter. 

-  N.     alius 

alia 

aliud 

unus 

una 

unum 

G.     alius 

alius 

alius 

unius 

linius 

tinlus 

D.     alii 

alii 

alii 

uni 

Qui 

uni 

Ac.     alium 

aliam 

aliud 

unum 

unam 

unum 

Ab.     alio 

alia 

•      alio 

uno 

una 

uno 

Notice  that  alius  has  d,  not  m,  in  the  neuter  nominative 
and  accusative  singular. 


SECOND   CONJUGATION.  83 

169.  VOCABULARY. 

civitas,  -atls,  /.,  state.  alter,  -era, -erum,  other(of  two). 

lara,  -ae,  m.,  the  Jura  (moun-  solus,  -a,  -um,  alone,  only. 

tains).  totus,  -a,  -um,  whole,  entire. 

latitado,-inis,/.,(latus),  width.  Onus,  -a,  -um,  one. 

Rhodanus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhone.  timeo,  -ere,  -ui,  to  fear. 

alius,  -a,  -ud,  other.  undique,  adv.,  on  all  sides. 

1 70.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Undique  loci  nattira  Helvetii  continebantur ; 
una  ex  parte,  flumine  Rhodano  latissimo ;  altera  ex  parte, 
monte  lura  altissimo.  2.  Divitiacus  solus  ex  omnI  civi- 
tate  Germanis  liberos  obsides  non  dedit.  3.  Propter 
magnitudinem  silvarum  et  latitudinem  fluminum  iter 
timebat.  4.  Multae  res  Orgetorigem  ad  aliud  proelium 
incitabant.  5.  Paucis  diebus  oppidum  ab  hostibus  tene- 
bitur.  6.  Alii  alia  re  ^  valent.  7.  Centuriones  soli  postero 
die  in  concilium  a  Caesare  convocati  sunt.  8.  Pedestria 
itinera  a  nautis  habebantur  difficillima.  9.  Acies  Eo- 
mana  a  flumine  ad  infiinum^  montem  pertinebat. 
10.  Facile  erit  commeatu  hostes  prohibere.  11.  Impera- 
tor  centurionibus  ^  maximam  fidem  habebat.  12.  Totum 
agmen  uno  tempore  videbitur. 

II.  1.  On  account  of  the  height  of  the  wall,  he  did 
not  take  the  town  by  storm.  2.  The  attacks  of  the 
enemy  were  bravely  endured  by  the  whole  line.  3.  The 
cavalry  make  a  violent  (acer)  attack  on  the  Roman 
column.  4.  He  has  great  confidence  in  the  whole  army.'^ 
5.  Some  centurions  were  wounded  on  one  day,  others  on 
another.     6.  The  camp  will  be  moved  to  a  higher  place 

1  Others  in  another  thing ;  i.e.  Some  in  one  thine/,  others  in  another. 

2  Loioest,  lowest  part  of,  base  of.  3  gee  165.  I.  2, 


84  A  FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

ill  a  few  days.  7.  In  one  hand  he  held  a  book,  in  the 
other  a  stone.  8.  Caesar  with  the  third  legion  alone  will 
storm  the  town.  9.  The  village  is  hemmed  in  on  all 
sides  by  very  high  mountains.  10.  A  place  is  being  pre- 
pared for  another  band  of  Germans.  11.  The  whole 
state  feared  the  name  of  Ariovistus. 

171.  READING   LESSON. 

Note,  —  In  the  reading  lessons,  all  words  not  previously  given  in 
the  special  vocabularies  are  translated  in  parentheses.  This  does  not 
apply  to  numerals,  which  must  be  sought  in  Chapters  XXXII.  and 
XXXIII. 

[CjEsab,  Gallic  War,  Book  I.  1-4.] 

Galliae  omnis  sunt  partes  tres.  Unius  partis  Belgae 
sunt  incolae,  alius  AquitanT  (Aquitanians),  tertiae  Celtae 
(Celts).  Eomani  Celtas  Gallos  vocabant.  Gallorum 
omnium  fortissimi  erant  Belgae.  Belgae  saepe  cum 
Germanis  pugnabant.  Belgae  et  Helvetii  proximi  erant 
GermanTs.  Helvetii  fere  cottldiams  proelils  cum  Germa- 
nis pugnabant.  Belgae  continebantur  marl,  Rheno  flu- 
mine,  Matrona  (Marne)  et  Sequana  (Seine)  fluminibus. 
Galli  finibus  Belgarum,  Bheno  et  Bhodano  fluminibus, 
Garumna  (Garonne)  flumine,  marl  continebantur.  Aqui- 
tani  a  Garumna  flumine  ad  Pyrenaeos  (Pyreyiees)  montes 
et  mare  pertinebant.  Apud  Helvetios  nobilissimus  fuit 
OrgetorTx.  Helvetii  undique  loci  natura  continebantur. 
In  aliam  partem  Galliae  iter  facere  (to  make)  parabant. 
Orgetorlgem  legatum  ad  alios  Gallos  miserunt  (they  sent). 
In  itinere  Casticum  (Casticus,  a  man's  name)  Sequanum 
(a  Sequanian)  et  Dumnorigem  Aeduum  (an  Aeduan) 
amicos  facit.    Dumnorlgi  filiam  dat  uxorem.    Orgetorigi^ 

1  See  48  and  49. 


SECOND   CONJUGATION.  85 

in  animo  erat  rex  esse  in  Helvetiis.  Casticus  et  Dumno- 
rlx  Orgetorigem  iuvabant.  Ees  Helvetiis  narrata  est  et 
Orgetorix  accusatus  est.  Servos  et  amicos  convocavit. 
Per  amicos  et  servos  iTberatus  est,  sed  panels  diebus  post 
{afterward)  mortuus  est  (Jie  died). 


CHAPTER  XXXI. 

Second  Conjug-ation :    Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and 
Future-Perfect  Indicative  Passive. 

1 72.  Learn  the  perfect,,  pluperfect,  and  future-perfect 
indicative  passive  of  habeo. 

For  explanation  in  regard  to  these  tenses,  see  119.  1, 
2,  and  3. 

173.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I..  1.  Corpore  ac  animo  centurio  valebat.  2.  Titus 
corpore  plus  valet  quam  animo.  3.  Postero  die  castra 
moventur,  movebuntur.  4.  Castra  celeriter  mota  sunt, 
mota  erant.  5.  Pauci  equitum  ab  exploratore  visi  sunt, 
visi  erant.  6.  Obsides  in  potestate  Caesaris  tenebantur, 
tenebuntur.  7.  Alii  hostes,  alii  longitudinem  itineris 
timebant,  timuerant.  8.  A  custode  videberis,  visus  eras. 
9.  Fluminibus  continebimur,  continemur.  10.  Legiones 
in  castris  continebantur,  contentae  sunt. 

II.  1.  The  line  of  battle  was  extending,  it  will  extend 
to  the  foot  of  {Irifimus)  the  mountain.  2.  The  attack  had 
been  sustained,  it  will  be  sustained.     3.  Dumnorix  alone 


86  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

will  be  kept,  he  has  been  kept  in  Caesar's  power.  4.  You 
had  been  seen,  you  have  been  seen  by  the  soldier's  wife. 
5.  We  shall  be  seen,  we  shall  have  been  seen  in  the 
city  in  a  few  days.  6.  The  judge  is  feared,  he  will  be 
feared  by  the  bad  only.  7.  The  cavalry  had  been  kept 
from  the  Ehone.  8.  The  state  was  incited,  it  will  be 
incited  to  war  by  the  slaughter  of  the  citizens.  9.  The 
town  had  been  taken  by  storm  the  year  before.  10.  We 
will  attack,  we  were  attacking  the  left  wing. 

174.  VOCABULARY. 

auctoritas,  -atis,  /.,  influence,  duo,  two. 

authority,  noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our. 

Bellovaci,  -orum,  m.,  the  Bel-  obtineo,    -ere,    -ui,    -tentum, 

lovaci.  hold. 

Casticus,  -i,  wi.,  Casticus.  compleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum,  fill, 

provlncia,  -ae,  /. ,  province.  cover. 

regnum,  -i,  n.,  kingdom,  royal  inter  {prep,  with  acc.)y  between, 

power.  among. 

Sequanus,  -i,  m.,  a  Sequanian.  omnino,  adv.,  altogether,  in  all. 

1 76.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  HelvetiTs  erant  omnino  itinera  duo;  unum  per 
Sequanos  inter  montem  luram  et  flumen  Ehodanum; 
alterum  per  provinciam  nostram.  2.  Eegnum  in  civitate 
Sequanorum  a  Castici  patre  obtentum  est.  3.  Totus  mons 
a  Caesare  completus  est  hominibus.  4.  Orgetorigis  aucto- 
ritas inter  Helvetios  non  parva  erat.  5.  Pedestres  copias 
solas  Sequani  timebant.  6.  Alii  in  aliam  partem  equos 
incitabant.  7.  Plurimum  inter  Belgas  Bellovacorum  auc- 
toritas et^  virtute  et  hominum  numero  valebat.     8.  Cae- 

1  Et  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  .  and. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION.  87 

sar  tertiae  legion  is  mllitibus  summam  fidem  habebat. 
9.  Ehodanus  flumen  est  inter  fines  Helvetiorum  et 
Allobrogum.  10.  Postero  die  nostra  acies  superiorem 
locum  obtinuit. 

II.  1.  The  young  man  had  few  friends,  the  old  man 
many.  2.  Our  soldiers  quickly  took  the  town  by  storm. 
3.  Orgetorix  did  not  seize  the  royal  power  in  the  Helve- 
tian state.  4.  The  whole  camp  had  been  filled  with  the 
enemy.  5.  There  was  only  one  legion  in  Gaul.  6.  The 
sons  will  be  praised  by  their  fathers  for  their  diligence. 
7.  Have  you  seen  many  large  rivers  ?  8.  Csesar  had  con- 
fidence in  the  third  legion  only.  9.  The  town  was 
bounded  on  one  side  by  a  stream  of  great  width,  on  the 
other  by  a  high  mountain.  10.  The  judge  is  a  man  of 
great  influence  among  our  citizens. 


CHAPTER   XXXII. 
Third  Conjugation :  Present  Indicative  Active. 

Cardinal  Numbers;  Accusative  of  Extent. 

176.  Learn  from  the  vocabulary  the  principal  parts 
of  diico.     What  is  the  present  stem  ?     See  56.  1. 

Verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  may  be  recognized  by 
the  ending  -ere  of  the  present  infinitive  active. 

177.  Learn    the    present    indicative    active    of   dtico 
(p.  211). 


88 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 


Notice  that  the  stem-vowel  e  is  lost  before  -o,  becomes 
u  before  -nt,  and  I  before  other  endings. 


178. 


CARDINAL  NUMERALS. 


1.  unus,  una,  unum 

30. 

triginta 

2.  duo,  duae,  duo 

40. 

quadraginta 

3.  tres,  tria 

50. 

quinquaginta 

4.  quattuor 

, 

60. 

sexaginta 

5.  quinque 

70. 

septuaginta 

6.  sex 

80. 

octoginta 

7.  septem 

90. 

nonaginta 

8.  octo 

100. 

centum 

9.  novem 

101. 

centum  unus  or  centum 

10.  decern 

et  unus 

11.  iindecim 

102. 

centum  duo  or  centum 

12.  duodecim 

et  duo 

13.  tredecim 

200. 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a 

14.  quattuordecim 

300. 

trecenti,  -ae,  -a 

15.  qumdecim 

400. 

quadringenti,  -ae,  -a 

16.  sedectm 

500. 

quingenti,  -ae,  -a 

17.  septendecim 

600. 

sescenti,  -ae,  -a 

18.  duodevTginti  (octodecim) 

700. 

septingenti,  -ae,  -a 

19.  undeviginti  (novendecim) 

800. 

octingenti,  -ae,  -a 

20.  viginti 

900. 

nongenti,  -ae,  -a 

21.  viginti    unus     or 

unus    et 

1000. 

mllle 

viginti 

2000. 

duo  mllia 

22.  viginti  duo  or  duo  et  viginti 

10,000. 

decern  mllia 

28.  duodetrlginta 

100,000. 

centum  mllia 

29.  undetrlginta 

179. 


DECLENSION   OF  CARDINALS. 


Cardinal  numerals  are  indeclinable  except  unus,  duo, 
tres,  the  hundreds  from  ducenti  to  nongenti  inclusive,  and 
miha,  the  plural  of  mille.  For  the  declension  of  tinus 
see  168. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION. 

Duo  and  tres  are  thus  declined  :  — 


OW  THR 

aNIVERSIT 
sS'Icaliforhv^ 


180. 


PAEADIGMS. 


duo,  two. 


tres,  three. 


Masculine.    Feminine. 
N.  duo  duae 


Neuter. 
duo 


Masculine.  Feminine.  Neuter. 
tres         tria 


G.   duorum  duarum  duorum 

D.   duobus  duabus  duobus 

Ac.   duos,  duo  duas  duo 

Ah.   duobus  duabus  duobus 


tres 

trium 

tribus 

tres 


triuin      trium 
tribus     tribus 


tres 


tribus     tribus 


tria 
tribus 


1.  The  hundreds,  ducenti  to  nongenti,  are  declined  like 
the  plural  of  bonus. 

2.  In  the  singular  miUe  is  generally  an  adjective,  but 
the  plural  milia  is  always  a  noun  of  the  neuter  gender, 
declined  like  the  neuter  plural  of  ties,  and  is  followed  by 
the  partitive  genitive;  as,  mille  milites,  a  thousand  soldiers; 
but  tria  milia  militum,  three  thousand  soldier s^  {three  thou- 
sands of  soldiers). 


181. 


ILLUSTRATIVE  SENTENCES. 


1.  Caesar   paucos  dies  In  oppido  exercitum   continebat, 

CcEmr  kept  his  army  in  the  town  for  a  few  days. 

2.  Legiones  multos  annos  in  Gallia  fuerant,  the  legions  had 

been  many  years  in  Gaul. 

3.  Flumen  est  pedes  tres  altum,  the  river  is  three  feet  deep. 

4.  Puer  sescentos  passiis  currit,  the  hoy  runs  six  hundred  paces. 

Observe  that  dies  and  annos  denote  duration  of  time,  and  are 
in  the  accusative  case.  They  answer  the  question,  Hoiolong? 
Observe,  also,  that  pedes  and  passiis  denote  extent  of  space,  and 
are  in  the  accusative.     They  answer  the  question,  How  far  f 


90  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

182.  EuLE.  —  Duration  of  time  and  extent  of  space  are 
expressed  by  the  accusative. 

183.  •  VOCABULARY. 

longitude,  -inis,  /. ,  length.  octoginta,  eighty. 

passus,  -us,  ??i.,  a  pace.  centum,  one  hundred. 

quot,    indeclinable    adj.,  how      ducenti, -ae, -a,  two  hundred, 

many.  trecenti,  -ae,  -a,  three  hundred. 

tres,  three.  mille,  ■one  thousand. 

quattuor,  four.  curro,  -ere,  cucurri,  cursuin, 

quinque,  five.  run. 

sex,  six.  gero,  -ere,  gessi,  gestum,  do ; 

viginti,  twenty.  beUum  gerere,  carry  on  war. 

quadraglnta,  forty.  mitto,     -ere,    misi,    missum, 

sexaginta,  sixty.  send. 

184.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Mensa  erat  tres  pedes  longa,  et  duos  pedes  lata. 
2.  Fines  Helvetiorum  in  longitudinem  milia  passuum 
centum  et  octoginta  pertinebant.  3.  Belgae  cum  Germa- 
nis  multos  annos  bellum  gerunt.^  4.  Nostri-  multas 
horas  cum  hostibus  pugnabant.  5.  Quot  dies  habet 
annus  ?  Trecentos  et  sexaginta  quinque.  6.  E  pro- 
vincia  in  fines  Allobrogum  quinque  legiones  legatus  mit- 
tit.  7.  Quot  equites  erant  in  castris  ?  Equitum  milia 
erant  omnino  sex.  8.  Labienus  totum  diem  iter  facit, 
et  occasu  solis  oppidum  milia  passuum  sex  a  Belgis  occu- 
pat.  9.  Arbor  in  horto  sexaginta  pedes  alta  est.  10.  Di- 
vitiacus  nostra  memoria  regnum  magnae  partis  Galliae 
obtinuit.  11.  Legatus  cum  sola  decima  legione  provinciam 
obtinebit. 

1  English,  have  been,  etc.  ^  gee  51,  foot-note. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION.  91 

II.  1.  The  forest  is  six  miles  long  and  four  miles 
wide.  2.  There  were  in  the  army  forty  thousand  five 
hundred  men.  3.  How  many  hours  were  there  in  a  day 
among  the  Romans  ?  Twelve.  4.  One  seized  the  royal 
power  in  one  state,  another  in  another.  5.  The  route 
between  the  river  Rhone  and  the  Jura  mountains  was 
difficult.  6.  The  influence  of  Dumnorix  among  the  Hel- 
vetii  was  greater  than  (that)  of  Divitiacus.-  7.  Csesar 
held  one  mountain,  the  enemy  the  other.  8.  The  towns 
of  the  Sequanians  were  filled  with  our  men.  9.  How 
many  miles  does  the  city  extend?  10.  The  army 
marches  forty  miles  in  two  days. 

185.  READING  LESSON. 

[C-ESAB,  Gallic  War,  Book  I.  5-9.] 

Helvetiis  in  animo  erat  per  provinciam  Romanam  iter 
facere  {to  make).  Frumentum  et  multas  alias  res  in 
itinere  portare  parabant.  Duo  omnino  itinera  erant: 
linum  difficile,  per  Sequanorum  fines,  inter  montem  Itiram 
et  flumen  Rhodauum,  alterum  per  provinciam  Romanam, 
multo  facilius.  Allobroges  a  Romanis  superati  erant. 
Extremum  oppidum  Allobrogum  erat  proximumque  Hel- 
vetiorum  finibus  Genava.  Caesar  summa  celeritate  ad 
Genavam  legionem  dticit.  Helvetii  legatos  ad  Caesarem 
mittunt  nobilissimos  civitatis.  Caesar  Helvetiis  iter  per 
provinciam  non  dat,  sed  legione  alilsque  mllitibus  ad 
montem  luram  milia  passuum  decem  novem  murum  in 
altitudinem  pedum  sedecim  dticit,  et  Helvetios  itinere 
prohibet.  Helvetii  altera  via  {road)  per  Sequanos  iter 
facere  volebant  {wished)  sed  SequanI  iter  non  dabant. 
Ad    Dumnorlgem    Aeduum    legatos    mittunt    Helvetii. 


92  A   FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

Dumnorix  apud  Sequanos  plurimum  valebat  auctoritate 
et  Helvetiis  propter  uxorein  amicus  erat.  Sequani  Dum- 
norigis  auctoritate  moti  (moved)  Helvetiis  per  fines  iter 
dant. 


CHAPTER   XXXni. 

Third  Conjugation:    Imperfect  and  Future 
Indicative  Active. 

Ordinal  Numerals. 

186.  Learn  the  imperfect  and  future  indicative  active 
of  duco. 

Observe  that  the  endings  of  the  imperfect  are  the  same 
as  those  of  the  first  and  second  conjugations,  while  those 
of  the  future  are  different. 

Write  a  table  of  future  endings  for  the  third  conjuga- 
tion, active  voice,  and  commit  to  memory. 

187.  OEDINAL  NUMERALS. 


1st. 

primus 

nth. 

undecimus 

2d. 

secundus 

12th. 

duodecimus 

3d. 

tertius 

13th. 

tertius  decimus 

4th. 

quartus 

14th. 

quartus  decimus 

5th. 

quintus 

15th. 

quintus  decimus 

6th. 

sextus 

16th. 

sextus  decimus 

7th. 

Septimus 

17th. 

Septimus  decimus 

8th. 

octavus 

18th. 

duodevTceshnus 

9th. 

iionus 

19th. 

undevlcesimus 

10th. 

decimus 

20th. 

vicesimus 

THIRD   CONJUGATION. 


93 


21st.  vTcesimus  primus  or  unus 

et  vicesimus 
28th.  duodetricesimus 
29th.  undetricesimus 
30th.  trlcesimus 
40th.  quadragesimus 
50th.  quinquagesimus 


60th.  sexagesimus 

70th.  septuagesiinus 

80th.  octogesimus 

90th.  nonages  imus 

100th.  centesimus 

200th.  ducentesimus 

1000th.  mlUesinius 


Ordinal  numerals  are  declined  like  bonus. 


188. 


VOCABULARY. 


adventus,     -us,     w.,     arrival, 

approach. 
Hannibal,  -alis,  m.,  Hannibal. 
Italia,  -ae,  /. ,  Italy. 
manipulus,  -i,  wi.,  a  maniple. 
certus,  -a,  -um,  certain. 
Gallicus,   -a,   -um,    Gallic,    of 

Gaul. 
duco,  -ere,  duxi,  ductum,  lead. 


lego,  -ere,  legi,lectuni,  gather, 

read. 
scribo,-ere,  scrips!,  scriptum, 

write. 
quartus,  -a,  -um,  fourth. 
quintus,  -a,  -um,  fifth. 
sextus,  -a,  -um,  sixth. 
decimus,  -a,  -um,  tenth. 
vicesimus,  -a,  -um,  twentieth. 


189. 


EXERCISES. 


I.     1.  Pueri  sextum  de  Bello  Gallico  librum  legebant. 

2.  Uxorem  de  adventu  filiarum  triiim  certiorem^  facit. 

3.  Vicesimus  aciel  miles  pilo  vulneratus  est.  4.  Duabus 
horis  decem  milia  passuum  nuntius  curret.  5.  A  pro- 
vincia  in  fines  Belgarum  viginti  diebus  exercitum  diicit. 

6.  Quinto   belli   anno   urbs   a   Eomanis   expugnata   est. 

7.  Cohors  decima  pars  legionis  Eomanae,  manipulus 
tertia  pars  cohortis  erat.  8.  Peditum  milia  sex  et  equi- 
tum  milia  quattuor  in  proelio  ptignaverunt.  9.  Scribe- 
tisne,  pueri,  epistulas  ad  patres  ?  Scribemus.  10.  Hanni- 
bal magnum  exercitum  in  Italiam  dticit.et  multis  proelils 


1  Certiorem  facit,  makes  more  certain,  i.e.  informs. 


94  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

Komanos  superat.  11.  Vigilia  apud  Eomanos  quarta 
pars  noctis  erat.  12.  Ducentos  quadragiiita  quattuor 
annos  reges  Romanorum  regnum  obtinebant.  13.  In 
portu  erant  trecentae  octoginta  naves. 

II.  1.  We  shall  write  many  letters  from  the  city  to 
(our)  friends.  2.  A  friend  of  the  Roman  people  had  for 
many  years  held  the  royal  power  among  the  Sequanians. 

3.  How   many  legions   were   (there)  in   our   province  ? 

4.  (There)  were  in  all  in  the  state  of  the  ^duans  three 
legions  and  four  cohorts.  5.  We  were  reading  about  the 
arrival  of  Hannibal  in  Gaul.  6.  The  town  was  filled 
with  cavalry  and  foot-soldiers.  7.  Through  the  influence 
of  Orgetorix,  the  ^duans  were  carrying  on  war  with  the 
Germans.  8.  Our  state  extends  in  length  two  hundred 
miles,  and  in  breadth  one  hundred.  9.  On  the  fifth  day 
at  sunset  he  takes  the  town  by  storm.  10.  On  the  four- 
teenth day  the  general  will  lead  from  Italy  six  cohorts  of 
the  second  legion. 


CHAPTER   XXXIV. 

Third  Conjugation  :   Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and 
Future-Perfect  Indicative  Active. 

Personal  and  Reflexive  Pronouns. 

190.  Learn  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future-perfect 
tenses  of  the  indicative  active  of  dtico.  Compare  the  end- 
ings with  those  of  the  same  tenses  of  amo  and  habeo. 


THIRD   CONJUGATIOK.  95 

191.  EXERCISES    ON    FORMS. 

I.  1.  Multos  annos  Hannibal  cum  Eomanis  bellum 
gerebat,  gesserat.  2.  Quot  epistulas  tino  anno  scribis, 
scripsisti  ?  3.  Quattuor  libros  de  Bello  Gallico  legemus, 
legimus.  4.  Equos  sexaginta  in  castra  mittemus,  mlsi- 
mus.  5.  Centurio  manipulum  dticebat,  duxerat.  6.  Ntin- 
tius  uno  die  viginti  mllia  passuum  curret,  cucurrit. 
7.  Pedites  plla  celeriter  mittent,  miserint.  8.  Nautae 
frumento  naves  complent,  compleverunt.  9.  Eegnum  in 
Sequanis  a  Komanorum  amico  obtinebitur,  obtinebatur. 
10.  In  provinciam  copias  legatus  dticet,  ducebat,  dtixit. 

II.  1.  Our  pupils  have  read,  they  will  read  many- 
good  books.  2.  I  have  written  to  my  father,  I  shall 
write.  3.  Three  hundred  men  were  wounded,  they  had 
been  wounded  in  the  first  battle.  4.  How  many  books 
did  you  write,  how  many  had  you  written?  5.  The 
soldier  will  send  many  presents  to  (his)  son,  he  has 
sent  many.  6.  I  will  lead  the  horse  to  the  general. 
7.  On  the  fifth  day  the  general  was  wounded,  on  the 
sixth  the  camp  was  stormed.  8.  The  boys  will  run, 
they  were  running  very  swiftly.  9.  I  will  send  (my) 
children  to  Italy,  I  have  sent  (them).  10.  The  ships 
will  be  filled,  they  had  been  filled  with  men. 

Personal  Pronouns. 
192.  PARADIGMS. 

First  Person, 
singular.  plural. 

N.  ego,  7.  nos,  we. 

G.  mei,  of  me.  nostrum  or  nostri,  of  us. 

D.  mihi  (mi),  to,  for  me.  nobis,  to,  for  us. 

^\  B  R  A  ^ 

OF  THE 

CTNIVERSITY 


yo  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

Ac.  me,  me.  nos,  us. 

Ah.  me,  from,  by,  with,  etc.,  me.       nobis,  from,  btj,  ivith,  etc.,  us. 

Second  Person. 
N.^V.  ta,  (thou)  tjou.  vos,  you. 

G.  tui,  of  (thee)  you.  \restrum  or  xestri,  of  yo7(. 

D.  tibi,  to,  for  (thee)  you.  vobis,  to,  for  you. 

Ac.  te,  (thee)  you.  vos,  you. 

Ah.  te,  from,   by,   icith,   etc.,        \obis,from,  by,  loith,  etc.,  you. 
(thee)  you. 

Third  Person. 

Hejlexive. 

iV.  

G.  sui,  of  him  (self),  her  (self),  sui,  ofthem(selves). 

it  (self). 

D.  sib!,  to,  for  him(self),  etc.  sibi,  «o,  for  them(selves). 

Ac.  se,  sese,  him(self),  etc.  se,  sese,  them(selves) . 

Ah.  se,  sese,  /ro?»,  by,  with,  se,  sese,  /rom,  by,  with,  etc., 
etc.,  him(self).  them(selves) . 

1.  The  reflexive  regularly  refers  to  the  subject  of  the 
sentence ;  as,  liilia  se  culpat,  Julia  blames  herself.  The 
place  of  the  reflexive  of  the  first  and  second  person  is 
supplied  by  the  personal  pronouns  ego,  tu,  nos,  vos ;  as,  Ego 
me  culpo,  /  hlame  myself ;  tu  te  culpas,  you  blame  yourself. 

2.  The  forms  nostrum  and  vestrum  are  use(d  chiefly  as 
partitive  genitives.     See  135. 

3.  There  are  in  Latin  no  special  forms  for  the  per- 
sonal pronouns  he,  she,  it,  and  they.  For  the  substitutes 
see  208.  1. 

4.  When  used  with  personal  and  reflexive  pronouns, 
the  preposition  cum  is  enclitic  (see  4.  7)  ;  as,  mecum, 
secum,  vobiscum.  So  also  with  relative  pronouns ;  as, 
quocum,  quacum,  quibuscum. 


THIRD  CONJUGATION.  97 

193.  VOCABULARY. 

Cicero,  -onis,  m.,  Cicero.  adversus,  -a,  -um,  unfavorable, 
tempestas, -atis,/.,  storm,  tern-  adverse;  adversae  res,  ad- 

pest,  versity. 

ego,  I.  secundus,  -a,  -um,  favorable. 

tu,  thou.  secundae  res,  prosperity. 

sui,  of  himself,  herself,  itself.  ago,  -ere,  egi,  actum,  drive,  do, 
iam,  adv.,  now,  already.  act. 


194.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Ego  tertia  die!  hora  epistulam  scribebam,  tu 
carmina  Homerl  legebas.  2.  lulia  se  semper  laudat,  sed 
me  semper  culpat.  3.  Quot  annos  habet  Cornelia? 
Quinque  annos  habet.  4.  Legerat  quattuor  de  Bello 
Gallico  libros.  5.  Silva  sex  milia  passuum  in  latitiidinem 
pertinet.  6.  Nomina  multorum  poetarum  sunt  cara  nobis. 
7.  Adversa  tempestas  in  litus  nos  egerat.  8.  Xuntius  de 
fuga  Hannibalis  fuit  certus.  9.  Multae  naves  longae  prop- 
ter tempestatem  in  nostrum  portum  cucurrerant.  10.  In 
rebus  secundis  omnes  amicos  habent.  11.  Tibi  dabo  duos 
pulcherrimos  libros.  Quid  tu  mihi  dabis  ?  12.  Pauci 
nostrorum^  impetum  equitum  sustinuerunt.  13.  Ducem 
vobiscum  milia  passuum  decem  mittemus.  14.  Hannibal 
iam  multas  Italiae  civitates  exptignaverat.  15.  Res 
adversae  saepe  fortium  animos  terrent. 

II.  1.  The  garden  extends  two  hundred  feet  in  length 
and  one  hundred  in  breadth.  2.  He  leads  two  maniples 
of  the  second  cohort  to  the  top  of  the  mountain.  3.  How 
many  books  do  you  read  in  a  year  ?  4.  You  will  read 
with  me  the  first  book  of  the  Gallic  War.     5.  I  shall  read 

1  Our  (men) . 


98  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

a  good  book,  but  you  will  write  a  letter  to  (your)  mother. 
6.  He  informs  ^  me  of  the  arrival  of  my  father.  7.  There 
was  a  river  between  the  Romans  and  the  camp  of  Hanni- 
bal. 8.  On  the  fourteenth  day  we  saw  a  wide  river,  and 
on  the  twentieth  a  very  high  mountain.  9.  I  am  the 
fifth,  you  are  the  sixth.  10.  Nothing  is  dearer  to  me 
than  (my)  country.  11.  The  tempest  will  drive  many 
ships  into  the  harbor. 

195.  READING  LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  Book  I,  10-12.] 

Helvetiis  in  animo  erat  per  agrum  Sequanorum  et 
Aeduorum  iter  in  Santonum  {the  Santones)  fines  facere. 
Santones  proximi  erant  provinciae  Eomanae.  Caesar  ex 
Italia  quinque  legiones  in  Galliam  duxit.  In  itinere  cum 
montium  incolis  pugnabat.  Caesaris  adventu  Helvetii 
iam  per  Sequanorum  fines  in  Aeduorum  agros  copias 
dtixerant  et  Aeduorum  agros  vastabant.  Aedul  et  alii 
Eomanorum  amicl  ad  Caesarem  legatos  miserunt.  Caesar 
Aeduos  iuvare  et  Helvetios  superare  voluit  (wished). 
Flumen  est  Arar  (the  Sadne)  quod  (which)  per  fines 
Aeduorum  et  Sequanorum  in  Ehodanum  influit  (flows). 
Helvetii  tres  iam  partes  copiarum  trans  (across)  Ara- 
rim  flumen  dtixerant,  quartam  fere  partem  non  traduxe- 
rant  (had  led  across).  Omnis  civitatis  Helvetiorum 
quattuor  partes  erant.  Caesar  in  quartam  Helvetiorum 
partem  impetum  facit.  Multi  occlsi  sunt  (were  killed) ; 
reliqui  fugae  se  mandaverunt  (gave  up). 

1  Cf.  189.  I.  2. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION. 


CHAPTER  XXXV. 

Third  Conjugation:  Present  and  Imperfect 
Passive. 

Possessive  Pronouns. 

196.  Learn  the  present  and  imperfect  indicative  pas- 
sive of  duco. 

197.  From  the  personal  pronouns  are  formed  the 
possessive  pronouns. 

meus,  -a,  -um,  my.  tuus,  -a,  -urn,  thy. 

noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our.  vester,  -tra,  -truin,  your. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  his^  hers,  their. 

1.  These  are  adjectives  in  construction  and  they  are 
declined  as  regular  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second 
declension,  except  that  the  vocative  singular  masculine 
of  mens  is  usually  mi,  sometimes  meus. 

2.  Suus,  like  the  personal  pronoun  from  which  it  is 
formed,  is  reflexive. 

3.  Possession  is  denoted  by  the  possessive  pronouns, 
not  by  the  genitive  of  the  personal  pronouns.  Puer  suam 
matrem  amat,  the  boy  loves  his  mother. 

198.  VOCABULARY. 

ripa,  -ae,  /.,  hank.  divide,  -ere,  divisi,  divisum, 

vicus,  -i,  m.,  village.  divide,  separate. 

meus,  -a,  -um,  my.  exspecto,    -are,    -avi,    -atum, 

tuus,  -a,  -um,  thy,  your.  wait  for,  expect. 

noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our.  incolo,   -ere,    -colui,    live    in, 

vester,  -tra,  -trum,  your.  inhabit. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  his,  her,  its,  their.      ante  (prep,  with  ace),  before. 


100  A   FIRST    BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

199.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Milites  novl  in  cohortes  dividuntur.^  2.  Explo- 
rator  de  omnibus  rebus  Caesarem  cottldie  certiorem  facit. 

3.  Ante  adventum  vestrum,  amici,  quintum  de  Bello 
Gallico  librum  legebam.  4.  Eebus  in  adversis  pauci,  in  se- 
cundis  multi  ho  minibus  amici  sunt.  5.  Primam  lucem  in 
rlpa  fiuminis  exspectabam.  6.  tJnam  partem  Galliae  in- 
colunt  Belgae,  aliam  Galli.  7.  Te  et  amicum  tuum  in  vTco 
exspectabit.  8.  Duos  nuntios  ad  Hannibalem  iam  miserat. 
9.  Epistula  tua,  mi  fllT,^  multum  me  delectavit.  10.  Sum- 
mam  suorum  ^  virtutem  Caesar  laudat.  11.  Cicero  ad  ami- 
cos  nmltas  epistulas  scripsit.  12.  Bellum  cum  multls 
civitatibns  ab  Hannibale  gerebatur.  13.  JS"avis  nostra 
in  portum  tempestate  agebatur. 

II.  1.  The  Allobroges  used  to  live  near  the  Eoman 
province.  2.  Your  letter,  brother,  was  very  welcome 
to  me.      3.  A  watch  was  the  fourth  part  of  a  night. 

4.  The  messenger  informs  Orgetorix  of  the  arrival  of 
Csesar  in  Gaul.     5.  The  boy  sees  himself  in  the  water. 

6.  The  tenth  legion  was  being  led  through  our  province. 

7.  We  were  reading  with  pleasure  the  poems  of  Vir- 
gil. 8.  He  was  writing  a  letter  to  his  sister  before  my 
arrival.  9.  Our  forces  were  being  quickly  led  into  the 
territory  of  the  Sequanians.  10.  I  have  few  books  ;  you 
have  many.  11.  We  shall  often  be  reading  the  fourth, 
fifth,  and  sixth  hours  of  the  day.  12.  Our  field  is  being 
divided  by  a  wall  into  two  parts. 

1  Are  being  divided.  ^  Vocative. 

3  The  possessive  pronouns  are  used  frequently  agreeing  with  an 
omitted  noun.    Cf.  194.  I.  12. 


THIRD   CON^UGATK)]^,  [V  {' )  i,-  p,'.  lilt 


CHAPTER  XXXVI. 

Third  Conjugation:   Future,  Perfect,  and 
Future-Perfect  Indicative  Passive. 

200.  Learn  the  future,  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future- 
perfect  indicative  passive  of  duco. 

Observe  that  the  last  three  tenses  do  not  differ  in  form 
from  the  same  tenses  of  the  first  and  second  conjugations. 

201.  EXERCISES    ON    FORMS. 

I.  1.  Dividitur,  di visum  est.  2.  Scribunt,  scribebunt. 
3.  Mittitur,  mittetur,  mittuntur.  4.  Agitur,  agebatur. 
5.  Legunt,  legent,  legerunt.  6.  Urbs  in  sex  partes  divi- 
detur.  7.  Carmina  scrlbentur.  8.  Ab  amico  epistula 
missa  est.  9.  Navis  in  lltiis  acta  est.  10.  In  ripa  Eho- 
dani  vos  exspectabamus.  11.  Liber  ab  omnibus  legetur. 
12.  Milia  passuum  duo  cucurrimus.  13.  In  vico  pueri 
visi  sunt.  14.  Panels  diebus  in  urbem  mittentur. 
15.  Totum  diem  in  castrls  content!  eramus. 

II.  1.  We  shall  be  separated,  we  have  been  separated. 
2.  It  will  be  driven,  it  was  being  driven.  3.  We  were 
standing,  we  had  stood.  4.  They  will  be  led,  they  were 
being  led.  5.  We  shall  be  kept,  they  were  kept.  6.  They 
had  been  separated  by  a  wall.  7.  We  will  wait  for  your 
coming.  8.  The  ship  was  driven  from  the  shore  by  the 
storm.  9.  The  field  will  be  divided  into  two  parts. 
10.  The  poem  has  been  read  by  my  sister.  11.  The 
troops  will  be  led  into  Gaul.  12.  We  shall  stand  on 
the  bank  of  the  river. 


102  '''s^i'iiyA^  ,^11^33?   BOJOK  IN   LATIN. 

202.  VOCABULARY. 

deduce,  -ere,  -duxi,  -duetum,  postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  de- 

(de  +  dnco,  lead  from,)  lead  mand. 

away,  withdraw.  hiberna,  -orum,  n.,  winter  quar- 

discedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum,  labor,  -oris,  m.,  labor.       [ters. 

withdraw.  mulier,  -eris,  /.,  woman. 

maneo,  -ere,  inansi,  mansum,  regio,  -onis,  /.,  district,  region. 

remain.  salus, -utis,/.,  safety. 

peto,   -ere,    -ivi  or  -ii,  -itum,  matnrus,  -a,  -um,  ripe. 

ask.  matare,  adv.,  early. 

203.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Puerl  mulieresque  ex  muro  pacem  a  Eomanis 
petierunt.  2.  Apud  Eomanos  dies  in  duodecim  horas,  nox 
in  quattuor  vigilias  divisa  erat.  3.  Caesar  maturius  quam 
tempus  anni  postulabat  in  hiberna  exercitum  deduxit. 
4.  Ante  hiemem  exercitus  noster  in  hiberna  deductus 
erit.  5.  Paucos  dies  amicl  mel  in  urbe  manebunt. 
6.  Dies  nobis  ad  laborem  datur.  7.  Pauci  hostium  f uga 
salutem  sibi  petierunt.  8.  Legatus  exercitum  in  aliam 
regionem  deduxerat.  9.  Vlginti  diebus  ante  ^  f rumentum 
in  meo  agro  non  fuit  maturum.  10.  Bonus  civis  sua 
salute  patriam  cariorem  habebit.  11.  Copiae  prima  Kice 
a  ripa  Khodani  discesserunt.  12.  Gra\dssimum  laborem 
propter  liberos  suos  saepe  sustinent  mulieres.  13.  Libe- 
ros  obsides  a  Gallis  postulavit  Ariovistus. 

II.  1.  Our  city  is  divided  into  ten  wards  (regio). 
2.  Our  affairs  are  dear  to  us,  yours  to  you.  3.  Your 
prosperity  will  always  delight  me.  4.  A  swift  mes- 
senger had  been  sent  by  the  shortest  route  to  the  winter 
quarters  of  Labienus.     5.  Storms  kept  us  in  the  village 


Before  by  twenty  days ;  twenty  days  ago.    Ante  is  an  adverb  here. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION. 


many  days.       6.    My   son   often   asks   me   for   money.^ 

7.  Did  Germans  use  to  live  on  the   island   of  Britain? 

8.  I  had  already  waited  for  you  two  hours.  9.  We  re- 
mained in  port  on  account  of  the  violence  of  the  storm. 

10.  The   ship   was   driven   swiftly   through   the   water. 

11.  You  were  friendly  to  us  in  adversity.  12.  The 
young  man  had  withdrawn  from  the  army  on  account  of 
a  wound. 

204.  READING   LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  Book  1. 13-15.] 

Unam  partem  Helvetiorum  Caesar  iam  superaverat. 
Copias  suas  celeriter  trans  (across)  Ararim  diixit  contra 
{against)  alias  tres  partes.  Helvetii  ad  Caesarem  lega- 
tos  miserunt.  Prmceps  legatorum,  Divico,  cum  Caesare 
egit  {treated,  i.e.  talked):  "Pacem  petimus  a  te.  Si 
(?/)  pacem  facies  {will  make),  ibimus  {imll  go)  in  eam 
{that)  partem  atque  ibi  {there)  erimus  ubi  {where)  nos 
constitueris  {settle,  fut.  perf.  of  cdnstUuo);  sin  {but  if) 
bellum  noblscum  geres,  te  superabimus,  et  locus  ubi 
{where)  sumus  ex  calamitate  {the  misfortune)  populi  Ro- 
man! nomen  habebit."  Caesar  respondit  {replied):  '' Si 
{if)  obsides  mihi  dabitis  et  si  AeduTs  et  Allobrogibus 
satisfacietis  {gice  satisfaction),  pax  erit."  Divico  re- 
spondit, ''  Helvetii  obsides  iion  dabunt,"  et  discessit. 
Postero  die  Helvetii  castra  movent.  Caesaris  equites  cum 
Helvetiis  pugnant  et  superantur.  Caesar  suos  a  proelio 
continebat  et  hostes  a  populationibus  {dei)astations)  pro- 
hibebat.     Dies  quindecim  iter  fecerunt  (perf.  of  facio). 

1  For  the  case  of  the  thing  asked  for,  and  the  person  from  whom  it 
is  asked  with  petere,  see  1. 1,  above. 


104 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


CHAPTER  XXXVII. 


Demonstrative  Pronouns. 


205. 


PARADIGMS. 


SINGULAR. 


hie 

huius 

huic 

hiinc 

hoc 


hie,  this. 

haee  hoc 

huius  huius 

huic  huic 

hanc  hoc 

hac  hoc 


ille,  that. 


lUe  ilia  Ulud 

illius  illius  illius 

illi  illi  illi 

ilium  illam  illud 

illo  ilia  iUo 


PLURAL. 

hi  hae  haec  illi  illae  ilia 

horum  haruni  horum  illorum  illarum  illorum 

his  his  his  illis  illis  illis 

hos  has  haec  illos  illas  ilia 

his  his  his  illis  illis  illis 

1.  Hie  refers  to  that  which  is  near  the  speaker  and  is 
sometimes  called  the  demonstrative  of  the  first  person : 
hic  pner,  this  hoy. 

2.  Iste,  that  {of  yours),  is  declined  like  ille.  It  is  ap- 
plied to  that  which  is  near  or  has  some  connection  with 
the  person  addressed,  and  so  is  called  the  demonstrative 
of  the  second  person :  iste  puer,  that  hoy  of  yours. 

3.  Ille  is  applied  to  what  is  more  remote,  and  so  is 
called  the  demonstrative  of  the  third  pterson:  ille  puer, 
that  hoy. 

4.  When  hie  and  ille  are  contrasted,  hic  usually  means 
the  latter,  and  ille  the  former. 

Ille  agreeing  with  a  noun  frequently  means  vjell-known. 


DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS.  105 

206.  VOCABULARY. 

Aedui,  -orum,  m.,  the  Aeduans.  ille,  ilia,  illud,  that. 

initiuin,  -i,  n.,  beginning.  iste,  Ista,  istud,  that  (of  yours). 

nemo,  -inis,  m.,  nobody.  clarus,  -a,  -um,  eminent. 

oratio,  -onis,  /.,  speech,  oration.  militaris,  -e,  military. 

signum,  -i,  n.,  standard,  sign.  dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictum,  say. 

hie,  haec,  hoc,  this.  cuir,  adv.,  why? 

K2O7.  ^  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Ego  et  amlci  mei  hoc  vico  delectamur.  2.  Hic 
paucos  dies  in  urbe  manebit,  ille  in  litus  properabit. 
3.  Iste  liber  est  pulcherrimus.  4.  Yergilius  et  Cae- 
sar clari  Eomani  fuerunt ;  ille  poeta,  hic  peritus  rei  ^ 
militaris  fuit.  5.  Aquilae  erant  signa  militaria  legionum 
Romanarum.  6.  Hannibal  cum  copiis  suis  ex  ilia  regi- 
one  iam  discesserat.  7.  Nemo  libentius  te  videt  quam 
ego.  8.  Initio  orationis-  multa  de  virtute  cTvium  nostro- 
rum  Cicero  dixit.  9.  Agricola  ante  liicem  initium  laboris 
saepe  facit.  10.  Cur  legatus  maturius  ^  in  hiberna  copias 
suas  dediixit  ?  11.  Nemo  omnium  civium  nostrorum  cla- 
rior  est  illo  viro. 

II.  1.  These  children  asked  their  father  for  a  new 
book.  2.  This  boy  i&  two  years  younger  than  that  (one), 
3.  The  winter  quarters  of  our  two  legions  were  sepa- 
rated by  a  marsh.  4.  We  were  waiting  for  you  in  the 
village  all  day.  5.  Men  used  to  live  in  villages  for  the 
sake  of  safety.  6.  The  Helvetians  demanded  the  noblest 
of  the  ^duans  as  hostages.     7.  The  bank  of  the  river 

was  covered  (filled)  with  large  trees.  8.  Why  had  the 
1 — _ . 

1  Peritus  and  many  other  adjectives  take  a  genitive  to  complete 
their  meaning. 

^  See  127.  3. 


106 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN    LATIN. 


forces  of  Labienus  been  led  away  to  their  Avinter  quar- 
ters unusually^  early  that  year?  9.  The  grain  in  your 
fields  will  be  ripe  in  a  few  days.  10.  We  saw  the 
eagle  of  the  tenth  legion  among  the  military  standards. 
11.  Those  boys  of  yours  say  many  things  about  them- 
selves.   12.  These  women  do  not  ask  the  enemy  for  peace. 


CHAPTER   XXXVIII. 


Demonstrative  Pronouns.  —  Continued. 


208. 

PARADIGMS. 

Is, 

this,  that. 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

JV.  is 

ea 

id 

ei  (il) 

eae 

ea 

G.  eius 

eius 

eius 

eoruni 

earum 

e5rum 

i>.ei 

ei 

ei 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

Ac.  eum 

earn 

id 

eos 

eas 

ea 

Ah.  eo 

ea 

eo 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

idem,  same. 

N.  idem       eadem     idem 


J  eidem 

(.  (iidem)  eaedem      eadem 
G.  eiusdemeiusdemeiusdem  eorundem  earundem  eorundem 
D.  eidem      eidem      eidem  eisdem  (iisdem) 

Ac.  eundem  eandem  idem         eosdem      easdem      eosdem 
Ah.  eodem     eadem     eodem  eisdem  (iisdem) 


1  Compare  I.  10,  above. 


DEMONSTKATIVE   PRONOUNS. 


107 


ipse,  self. 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

N.  ipse         ipsa 

ipsum 

ipsi 

ipsae 

ipsa 

G.  ipsius      ipsius 

ipsius 

ipsorum 

ipsarum 

ipsorum 

D.  ipsi           ipsi 

ipsi 

ipsis 

ipsIs 

ipsis 

Ac.  ipsum      ipsain 

ipsum 

ipsos 

ipsas 

ipsa 

Ah.  ipso         ipsa 

ipso 

ipsIs 

ipsis 

ipsis 

1.  Is  is  sometimes  used  as  the  personal  pronoun  of  the 
third  person,  and  then  means  he,  she,  it. 

2.  Ipse,  the  intensive  pronoun,  is  used  to  emphasize 
a  noun  or  pronoun  expressed  or  understood  with  which 
it  agrees  as  an  adjective.  The  reflexive  pronoun  se,  self, 
is  always  used  substantively.  The  following  sentences 
will  illustrate  the  use  of  the  two. 


Miles  se  laudat,  the  soldier  praises  himself. 
Miles  ipse  laudatus  est,  the  soldier  himself  was  praised. 
Ipse  manebo,  I  myself  will  remain. 

Mulier  epistulam  ipsam  legit,  the  woman  reads  the  letter  itself, 
or,  the  very  letter. 


209. 


VOCABULARY. 


committo,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum , 
(con  and  mitto),  entrust; 
committere  proelium,  en- 
gage in  battle. 

defendo,  -ere,  -fendi,  -fensum, 
protect,  defend. 

domus,  -us,/.,  house,  home. 


idem,  eadem,  Idem,  same. 
ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  self. 

is,  ea,  id,  that,  this. 
barbarus,  -i,  m.,  barbarian. 
die,  adv.,  long,  a  long  time. 
tarn,  adv.,  so. 


210. 


EXERCISES. 


I.     1.  Host6s  ad  Caesarem  legatos  miserunt,  pacemque 
ab  eo  petunt.     2.  Centurio  salutem  suam  exploratoribus 


108  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

Gallorum  coinmisit.  3.  Postero  die  castra  ex  eo  loco  mo- 
vent, idem  Caesar  facit.  4.  Cilr  Cicero  ipse  suas  oratio- 
nes  tam  saepe  laudavit  ?  5.  Titiim  et  fratrem  ems  obsides 
dux  Helvetiorum  postulaverat.  6.  Nonne  tii  ipse  et  frater 
tuus  in  urbe  mecum  paucos  dies  manebitis  ?  7.  Caesar  et 
Labienus  in  eundem  locum  properaverant  et  uno  tempore 
proelium  cum  Belgis  commiserunt.  8.  Legatus  ipse  peri- 
tissimus  rei  mllitaris  habitus  est.  9.  Eomani  ab  iniuria 
barbarorum  patriam  diu  defenderunt.  10.  Hi  barbarl  ab 
impetu  hostium  domos  suas  acriter  defendent.  11.  Mihi 
mea  domus,  tibi  tua  est  cara.  12.  Initium  huius  libri  est 
facilius  quam  extrema  pars. 

II.  1.  The  Belgians  and  the  Helvetians  did  not  live 
in  the  same  part  of  Gaul.  2.  That  speech  of  yours  was 
pleasing  to  many  citizens.  3.  The  army  will  be  led  away 
from  the  winter  quarters  in  a  few  days.  4.  We  saw  that 
man  in  the  city.  5.  Cicero  had  great  influence  in  those 
regions.  6.  No  one  of  this  legion  withdrew  from  the 
standards.     7.  Why  do  you  remain  so  long  in  this  city  ? 

8.  These  boys  will  assist  their  father  in  his  daily  toil. 

9.  The  general  himself  and  many  of  his  men  (soldiers) 
were  wounded.  10.  We  had  expected  the  ambassador 
and  his  son  a  long  time.  11.  Many  illustrious  men 
have  lived  in  this  city.  12.  Why  do  you  say  these 
things  to  me  ? 

211.  READING  LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  I.  16,  17.] 
Caeearis  copiae  friimentum  non  habebant.     AeduT  id 
non  dabant,  nam  {for)  propter  tempus  anni  frumenta  in 
agris  matura  non  erant.     Aedui  cottldie  dicebant  "frii- 
mentum dabimus,"  sed  non  dabant.     Propter  hoc  iratus 


FOURTH   CONJUGATION. 


109 


{being  angry)  Caesar  prmcipes  eorum  convocavit  et  gravi- 
ter  eos  accusavit.  Lisciis  (a  man^s  name),  princeps 
Aeduorum  Caesari  dixit :  "  Civium  Aeduorum  nonniilli 
(some)  auctoritate  plus  valent  quam  ipsi  principes.  Hi 
mala  oratione  multitudinein  deterrent  (deter)  ne  (that 
not)  frumentuni  dent  (give,  subjunctive  of  do)}  Hi 
dicunt:  'si  (if)  Romani  Helvetios  superaverint,  Aeduls^ 
et  omnibus  Gallis^  libertatem  eripient  (will  take  away)} 
Ab  eisdem  vestra  consilia  (plans)  hostibus  entintiantur 
(are  reported).  Has  res  magno  cum  periculo  (danger) 
tibi  enuntio,  et  ob  (on  account  of,  for)  earn  causam  diu 
tacui  (kept  silent)}^ 

CHAPTER   XXXIX. 
Foiirtli   Conjugation:    Present  Indicative  Active. 

Relative  Pronoun. 


212.   Learn   the    present    indicative    active    of    audio 
(p.  214). 


2 

113. 

PARADIGM. 

qui, 

who, 

which. 

SINGULAR, 

PLURAL. 

N. 

qui         quae 

quod 

qui 

quae 

quae 

a. 

cOius     cuius 

cuius 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

D. 

cui         cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ac. 

queni     quam 

quod 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Ab. 

quo        qua 

quo 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

1  ne  .  .  .  dent,  that  they  give  not,  i.e.  from  giviwf. 

2  Dative,  but  translate /rom. 


110  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

214.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Ego  qui  haec  scrips!  homo  sum,  1  who  wrote  this  am  a  man. 

2.  Urbs  quam  vides  magna  est,  the  city  ivhich  you  see  is  large. 

3.  Pueri  quos  videtis  disoipuli  mei  sunt,  the  boys  ivhom  you 

see  are  my  pupils. 

Observe  that  the  relative  has  the  same  gender,  number,  and 
person  as  the  word  (called  the  antecedent)  to  which  it  refers, 
but  that  its  case  is  determined  by  its  relation  to  the  other  words 
of  the  clause  in  which  it  stands.  Qui  in  the  first  sentence,  while 
it  has  no  separate  form  to  show  its  person,  is  nevertheless  of  the 
first  person,  and  so  the  verb  which  agrees  with  it  is  in  tlie  first 
person. 

215.  Rule. — A  relative  agrees  ivitJi  its  antecedent  in 
gender,  number,  and  person. 

216.  VOCABULARY. 

vox,  vocis,  /.,  voice.  munio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  fortify. 

reliqiius,    -a,   -um,  remaining,  venio,    -ire,      veni,    veiitum, 

rest  of.  come. 

audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -Itum,  hear.  qui,  quae,  quod,  who,  which. 

liiemo,  -are, -avi,  -atuiu,  spend  quaiu,«fZv.,as  ;  taiii  .  .  .  quaiu, 

the  winter.  so  .  .  .  as. 


217.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Non  is  bonus  est  qui  se  ipse  laudat,  sed  is  quern 
optimi  homines  laudant.  2.  Dux,  qui  hiemaverat  in 
Italia,  prima  aestate  in  Britanniam  venit.  3.  Locum  ubi 
hiemabit  exercitus  noster  munimus.  4.  Libenter  vocem 
mei  amici  Marci  semper  audio.  5.  Helvetil  eo  tempore 
quo  Caesar  in  Galliam  venit  ad  flfimen  Rhenum  incolebant. 


FOURTH   CONJUGATION.  Ill 

6.  Nemo  rei  militaris  peritior  quam  Hannibal  fuit.  7.  Do- 
mus  amicoruin  quibuscum^  hiemo  multls  picturTs  ornatur. 

8.  Ea  pars  Galliae  quam  Belgae  obtinent  a  finibus  Gal- 
lorum   ad   Inferiorem   partem   fltiminis   RhenI   pertinet. 

9.  Qui  a  multls  timetur,  ipse  multos  timebit.  10.  Nonne 
audis  ea  quae  dico  ?  11.  Initium  itineris  non  est  tam 
difficile  quam  reliqua  pars. 

II.  1.  The  same  things  are  not  easy  for  all  men. 
2.  Many  barbarians  used  to  live  in  this  region  where 
we  are.  3.  I  shall  read  with  pleasure  the  orations  which 
you  gave  me.  4.  Those  soldiers  of  yours  always  engage 
in  battle  bravely.  5.  Cicero  in  the  oration  which  I  am 
reading,  praises  himself.  6.  These  barbarians  are  very 
skilful  in  the  art  of  war.  7.  The  Roman  legions  used 
to  defend  their  standards  with  the  utmost  valor.  8.  The 
beginning  of  the  book  which  I  gave  you  is  easy.  9.  Dum- 
norix  and  his  cavalry  begin  ^  the  battle.  10.  Shall  you 
remain  long  in  Greece?  11.  The  winter  quarters  which 
the  legion  is  fortifying  are  in  the  territory  of  the  Sequa- 
nians. 

1  See  192.  4,  at  the  end.  2  Mal:e  a  bef/iiinincf  of. 


112  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 


CHAPTER  XL. 

Fourth  Conjug-ation :   Imperfect,  Future,  Perfect, 

Pluperfect,  and  Future-Perfect 

Indicative  Active. 

Interrogative  Pronoun. 

218.  Learn  the  imperfect,  future,  perfect,  pluperfect, 
aud  future-perfect  of  the  indicative  active  of  audio. 

Compare  the  endings  of  each  tense  with  the  endings 
of  the  same  tense  of  duco. 

In  what  tenses  is  there  a  difference  ?  In  what  does 
the  difference  consist  ? 

219.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Audit,  audiebat,  audiet.  2.  Venit,  venerat, 
venerit.  3.  Audivi,  audlveram,  audivero.  4.  Munit, 
mtiniet,  munivit.  5.  Barbaras  in  Italiam  venit.  6.  Vo- 
cemne  audis  ?  7.  Legatus  muro  hiberna  muniet. 
8.  Eadem  audlverunt.  9.  Quo  die  venietis  ?  10.  Quid 
dicis,  dices,  dixistl  ? 

II.  1.  You  hear,  you  were  hearing.  2.  They  will 
fortify,  they  have  fortified.  3.  We  were  coming,  we  had 
come.  4.  He  will  protect,  he  has  protected.  5.  Whose 
voice  do  you  hear?  6.  The  soldiers  will  fortify  this 
place.  7.  They  will  come  to  the  city.  8.  Whose  speech 
did  they  hear  ?  9.  We  will  defend  our  home.  10.  They 
are  coming  from  the  winter  quarters. 


FOURTH  co:n^jugation. 


113 


Interrogative  Pronoun. 
220.  PARADIGM. 

quis,  who  9  which  ?  what  ? 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

N.  quis  quae  quid  qui  quae  quae 

G.  cuius  cuius  cuius  quorum  quarum  quorum 

D.  cui  cui  cui  quibus  quibus  quibus 

Ac.  quera  quam  quid  quos  quas  quae 

Ab.  quo  qua  quo  quibus  quibus  quibus 

When  the  interrogative   is  used   as  an  adjective,   it 
usually  has  the  same  form  as  the  relative. 


221. 


VOCABULARY. 


genus,  -eris,  ?i.,  kind,  sort. 
mercator,  -oris,  w.,  merchant. 
numerus,  -i,  m.,  number. 
senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate. 
quis,  quae,  quid,  who,  what. 
publicus,  -a,  -um,  public. 


appello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  call. 
consido,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessum, 

take  a  position,  encamp. 
dimitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missuin, 
(dis  and  mitto),  send  away, 
dismiss. 


222. 


EXERCISES. 


I.  1.  Mille  elves  vocem  consulis  audiebant.  2.  Quid 
ex  tuo  fratre  de  adventu  Germanorum  audivisti?  3.  In 
Graecia  et  in  Italia  urbes  multae  et  nobiles  sunt.  4.  Cae- 
sar tertiae  legionl  saliitem  suam  commlsit.  5.  Quibus  ex 
regionibus  el  mercatores  venerunt  ?  6.  Quae  arborum 
genera  in  ptiblicis  hortis  vldisti  ?  7.  NuntiT  a  senatii  in 
multas  regiones  dlmissT  sunt.  8.  Homines  qui  Belgae 
appellabantur,  unam  Galliae  partem  incolebant.  9.  Cum 
tribus  legionibus  et  magiio  equitum  numero  proelium  com- 
mlsit.    10.  Ubi  hostium  copiae  consederunt  ?     11.  Cas- 


114  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN    LATIN. 

ticus,  cuius  pater  amicus  popull  RomanI  fuerat,  regnuin 
in  sua  civitate  occupabat.  12.  Ego  in  Graecia  reliquam 
hiemis  partem  manebo. 

II.  1.  Who  of  you  will  read  Cicero's  orations  ? 
2.  The  same  storm  which  kept  us  in  port  drove  many 
ships  upon  the  shore.  3.  We  will  come  into  the  city 
by  the  shortest  route.  4.  Marcus  will  be  glad  to  hear 
the  voice  of  his  friend.  5.  That  little  girl  whose  voice 
you  hear  is  very  unhappy.  6.  In  what  district  do  they 
live  ?  7.  What  towns  have  the  enemy  fortified  ?  8.  The 
Gauls  were  called  barbarians  by  the  Eomans.  9.  The 
home  of  that  merchant  is  on  the  bank  of  the  Rhine. 
10.  The  province  had  for  a  long  time  been  protected 
by  the  tenth  legion.  11.  Caesar  himself  wrote  a  letter 
to  Cicero. 

223.  READING  LESSON. 

[Cjssar,  Gallic  War,  I.  18.] 

Hanc  orationem  de  Dumnorige,  DivitiacI  fratre,  Liscus 
dixerat.  Caesar  celeriter  concilium  dimittit,  Liscum  re- 
tinet  {retains).  Quaerit  {he  asks)  ex  eo  solo  ea  quae  in 
concilio  dixerat.  Eadem  ab  aliis  quaerit.  Vera  erant. 
Dumnorix  ipse  summa  erat  audacia  (boldness),  magna 
apud  plebem  (the  common  people)  auctoritate,  Romanis 
non  amicus.  Multos  annos  omnia  Aeduorum  vectTgalia 
redempta  (bought  up)  habebat.  Magnum  numerum  equi- 
tum  semper  circum  (about,  around)  se  habebat  et  apud 
alias  civitates  magnam  auctoritatem  habebat.  Mater 
eius  uxor  erat  hominis  in  Biturigibus  (the  Bituriges,  a 
Gallic  tribe)  nobilissimi ;  ipse  ex  Helvetiis  uxorem  habe- 
bat.    Ob  (on  account  of)  eani  rem  Helvetiis  amicus  erat. 


FOURTH   CONJUGATION.  115 

In  proelio  equestrl  {cavalry,  adj.)  quod  panels  diebus  ante 
factum  erat  (Jiad  been  made,  i.e.  fought)  initium  fugae  a 
Dumnorige  et  suis  eqnitibus  factum  erat.  Eorum  fuga 
reliqui  eqnites  territl  erant. 


CHAPTER   XLI. 
Fourth  Conjugation:  Passive  Voice. 

Indefinite  Pronouns. 

224.  Learn  the  indicative  passive  of  audio.  Compare 
the  endings  of  each  tense  with  the  endings  of  the  same 
tense  of  duco,  and  observe  the  differences. 

225.  EXERCISES    ON   FORMS. 

I.  1.  Vox  consulis  in  senatii  audita  est,  audietur, 
audiebatur.  2.  Cuius  vox  auditur,  audita  erat,  audita 
erit  ?  3.  Qua  ex  urbe  venis,  veniebas,  veneras  ?  4.  Ilhid 
oppidum  munitur,  mimietur,  munltum  est.  5.  Ciceronis 
orationem  audiemus,  audivimus,  audlveramus.  6.  Voces 
multoruni  auditae  sunt,  audiebantur,  audientur.  7.  Cur 
veniunt,  veniebant,  venerunt  ?  8.  Eadem  in  senatu  dicta 
sunt. 

II.  1.  In  what  city  do  we  live,  shall  we  live,  have 
we  lived  ?  2.  We  have  come  to  this  city,  shall  come,  were 
coming.  3.  The  winter  quarters  will  be  fortified,  were 
being  fortified,  have  been  fortified.     4.  What  did  you 


116  A   FIKST   BOOK   IN    LATIN. 

hear,  whom  did  you  hear  ?  5.  What  was  heard,  who 
was  heard  ?  6.  What  place  is  being  fortified,  has  been 
fortified  ?  7.  In  what  place  will  the  army  spend  the 
winter  ?     8.  The  shouts  of  the  children  will  be  heard. 

226.  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS. 

The  following  are  the  more  important  indefinite  pro- 
nouns :  —  ' 


1. 

Substantive   aliquis,  aliquae     aliquid, 

(aliqua), 

somebody,  some  one, 

quis,        quae          quid, 

something. 

(qua), 

Adjective       aliqui,     aliqua  (aliquae),    aliquod,  i 

qui,          qua  (quae),              quod,       J           ' 

2. 

quisquam, quidquatn  (no  plural),  anyone. 

3. 

quidam,      quaedam,  quiddam  (quoddam),  «,  a  certain. 

4. 

quisque,      quaeqiie,     quidque  (quodque),  each.,  every. 

5. 

nllus,           ulla,             ullum,  any. 

These  pronouns,  except  iillus,  are  declined  like  the  in- 
terrogative or  the  relative.  Where  there  are  two  forms, 
the  one  like  the  interrogative  is  used  as  a  noun,  the  one 
like  the  relative  as  an  adjective,  but  this  distinction  is  not 
always  observed,  except  in  the  neuter.  The  neuter  plural 
of  aliqui  is  generally  aliqua,  of  qui  indefinite  quae  or  qua. 
In  the  declension  of  quidam,  m  becomes  n  before  d,  as, 
quendam,  quorundam. 

The  indefinite  quis  and  qui  are  used  chiefly  after  si,  nisi, 
ne,  and  num,  and  will  be  introduced  later  in  connection 
with  these  particles. 

Quisquam  is  used  chiefly  in  negative  sentences,  and 
in  sentences  (chiefly  interrogative)  implying  a  nega- 
tive. 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION.  117 


227.  VOCABULARY. 

eaptivus,  -i,  w.,  captive.  quisquam,    .    .    .    quidqiiam, 
colloquium,  -i,  n.,  conference.  somebody,  something. 

aliquis,   -quae  (-qua),   -quid,  deligo,     -ere,    -legi,    -lectum 

somebody,  something.  (de  and  lego),  pick  from,  se- 

quidam,  quaedam,  quoddain,  lect. 

a  certain.  reperio,   -ire,  repperi,   reper- 
quis,  qua  (quae),  quid,  some-  turn,  find  out. 

body,  something.  neque,  conj.,  and  not. 

quisque,    quaeque,    quidque,  neque    .    .    .    neque,    neither 

every  one.  .   .  .  nor. 


228.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Eadem  de  Dumnorige  quisque  apud  me  dixit. 
2.  QuTdam  ex  inllitibus  decimae  legionis  nocte  ad  Cae- 
sarem  venit.  3.  Locum  aliquem  colloquio  idoneum  deli- 
geiit.  4.  Primum  quisque  itineris  locum  petebat.  5.  Ex 
captlvo  quodam  proximum  iter  in  oppidum  repertum  est. 

6.  Cur  quisquam  illos  barbaros  timet  ?  7.  Quaque  hieme 
amici  quidam  patris  mei  in  urbem  veniebant.  8.  Qui 
vestrum  rosas  in  hortls  pi'iblicis  viderunt  ?  9.  Vox  ma- 
gistri  a  quoque  nostrum  audita  est.  10.  Locus  quem 
dux  delegit  panels  diebus  munietur.  11.  In  provinciam 
misit  equites,  sed  reliquum  exercitum  in  hiberna  dfixit. 
12.  Multa  arborum  genera  sunt  in  ea  silva. 

II.  1.  Some  friends  of  mine  are  spending  the  win- 
ter in  Greece  and  Italy.  2.  In  the  winter  we  live  in  a 
large  and  celebrated  city.  3.  He  will  encamp  every  night 
four  miles  from  the  enemy.  4.  I  saw  certain  boys  in 
the  city  last  night.  5.  The  number  of  inhabitants  6f  this 
city  is  very  large.     6.  Caesar's  daughter  was  called  Julia. 

7.  He  had  not  heard  about  the  arrival  of  Ariovistus,  nor 


118  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

was  anything  found  out  from  the  captives.  8.  The  voice 
of  my  mother  was  heard  at  dawn.  9.  Many  merchants 
used  to  come  into  Gaul  every  summer.  10.  We  dis- 
missed every  pupil  before  night  on  account  of  the 
weather.     11.  Certain  captives  were  led  into  the  senate. 


5>«<C 


CHAPTER  XLII. 

Infinitives  of  Sum  ;    Infinitives   of  First  and 
Second  Conjugations. 

Indirect  Discourse  (Ordtio  Ohllqua);  Subject  of  the 
Infinitive. 

229.  Learn  the  infinitives  of  sum  (p.  222),  and  the 
infinitives,  both  active  and  passive,  of  amo  and  habeo. 

The  present  infinitive  has  already  been  introduced  in 
sentences  in  which  it  is  used  in  Latin  just  as  in  English, 
and  required  no  explanation ;  as,  — 

Helvetii  parati  erant  obsides  dare, 
Properat  in  altioreni  locum  castra  movgre. 

230.  For  a  different  use  of  the  infinitive,  examine  the 
following  sentences :  — 

Direct.       Puer  parat,  the  hoy  is  preparing. 

Indirect.    Dico  puerum  parare,  /  say  that  the  hoy  is  preparing. 

Direct.       Locus  paratus  est,  the  place  has  heen  prepared. 


INFINITIVES    OF   SUM.  119 

Indirect.   Puto  locum  paratum  esse,  /  tJiink  that  the  place  has 

been  prepared. 
Direct.       Puer  parabit,  the  boy  will  (is  going  to)  prepare. 
Indirect.    Video  puerum  paraturum  esse,  /  see  that  the  boy 

will  {is  going  to)  prepare. 

Observe  that  the  sentences  marked  Indirect  contain  the  same 
statements  as  the  corresponding  sentences  marked  Direct,  but 
that  in  the  sentences  marked  Indirect  the  statements  are  at- 
tributed to  some  speaker  or  observer.  A  statement  thus  attrib- 
uted to  any  one,  and  not  directly  quoted,  is  called  an  Indirect 
statement,  or  a  statement  in  Indirect  Discourse. 

In  English,  statements  in  Indirect  Discourse  are  introduced 
by  the  conjunction  that  (which  may  sometimes  be  omitted),  the 
subject  is  in  the  Nominative  (Subjective)  case,  and  the  verb  in 
the  Indicative  mood.  In  Latin,  statements  in  Indirect  Discourse 
are  not  introduced  by  a  conjunction,  the  subject  is  in  the  Accu- 
sative case,  and  the  verb  in  the  Inj&nitive. 

231.  Rule. —  The  subject  of  the  Infinitive  is  in  the 
Accusative. 

232.  Rule.  —  Statements  after  verbs  {and  other  ex- 
2yressions)  of  saying,  thinking,  knowing,  and  ]}erceivi7\g 
are  expressed  by  the  Injinitive  icith  Subject- Accusative. 


233.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

PRESENT. 

dicit  ^  rhe  says  that  the  boy  is  preparing. 

dicet  I"  puerum  parare,  }  he  will  say  that  the  boy  is  preparing. 
dixit )  yhe  said  that  the  boy  was  preparing. 

f  he  says  that  the  place  is  being  prepared. 
)  -  .       \he  will  say  that  the  place  is  being  pre- 


dicet  y  locum  parari, 
dixit  J 


pared. 
he  said  that  the  place  was  being  prepared. 


120  A    FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

PERFECT. 

dicit  \  rhe  says  that  the  hoy  has  prepared. 

dioet  y  puerum  para-      }  he  will  say  that  the  boy  has  prepared. 
dixit  J       visse,  ( /^g  g^^-^jr  ^^^^^  fj^^  j^^y  ^^^  prepared. 

he  says  that  the  place  has  been  prepared. 


dicit 
dicet 
dixit 


)  locum  paratum  J  he  will  say  that  the  place  has  been  pre- 
j       esse,  j       pared. 

^he  said  that  the  place  had  been  prepared. 


FUTURE. 

.  r  he  says  that  the  boy  will  prepare. 

1  puerum  paratu    j  he  will  say  that  the  boy  will  prepare. 
,_    .    I      rum   esse,         ']  he  said  that  the  boy  icoiild  (was  going 

•-      to)  prepare. 
,_  .  r  he  saijs  that  the  place  will  be  prepared. 

I  locum  paratum  j  he  will  say  that  the  place  will  be  prepared. 
,-   .   j       iri,i  j  he  said  that  the  place  would  (was  going 

^      to)  be  prepared. 

Observe  that  in  the  first  six  sentences  the  preparing  takes 
place  at  the  same  time  as  the  saying,  in  the  second  six  at  a  time 
before  (past  to)  the  saying,  in  the  third  six  at  a  time  after 
(future  to)  the  saying. 

234.  Rule. — Li  Indirect  Discourse  the  Present  Infini- 
tive is  used  to  represent  an  action  as  going  on;  the  Perfect, 
as  completed;  the  Future,  as  in  the  future  relatively  to  the 
time  denoted  by  the  verb  of  saying. 

235.  VOCABULARY. 

Athenae,  -arum,/.,  Athens.  puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  think. 

Roma,  -ae, /.,  Rome.  respoudeo,-ere, -dI,-sponsum, 

confirmo,  -are,   -avi,  -atum,  reply. 

assert,  encourage.  scio,  scire,  scivi,  scitum,  know. 

nuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  report. 


1  A  more  usual  form  for  the  future  passive  infinitive  is  fore  (a  future 
infinitive  of  sum)  ut  and  the  subjunctive.    See  387. 


INFINITIVES   OF   SUM.  121 

236.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Impetus  hostium  sustinere  non  est  facile.  2.  Im- 
perator  scit  milites  domos  nostras  occupare.  3.  Omnes 
sciunt  Komam  et  Athenas  fuisse  nobilissimas  urbes. 
4.  Dumnorix  iieque  in  colloquium  veniet  neque  exercitum 
cllmittet.  5.  Casticus  confirmat  se  provinciam  occupatu- 
rum  esse.  6.  Captivi  putaverunt  exercitiis  adventu  incolas 
territos  esse.  7.  Dicit  aliquis  portum  navibus  longis 
completum  irl.  8.  Nimtiabatur  exercitum  loco^  proelio 
idoneo  consedisse.  9.  Eepperit  principes  Aeduorum  in 
Britanniam  properavisse.  10.  Cicero  respondit  se  poster© 
die  senatum  convocaturum  esse.  11.  Hortus  publicus 
mulieribus  ac  llberls  completus  est. 

II.  1.  Who  says  that  the  route  through  the  province  is 
easy  ?  2.  The  general  has  already  selected  a  certain  man 
as  his  lieutenant.  3.  Does  not  everyone"  know  that  our 
slaves  have  been  set  free  ?  4.  The  merchant  reported  that 
the  Gauls  were  men  of  great  stature.  5.  My  mother  knows 
that  neither  you  nor  I  are  strong.  6.  The  farmer  ascer- 
tained that  a  large  number  of  his  horses  were  standing 
in  the  water.  7.  Who  says  that  boys  like  to  toil  ?  8.  My 
daughter  says  in  her  letter  that  she  will  be  in  the  city  in 
a  few  days.  9.  I  did  not  know  that  Caesar  had  called 
Divitiacus  to  a  conference.  10.  Marcus  is  not  in  the 
garden,  nor  has  anyone  of  us  seen  him. 

237.  READING  LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  Book  I.  19-21.] 
Caesar  Divitiacum,  Dumnorigis  fratrem,  qui  populi  Eo- 
manl  amicus  erat,  ad  se  vocavit,  et  de  Dumnorige  multa 


1  The  preposition  in  is  frequently  omitted  with  loco. 


122  A   FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

dixit.  Petlvit  ut  (that)  sine  (without,  takes  the  abl.)  eius 
offensioiie  (offence)  animi  Dumnorlgem  piliuret  (might 
punish).  Divitiacus  a  Caesare  petlvit  ne  (that  .  .  .  not) 
Dumnorlgem  puniret.  Caesar  Dumnorlgem  ad  se  vocat. 
Dicit  se  ei  vltam  (life)  dare;  tamen  (nevertheless)  ctis- 
todes  ei  ponit  (places).  Eodem  die  Caesari  ab  explo- 
ratoribus  niintiatur  hostes  sub  (under,  at  the  foot  of) 
monte  consedisse  (perfect  infinitive  of  consldo)  milia 
passuum  ab  ipslus  castrls  octo.  Iter  in  montem  facile 
esse  niintiatur.  Tertia  vigilia  Titum  Labienum  legatum 
cum  duabus  legionibus  et  eis  ducibus  qui  iter  cognove- 
rant  (knew)  montem  ascendere  (to  ascend)  iubet  (orders). 
Ipse  quarta  vigilia,  eodem  itinere  quo  hostes  ierant  (had 
gone)  ad  eos  contendit  (hastens).  Piiblius  Considius  cum 
exploratoribus  praemittitur  (is  sent  ahead). 


CHAPTER  XLIII. 
Infinitives  of  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations. 

Expressions  of  Place. 

238.  Learn  the  infinitives,  active  and  passive,  of  duco 
and  audio. 

Notice  the  stems  and  endings. 

Give  the  infinitives,  active  and  passive,  of  lego,  scribo,* 
peto,  munio,  reperio,  soio. 


INFINITIVES.  123 

239.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

Expressions  of  Place. 

1.  Milites  in  oppido  sunt,  the  soldiers  are  in  the  tovm. 

2.  Milites  ad  montem  venerunt,  the  soldiers  came  to  the  moun- 

tain. 

3.  Milites  e  provincia  venerunt,  the  soldiers  came  from  the 

province. 

4.  Milites  Romae  sunt,  the  soldiers  are  at  Rome. 

5.  Milites  Athenis  sunt,  the  soldiers  are  at  Athens. 

6.  Milites  Roraam  venerunt,  the  soldiers  came  to  Rome. 

7.  Milites  Roma  venerunt,  the  soldiers  came  from  Rome. 

Notice  that,  in  1,  the  place  where  (or  in  which')  is  expressed 
by  a  preposition  with  the  ablative  case ;  in  2,  the  place  whither 
(or  to  which)  by  a  preposition  with  the  accusative ;  and  in  3, 
the  place  whence  (or  from  which)  by  a  preposition  with  the 
ablative. 

Notice  that  with  names  of  cities  (4-7)  no  preposition  is 
used,  and  that  place  where  is  expressed  by  the  Locative 
case. 

In  the  singular  of  the  first  and  second  declensions  the 
locative  case  is  like  the  genitive.  Elsewhere  it  is  like  the 
ablative.  Domus  has  a  locative  domi,  at  home,  and  riis  has 
ruri,  in  the  country. 

240.  EuLE.  —  With  names  of  cities  and  toivns :  —  '''^^^ ' 
I.    Place  ivhere  is  expressed  by  the  locative. 

II.    Place  whither  by  the  accusative  without  a  x>rep- 
osition. 

III.  Place  whence  by  the  ablative  without  a  prep- 
osition. 

Domus,  home,  and  riis,  country,  in  expressions  of  place  are 
used  like  names  of  cities. 


124  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


241.  VOCABULAKY. 

collis, -is,  TO.  (decL  like  ignis),  coiivenio,-Ire, -veni,-ventum, 

bill.  (con   and  venio)    come   to- 

Coriuthus,  -i,/.,  Corinth.  gether,  assemble. 

Massilia,  -ae, /.,  Massilia.  educo, -ere, -duxi, -ductum,  (e 

occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisuin,  kill.  and  duco),  lead  out  or  away. 

pond,  -ere,  posui,  posituni,  iuipedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -ituin,  (in- 

place,  pitch  (of  a  camp).  and  pes),  hinder,  impede. 


242.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Exploratores  nuntiaveriint  castra  in  colle  ponl. 

2.  Nuntiat   aliquis   multos   elves    Atheiils    ocelsos   esse. 

3.  Dicit  quidam  nostras  copias  onines  Corinthum  conven- 
turas  esse.     4.  Dicebasne  tuum  fratrem  Massilia  venisse  ? 

5.  Imperator  solvit  mulierem  quamque  mitti  ex  oppido. 

6.  Ex  exploratoribus  repperl  Hannibalem  ex  castris 
exercitum  siium  ediixisse.  7.  NCmtiatur  Caesarem  in 
rlpa  Rhodani  castra  posuisse.  8.  Senatus  non  putabat 
Caesarem  Roniam  venttirum  esse.  9.  Ex  captivis  reper- 
tura  est  unum  e  filiis  Ariovisti  occTsuni  esse.  10.  Lega- 
tus  respondit  iter  impetu  equitum  hostiuni  impeditum 
esse. 

II.  1.  He  said  that  neither  the  farmer  nor  his  son 
had  come  home.  2.  He  had  dwelt  at  Rome  many  years. 
3.  We  thought  that  you  would  come  to  Rome  with  your 
mother.  4.  It  was  easy  to  fortify  the  hill  on  which  the 
camp  had  been  pitched.  5.  She  said  that  she  had  writ- 
ten a  letter  to  a  friend  in  Athens.  6.  Divitiacus  asserted 
that  he  had  always  been  a  friend  to  the  Romans.  7.  We 
found  out  that  the  captives  had  been  led  away  to  a  forti- 
fied place.  8.  Ariovistus  replied  to  the  ambassadors  that 
he  would  neither  come  to  a  conference  nor  withdraw  from 


VERBS  IN  -io   OF  THE  THIRD  CONJUGATION.         125 

Gaul.  9.  The  general  selected  from  his  troops  a  certain 
young  man  as  guide.  10.  We  knew  that  you  had  lived  a 
long  time  at  Massilia. 

CHAPTER   XLIV. 
Verbs  in  -io  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 

24:3.  Learn  the  indicative  and  infinitive  moods,  active 
and  passive,  of  capio  (p.  217). 

Of  which  conjugation  is  capio  ?     Why  ? 

Compare  each  tense  with  the  same  tense  of  dtico  and 
note  the  differences  in  formation,  if  there  are  any. 

Like  capio,  conjugate  all  the  verbs  in  -io  in  244. 

244.  VOCABULARY. 

medius,  -a,  -um,  middle  of.  iacio,  -ere,  ieci,  iactiim,  throw. 

capio,    -ere,    cepi,    captum,  recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum, 

take,  capture.  take  back  ;  se  reeipere,  re- 

facio,  -ere,  feci,  factum,  make.  treat. 

fiigio,  -ere,  fugi,  fugitiiin,  flee.  interficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
instruo,  -ere,  -struxl,  -struc-  slay. 

turn,  draw  up.  statiin,  adv.,  immediately. 

245.  EXERCISES   ON   FORMS. 

T.  1.  Capiunt,  capiminT,  capiebamur.  2.  lacis,  iacies, 
iaciebas.  3.  lacitur,  iacietur,  iaciebatur.  4.  Fugiemus 
Corintho.  5.  Fugiebamus  ab  urbe.  6.  Fugiebant 
Massilia.  7.  Parati  erant  iter  facere.  8.  In  collem  se 
recipient.  9.  Multi  de  nostrls  captT  sunt.  10.  Putat 
omnes  interfectos  esse. 


126  A   FIEST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

II.  1.  We  are  throwing,  we  shall  throw.  2.  We  shall 
be  taken,  they  have  been  taken.  3.  We  shall  make  a 
jonrney  to  Rome.  4.  They  were  fleeing  to  the  camp. 
5.  They  throw  stones  from  the  wall.  6.  Many  were 
being  slain  at  Rome.  7.  He  reports  that  the  town  has 
been  taken.  8.  The  old  men  will  remain  at  home. 
9.  They  were  marching  from  home.  10.  Stones  were 
thrown  by  the  boys. 

246.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Milites  magna  oaede  oppidnm  ceperunt.  2.  Hos- 
tes  in  omnes  partes  fugiebant.  3.  Duae  filiae  fuerunt  Ari- 
ovisto ;  harmn  altera  occisa  est,  altera  capta  est.  4.  Sta- 
tim  nuntiat  milites  ad  montem  se  recipere.  5.  Nostrl 
plla  iaciebant  et  in  castra  se  recipiebant.  6.  Caesar 
respondet  Labienum  copias  e  castrls  educere  et  in  medio ' 
colle  aciem  instructurum  esse.  7.  Poetae  ^  erat  in  animo 
Roma  iter  facere  Athenas.  8.  Urbs  capta  est  et  multi 
incolae  interfecti  sunt.  9.  Nuntiat  castra  apud  Genavam 
posita  esse.  10.  Quot  homines  Massiliae  occisi  sunt? 
11.  Pater  tuus,  qui  in  urbe  est,  te  domum  missum  esse 
non  scit. 

II.  1.  He  knows  that  you  were  often  in  Corinth. 
2.  The  scouts  assembled  at  dawn,  and  immediately  de- 
parted from  the  camp.  3.  Do  you  think  that  the  enemy 
will  retire  to  a  fortified  place  ?  4.  They  reported  that  a 
line  of  battle  had  been  drawn  \\j)  on  the  middle  of  the 
hill.  5.  He  told  the  citizens  that  very  many  captives 
were  taken  in  that  battle.  6.  The  general  asserted  that 
he  would  at  once  take  Corinth.    7.  I  was  at  home  neither 


On  the  middle  of,  i.e.  ludf-ipay  up.  2  ggg  49. 


way  li 


VERBS  IN  -io  OF  THE  THIRD  CONJUGATION.         127 

last  night  nor  the  night  before.  8.  The  boys,  who  threw 
the  stones,  have  fled.  9.  The  troops  will  quickly  retire  to 
the  nearest  hill.  10.  The  messenger  said  that  he  had 
been  hindered  at  the  river. 

247.  READING   LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  Book  I.  22-23.] 

Prima  luce  summus  {highest,  i.e.  the  top  of)  mons  a 
Labieno  tenebatur,  Caesar  ipse  ab  hostium  castrls  mllle 
et  quTngentIs  passibus  aberat  {was  distant) .  Tum  {then) 
Considius  ad  Caesarem  venit,  dixit  montem  ab  hostibus 
tenerl.  Caesar  suas  copias  in  proximum  collem  duxit, 
aciem  mstriixit.  Labienus,  qui  montem  occupaverat, 
nostros  exspectabat  suasque  legiones  a  proelio  continebat. 
Multo  die^  Caesar!  per  exploratores  nuntiatum  est  et 
montem  a  suls  tenerl  et  Helvetios  castra  movisse  et  Consi- 
dium  propter  timorem  {fear)  falsa  {false  things)  sibi 
nimtiavisse.  Eo  die  Caesar  cum  copiis  suis  iter  fecit 
et  mllia  passuum  tria  ab  hostium  castris  castra  posuit. 
Postero  die  Caesar  ad  oppidum  Aeduorum  maximum, 
Bibracte,  quod  mllia  passuum  duodeviginti  aberat  {was 
distant)  iter  facere  constituit  {determined),  ubi  copiam 
friimentl  esse  putavit.  Helvetii  Komanos  territos 
{frightened)  fugere  putaverunt.  Itaque  {therefore)  iter 
converterunt  {they  turned)  et  in  novissimum  nostrum 
agmen  multos  impetus  faciebant. 

1  niult5  die,  at  much  day,  i.e.  lohen  the  day  loasfar  advanced. 


128  A  FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

CHAPTER  XLV. 
Participles. 

248.  Learn  all  the  participles,  active  and  passive,  of 
amo,  habeo,  duco,  audio,  and  capio;  also  of  sum.  Note  the 
stems  and  endings. 

Observe  that  there  is  no  present  passive  nor  perfect 
active  participle. 

Participles  ending  in  -ns  are  declined  like  potens.  See 
p.  56.  Those  ending  in  -us  are  declined  like  bonus.  See 
p.  18. 

249.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Hostes  pugnantes  per  urbem  currebant,  the  enemy  ran 

fighting  through  the  city. 

2.  Multos  in  urbe  occisos  videbat,  he  smv  many  ivho  had  been 

slain  in  the  city  (literally,  7nany  having  been  slain,  or,  many 
slain) . 

3.  Epiatulam  scriptam  ad  amicum  misit,  he  lurote  a  letter  and 

sent  it  to  his  friend  (literally,  he  sent  a  letter  having  been 
written,  or,  a  written  letter  to  his  friend). 

4.  Eum  domi  manentem  saepe  videbam,  /  often  saw  him 

lohile  he  was  remaining  at  home  (literally,  hi7n  remaining 
at  home) . 

5.  Miles   graviter   vulneratus    fortiter    pugnavit,    although 

severely  wounded,  the  soldier  fought  bravely  (literally,  the 
soldier,  having  been  severely  wounded,  fought  bravely). 

6.  Servus  liberatus   erit  laetus,  the   slave,  if  liberated,  will 

be  glad  (literally,  the  slave,  having  been  liberated,  will  be 
glad). 


PARTICIPLES.  129 

7.  His  rebus  moti  proelium  committebant,  because  they 
were  injiuenced  by  these  considerations  they  joined  battle 
(literally,  moved  by  these  considerations,  they  joined  battle). 

Observe  (1)  that  the  participles  in  the  above  sentences  agree 
with  nouns  or  pronouns  in  gender,  number,  and  case,  like  other 
adjectives ;  (2)  that  the  present  pai'ticiple  represents  an  action 
as  going  on,  and  the  perfect  participle  action  as  completed,  with 
reference  to  the  time  denoted  by  the  leading  verb ;  (3)  that 
most  of  the  participles  are  equivalent  to  clauses  in  English. 
Before  translation,  ascertain  the  precise  idea  expressed  by  the 
participle. 

The  use  of  the  future  active  participle  and  the  gerundive 
(sometimes  called  the  future  passive  participle)  is  confined  for 
the  most  part  to  special  constructions,  which  will  be  considered 
in  a  subsequent  chapter. 

250.  VOCABULARY. 

arma,  -orum,  w.,  arms.  cogo,   -ere,    coegT,    coactiiin, 

deditio,  -onis,  /.,  surrender.  collect,  compel. 

iiiopia,  -ae, /.,  want.  adduco,  -ere,  -duxi, -duetuni, 

iasiiiranduin,       iurisiurandi,  (ad  and  dupo),  lead  to,  in- 

(iiis  and  iuranduin),  oath.  duce. 

teliim,    -1,    ?i.,    weapon,    mis-  ob  (prep.  toiY/iacc. ),  on  account 

sile.  of. 


251.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Agricolam  equos  ad  fiumen  agentem  vidimus. 
2.  Civitas  ob  earn  rem  incitata  multittidinem  hominum  ex 
agris  cogebat.  3.  E  loco  superiore  in  nostros  (milites) 
venientes  tela  iaciebant.  4.  Helvetii  omnium  rerum 
inopia  adducti  legatos  de  deditione  ad  eum  mlserunt. 
5.  Centurio  fortissime  pugnans  interficiebatur.  6.  Ab 
hostibus    capti   statim   interliciemur.      7.   Hac   oratione 


130  A  FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

adducti  inter  se  fidem  et  iusiurandum  dant.  8.  Legiones 
se  armis  defendentes-in  collem  se  receperunt.  9.  Oppidum 
natiira  ac  manii  munitum  expiignatum  est.  10.  Equites 
impedlti  in  fliimine  occisi  sunt.  11.  Ariovistus  iureiu- 
rando  teneri  non  coactus  est.  12.  Consederat  cum  omni- 
bus copiis  quae  e  multis  civitatibus  coactae  erant. 

II.  1.  The  boy  saw  his  sister  writing  a  letter.  2.  Cae- 
sar, as  he  was  influenced  by  these  considerations,  pitched 
his  camp  on  the  middle  of  the  hill.  3.  The  Belgae,  although 
they  fought  bravely,  were  slain.  4.  The  men,  if  frightened, 
will  soon  flee.  5.  Will  you  come  to  Corinth  ?  6.  Influ- 
enced by  a  lack  of  grain  and  other  supplies,  we  shall 
surrender  (make  a  surrender).  7.  He  has  troops  col- 
lected from  many  states.  8.  Did  you  say  that  Labienus 
drew  up  a  line  of  battle  ?  9.  The  enemy  threw  their 
missiles  and  retired.  10.  We  saw  your  brother  as  he 
came  home.  11.  On  account  of  these  things  the  troops 
were  led  out  of  the  camp.  12.  They  had  many  arms 
concealed  in  the  town. 


CHAPTER   XLVI. 

Deponent  Verbs. 

252.  Deponent  verbs  are  passive  in  form,  but  active 
in  meaning.  They  are  conjugated  like  the  passive  of  other 
verbs,  except  that  the  future  infinitive  has  the  active  form 
•(miraturus  esse,  not  miratum  iri),  and  they  have  the  partici- 
ples of  both  voices. 


DEPONENT   VERBS.  131 

inirans,  admiring.  miratiis,  having  admired. 

iniraturus,  about  to  admire.  mirandus,  to  be  admired. 

The  perfect  participle  is  usually  active  in  meaning,  but 
the  gerundive  is  always  passive. 

253.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1 .  Miles  gladio  utitur,  the  .soldier  uses  his  sword. 

2.  Caesar  urbe  potltus  est,  Ccesar  got  possession  of  the  city. 

Observe  that  gladio  is  used  with  utitur,  and  urhe  with  po- 
tltus est. 

A  few  other  verbs  are  followed  by  the  ablative. 

254.  Rule.  —  Tlie  deponents  utor,  fruor,  fungor,  pott  or, 
and  vesGor  and  their  comjyounds  govern  the  ablative. 

255.  VOCABULARY. 

angustiae,  -arum,  /.,  narrow  utor,  uti,  usus,  use. 

pass,  narrowness.  fruor,  frui,  fructus,  enjoy. 

impedimenta,  -orum,  w.,  bag-  fungor,   fungi,    functus,  per- 

gage.  form. 

miror,  -ari,  -atus,  admire,  won-  potior,    potiri,    potitus,    get 

der  at.  possession  of. 

sequor,  sequi,  secutus,  follow.  vescor,  vesci,  eat. 
vereor,  vereri,  veritus,  fear. 

256.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Non  hostem  sed  angustias  itineris  at  magnitu- 
dinem  silvarum  veremur.  2.  Bonis  librls  semper  frui- 
mur.       3.    Nostrl  impedlmentis   castrisque   potitl    sunt. 

4.  Mercator  corporum  magnitudinem  Gallorum  mirabatiir. 

5.  Caesar   hostes    fugientes    secutus    multos    interfecit. 

6.  Ob  earn  rem  milites  gladiis  facilius  utebantur.    7.  Dicunt 
ducem  hostes  magna  celeritate  secutum  esse.     8.  Barbari 


132  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

tota  urbe  potiti  erant.  9.  In  provincia  multis  rebus  fru- 
ebamur.  10.  Dux  magnam  multitiidinem  peditum  ex 
agrls  coegit.  11.  EquI  frtimento  vescuntur.  12.  Marcus 
labore  fungitur. 

II.  1.  The  Helvetians  and  Sequanians  give  an  oath 
to  each  other.^  2.  The  general  drew  up  a  Hue  of  battle 
before  the  camp.  3.  Many  of  the  inhabitants  were 
killed  as  they  were  retiring  into  the  town.  4.  Did  you 
see  the  boy  who  threw  the  stone?  5.  The  commander 
divided  among  his  soldiers  the  arms  which  were 
captured.  6.  The  enemy  threw  their  missiles  and  fled 
into  the  woods.  7.  Whose  book  did  you  use  ?  8.  The 
general,  after  having  followed  the  Helvetians  many  days, 
took  possession  of  their  camp.  9.  No  one  enjoys  extreme 
want.  10.  The  soldier  said  at  once  that  he  did  not  fear 
the  enemy.  11.  Eagles  eat  small  anim'als.  12.  The  sol- 
diers finished  (performed)  their  toil  and  withdrew. 

257.  READING   LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  Book  I.  24-26.] 
Postquam  {after)  id  nuntiatum  est,  copias  suas  Caesar 
inproximum  collem  duxit  equitesque  contra  hostes  misit. 
Ipse  in  colle  medio  aciem  instruxit  legionum  quattuor  et 
in  summo  {the  top  of)  colle  duas  legiones  et  omnia  auxi- 
lia  {auxiliaries)  posuit,  ac  totum  montem  hominibus 
complevit.  Helvetii,  qui  cum  omnibus  suls  carris  seciiti 
erant,  impedimenta  in  tinum  locum  contulerunt  {brought 
together)  5  ipsi  nostros  equites  superaverunt  et  ad  primam 
nostram  aciem  venerunt.  Caesar  celeriter  proelium  com- 
misit.      Mllites   e  loco  superiore   pila  miserunt   quibus 

iCf.  251.1.7. 


INFINITIVE   NOT   IN   INDIKECT   DISCOURSE.      133 

facile  hostium  aciem  perfregeriint  {broke  through).  Turn 
(then)  gladiis  in  eos  impetum  feceruiit.  Galll  diCi  for- 
titer  pugnaverunt;  tandem  (at  length)  in  montem  qui 
suberat  (ivas  near)  se  receperuut.  In  itinere  et  ad  nion- 
tem  diu  et  acriter  pugnatuni  est.  Tandem  impedimentis 
castrlsque  Helvetiorum  nostri  potitl  sunt.  Ibi  (there) 
Orgetorlgis  filia  atque  tinus  e  filils  captus  est.  Helveti- 
orum circiter  centum  et  triginta  ex  eo  proelio  fugerunt,  et 
quarto  die  in  fines  Lingonum  (of  the  Lingones)  venerunt. 

CHAPTER  XLVII. 

Possum:   Infinitive  not  in  Indirect  Discourse. 

258.  Learn  the  indicative  and  the  infinitive  moods  of 
possum  (p.  222). 

269.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  LaudSrl  est  gratum,  to  be  praised  is  pleasant;  or,  it  is  pleasant 

to  be  praised. 

2.  Videri  non  est  semper  esse,  seeming  (to  seem)  is  not  always 

being  (to  he). 

Observe  that  lauddri  (in  1)  and  videri  (in  2)  are  subjects, 
and  that  esse  (in  2)  is  a  predicate.  This  use  of  the  infinitive 
is  common  to  both  English  and  Latin,  but  more  common  in 
Latin. 

260.  Rule.  —  An  infinitive  ivith  or  without  a  subject- 
accusative  may  be  used  as  the  subject  of  a  sentence  or  as 
a  predicate  noun.  '  

^  OF  THB 

f  CTNIVERSITY 


134  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

261.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Pugnare  non  potest,  lie  cannot  fight. 

2.  Pugnare  non  poterat,  he  could  not  fight. 

3.  Pugnare  parabant,  they  ivere  preparing  to  fight. 

Observe  that  the  infinitive  pugnare  is  used  with  potest,  poteratj 
and  jjardbant  not  as  subject,  but  to  complete  the  thought.  This 
use  of  the  infinitive  also  is  common  to  English  and  Latin. 

Such  an  infinitive  is  called  a  complementary  infinitive. 

262.  Rule.  —  The  infinitive  is  used  ivith  certain  verbs 
to  complete  their  meaning. 

liemember  that  can  and  could  should  usually  be  expressed  by 
some  form  of  possum. 

263.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Nihil  videre  potest.  2.  Velociter  currere  potes. 
3.  Iiivare  me  non  poterat.  4.  Stare  non  potuit.  5.  Soli 
multa  reperire  potueramus.  6.  Impedimenta  capere  potu- 
erunt.  7.  Paratus  est  domum  venire.  8.  Properabam  te 
vocare.     9.  Coacti  sunt  se  recipere. 

II.  1.  I  am  able  to  conceal  nothing.  2.  He  could  not 
use  his  foot.  3.  We  shall  not  be  able  to  come.  4.  He 
hurried  to  assist  us.  5.  I  am  ready  to  follow  you.  6.  We 
could  not  read.  7.  He  will  not  be  able  to  run.  8.  They 
could  not  retreat. 

264.  VOCABULARY. 

amicitia,  -ae,  /.,  friendship.  iubeo,    -ere,    inssi,     iussuni, 

periculuin,  -i,  u.,  danger.  command. 

praesidium,  -i,  n.,  guard,  pro-  polliceor,      -eri,      pollicitus, 

tection,  escort,  promise. 

socius,  -i,  ??i,,  ally.  possum,  posse,  potui,  be  able. 

cado,  -ere,  cecidi,  casum,  fall.  sine  (pj-ei).  with  abl.),  without. 


INFINITIVP:   NOT   IN    INDIRECT   DISCOURSE.      135 

265.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Caesar  oppido  potirl  non  potuit.  2.  Milites 
armis  iiti  non  potuerunt.  3.  Sociis  praesidium  poUiceri 
non  potuerat.    4.  In  coUe  equites  equis  titl  non  potuerunt. 

5.  Panel  de   nostris    liostes    secuti    proelio    ceciderunt. 

6.  Nonne    scitis    me    inter    vos    omnia    tela    dlvisisse  ? 

7.  Sine  periculo  per  angustias  iter  facere  non  possu- 
mns.  8.  Eam  ob  rem  voblscum  de  deditione  agere  non 
poterimus.      9.  Vidistlne  Ciceronis  de  amlcitia  librum  ? 

10.  Rem  piiblicam  ^  in  milgno  periculo  esse  consul  putat. 

11.  Caesar   principes    obsides    ad    se    adducere    iiissit. 

12.  Militnm  labore  centuriones  functi  sunt.  13.  Inopia 
adducti  homines  equTs  vescuntur. 

II.  1.  He  says  that  he  is  not  afraid  of  you.  2.  We 
could  see  tlie  baggage  of  the  enemy.  3.  The  state  could 
not  be  bound  by  an  oath.  4.  Influenced  by  want,  we 
hurry  into  the  territory  of  our  allies.  5.  The  consul 
promised^  to  protect  his  allies  from  wrongs.  6.  The  gen- 
eral could  not  come  to  Rome  without  a  guard.  7.  The 
commander-in-chief  ordered  a  band  of  men  to  be  collected 
from  the  country  districts  (agrl).  8.  You  enjoy  the 
friendship  of  all  good  citizens.  9.  We  made  an  attack 
upon  the  camp,  and  many  brave  men  fell.  10.  The  bar- 
barians were  astonished  at  the  size  of  our  ships. 

1  Res  publica,  public  thinf/,  state. 

2  Polliceor  is  usually  followed  by  future  infinitive,  i.e.,  the  indirect 
discourse,  but  sometimes  by  the  complementary  infinitive. 


136  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

CHAPTER  XLVIII. 
Gompounds  of  Sum. 

Dative  with  Gompounds. 

266.  Learn  the  indicative  and  infinitive  moods  of 
prosum  (p.  223). 

The  peculiarities  of  compounds  of  sum,  except  possum 
and  prosum,  will  be  readily  learned  from  the  vocabulary. 

267.  ILLUSTRATIVE  SENTENCES. 

1.  In  periculis  amicis  aderat,  lie  aided  Ms  friends  in  dangers. 

2.  Dumnorix  equitibus   praefuit,  Dumnorix   commanded  the 

cavalry. 

3.  Liber5s  amicIs   committebant,    they  were  entrusting  their 

children  to  their  friends. 

Notice  that  the  verbs  of  the  above  sentences  are  compounded 
with  ad,  prae,  and  con,  and  that  they  govern  the  dative  case. 

268.  Rule.  —  Many  verbs  compounded  icith  ad,  ante, 
con,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub,  and  super  govern 
the  dative  as  indirect  object. 

The  dative  is  used  with  all  compounds  of  sum  except  possum 
and  ahsum. 

269.  VOCABULARY. 

auxilium,  -i,  n.,  help,  assistance.  adsum,    -esse,   -fui,    (ad   and 
Brutus,  -i,  m.,  Brutus.  sum),  be  present,  assist. 

verus,  -a,  -um,  true.  accido,    -ere,    -cidT,    (ad   and 
absuni,  -esse,  afui,    (ab   and  cado),  fall  upon,  happen. 

sum),  be  absent,  away,  dis-  desum,   -esse,   -fui,    (de    and 
tant.  sum),  be  away,  fail. 


COMPOUNDS    OF   8Um.  137 

praesum, -esse, -f ui,  (prae  ancZ  prosum,     prodesse,      profuT, 

sum),  be  over,  at  the  head.  (pro(d)  and  sum),  be  prof- 

of,  command.  itable,  help. 

praepoiio,  -ere,  -posui,  -posl-  supersum,  -esse,  -fui,   (super 

turn,     (prae    and    pono),  and  sum),  be  over,  survive. 

place  over,  place  in  command  circiter,  adv.^  about. 

ol 

270.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Caesar  hibernis  quae  fecerat  legatum  praeposuit. 
2.  Titus  amlcls  in  periculis  non  deerat.  3.  Briltus  navi- 
bus  longis  praefuerat.  4.  Ex  eo  proelio  circiter  hominuni 
milia  centum  et  quadr^ginta  superfuerunt.  5.  Copia 
librorum  .  discipulis  non  semper  prodest.  6.  I^eciinia 
vobis  adesse  possum  us.  7.  Socii  rei  ptiblicae  auxilium 
pollicebantur.  8.  Vera  amicitia  omnibus  prodest.  9.  Nau- 
tae  aliqui  de  navibus  in  aquam  cadebant.  10.  Sine  auxi- 
lio  castris  impedimentisque  potlrl  non  poterimus. 
11.  Peius  mihi  quam  tibi  accidit.  12.  Domus  mea  ab 
urbe  rallia  passuum  decem  abest.  13.  Equites  defessi 
exploratorum  labore  functi  f rumento  vescebantur. 

II.  1.  The  best  protection  of  the  republic  is  the  valor 
of  its  citizens.  2.  The  citizens  were  not  able  to  use  the 
help  which  had  been  sent  to  them.  3.  The  cavalry  fol- 
lowed the  enemy  many  miles.  4.  He  says  that  he  is  not 
afraid  of  dangers.  5.  I  am  astonished  atthe  skill  of  these 
young  men.  6.  You  could  have  been  present  at  the  con- 
ference. 7.  Do  you  think  that  Brutus  will  command  the 
army  ?  8.  We  enjoy  the  books  which  we  are  reading. 
9.  The  camp  of  Brutus  was  about  five  miles  distant  from 
the  narrow  pass.  10.  How  many  of  the  allies  survived 
(from)  this  battle  ?  11.  My  father  commanded  us  always 
to  speak  the  truth  (true  things). 


138  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

271.  HEADING    LESSON. 

[CiESAR,  Gallic  War,  Book  I.  27-29.] 
Helvetii  onmiuin  rerum  inopia  adducti  legates  de  de- 
ditione  ad  Caesarem  miserunt,  qui  in  itinere  eum  convene- 
rimt  et  pacem  petlverunt.  Itissit  eos  in  eo  loco  quo  turn 
{then)  essent  {were,  subjunctive  of  sum)  suum  adven- 
tum  exspectare.  Quod  iusserat  fecerunt.  Postquam 
{after)  ad  eum  locum  Caesar  venerat  circiter  hominum 
milia  sex  nocte  e  castris  Helvetiorum  fugerunt  atque  ad 
Rlienum  fmesque  Germauorum  coiitenderunt  {hastened). 
Hos  ab  els  quorum  per  fines  iter  f ecerant  reductos  {hrougld 
hack,  perfect  passive  participle  of  r edited)  Caesar  in 
liostium  numero  habuit ;  ^  reliquos  in  deditionem  recepit. 
Helvetios,  Tulingos,  Latobrlgos  in  fines  suos  iinde  {whence) 
venerant  reverti  {to  return)  iussit.  Hoc  bello  Helvetiorum 
et  sociorum  circiter  mllia  ducenta  quinquaginta  octo 
occlsl  sunt. 

CHAPTER    XLIX. 
Dative  with  Intransitive  Verbs. 

272.    1.    Dumnorix  Helvetiis  favet,  Dumnorix  favors  the 
Helvetians. 

2.  Puer  patri  paret,  the  hoy  obeys  his  father. 

3.  Miles  gladio  sibi  nocuit,  the  soldier  hurt  {injured) 

himself  icith  his  sword. 

Observe  that  these  verbs  govern  the  dative  in  Latin,  though 
their  English  equivalents  are  transitive. 

1  In  hostium  numero  habuit,  held  in  the  number  of  his  enemies, 
i.Q.put  to  death. 


DATIVE   WITH   INTRANSITIVE    VERBS.  139 

273.  Rule.  —  Most  verbs  meaning  to  favor,  please, 
trust,  believe,  help,  and  their  opposites,  also  to  command, 
obey,  serve  J  resist,  persuade,  and  the  like,  govern  the  dative. 

These  verbs  can  be  used  in  the  passive  only  impersonally,  i.e. 
corresponding  to  an  English  verb  with  the  indefinite  it  as  a  sub- 
ject; as,  nocetur,  it  hurts  (injures),  i.e.  harm  (injury)  is  done; 
patrl  pdretur,  obedience  is  rendered  to  the  father.  Observe  that 
with  the  impersonal  passive  of  verbs  governing  the  dative,  the 
dative  used  with  the  active  is  retained  unchanged. 

Delecto,  iuvo,  and  iubed,  (already  familiar  to  the  pupil)  and 
a  few  other  verbs  of  this  class  govern  the  accusative. 

274.  VOCABULARY. 

equitatus,  -fis,  m.,  cavalry.  faveo,    -ere,    favi,    fautum, 

lex,  legis, /.,  law.  favor. 

alienus,  -a,  -um,  (alius),  be-  noceo,     -ere,    -ui,     nocitum, 

longing  to  another,  unfavor-  harm,  injure, 

able.  paroo,  -ere,  peperci,  spare. 

credo,  credere,  credidi,  ere-  pareo,  -ere,  -ui,  obey. 

ditum,    (cf.    Eng.   credit),  louge,  adv.,  far. 
trust. 

276.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Boni  cTves  legibus  civitatis  parent.  2.  Ea  ora- 
tione  sibi  ac  rei  ptiblicae  nocuit.  3.  Scimus  mala  omnibus 
accidere.  4.  Ille  puer  vera  non  semper  dicit  neque  ei 
credere  possum.  5.  Cicero  provinciam.  omnem  Caesari 
favere  reppererat.  6.  Equitatus  Helvetiorum  in  alieno 
loco  proelium  committunt,  et  tertia  eorum  pars  occisa  est. 

7.  lubet   servum   solis  occasu   equum   ad   se    adducere. 

8.  Equitatum    sine    magno    periculo    sequi    poterimus. 

9.  Labienus   provinciae   praepositus   domo    in    Galliam 
properavit.      10.   Caesar  mulieribus   ac   llberis   pepercit 


140  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

sed  viros  interfecit.  11.  Captivis  nihil  ^  nocebitur. 
12.  Propter  auxili  adventum  equitatus  nos  uon  loiige 
secutiis  est. 

II.     1.  I  was  not  able  to  be  present  at  the  conference. 

2.  Brutus  was  distant  from  the  city  about  twenty  miles. 

3.  Large  armies  are  not  profitable  to  republics.  4.  A 
few  who  had  survived  from  the  battle  fell  in  the  flight. 
5.  We  were  not  far  distant  from  the  largest  town  of  our 
allies.  6.  Soldiers  promise  to  obey  their  generals.  7.  The 
ambassador  did  not  trust  the  escort  {praesidiiim)  which 
had  been  sent.  8.  The  consul  favors  severe  laws.  9.  He 
will  spare  Dumnorix  on  account  of  the  friendship  of  his 
brother.  10.  He  was  able  to  assist  his  younger  brothers. 
11.  Who  is  at  the  head  of  this  army  ? 


CHAPTER  L. 

Fero  and  Compounds  of  Fero. 

276.  Learn  the  indicative,  infinitives,  and  participles 
of  both  voices  of  fero  (p.  226). 

Observe  that  in  the  forms  referred  to,  the  irregularities  are 
confiiied  to  the  present  tense. 

What  are  the  irregularities  ? 

The  changes  which  take  place  in  the  final  consonant  of  the 
preposition  in  the  compounds  will  be  learned  from  the  principal 
parts. 

1  Used  adverbially,  in  nothing. 


fero  AND  COMPOUNDS  OF  fero.  141 


277.  VOCABULARY. 

consilium,  -i,  ?i.,  advice,  coun-  coufero, -ferre,  contuli,  colla- 

sel,  plan.  turn,  (con  and  fero),  bring 

lingua,   -ae,  /.,    tongue,    Ian-  togetlier,  collect. 

guage.  effero,  -ferre,  extuli,  elatum, 

inensis,  -is,  ?n.,  month.  (ex    and    fero),     bring    or 

natio,  -onis,  /.,  nation.  carry  out,  produce. 

eo,  adv.^  to  that  place,  thither.  infero,  -ferre,  intuli,  illatuin, 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  carry,  .  (in  and  fero),  bear  against  ; 

bring.  bellum  inferre,  begin  war. 


278.  EXERCISES   ON   FORMS. 

I.     1.  Fert,  ferimt.     2.  Fertur,  feruiitur.      3.  Effers, 
effertis.     4.  Tuliinus,  tulit.     5.  Effert,  infert.     6.  Con- 
ferimus,  efferunt.    7.  Conferebat,  conferebantur.    8.  Latus 
est,  elati  sunt.     9.  CollatI  sunt,  illatura  emt.     10.  Auxil-  • 
ium  ferre  potest.     11.  Dicit  se  auxilium  laturum  esse. 


II.  1.  We  shall  carry,  he  was  carried.  2.  They  col- 
lect, they  were  being  collected.  3.  You  (sing.)  carry, 
you  (plur.)  are  carried.  4.  It  was  carried  out,  they  were 
carried  in.  5.  They  had  collected  arms.  6.  We  said  that 
he  would  begin  war. 

279.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Gives  Roman!  nomen  regis  ferre  nAi  potuerunt. 
2.  Omnes  Galliae  nationes  lingua  et  legibus  sunt  dissimi- 
les.  3.  Multi  sunt  in  nostra  urbe  qui  in  bello  arma  tule- 
runt.  4.  In  silvas  paltidesque  incolae  fugiunt  suaque 
omnia  eo  conferunt.  5.  Frumentum  trium  mensium  domo 
quemque  efferre  iubet.  6.  Bona  consilia  senum  iuvenibus 
saepe  profuerunt  et  semper  proderunt.     7.  Neque  Aeduis 


142  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

neque  sociis  eorum  bellum  inferam.  8.  Mihi  hic  vir  non 
nocuit^  sed  ei  credere  non  possum.  9.  Circiter  niTlle  ho- 
mines qui  in  loco  alieno  coacti  erant  pugnare  interfecti 
sunt.     10.  Pater  putat  malum  filio  accidisse. 

II.  1.  Tliey  were  daily  carrying  grain  from  the  fields 
into  the  camp.  2.  Brutus  did  not  spare  his  own  son. 
3.  My  brother  is  away,  but  he  will  be  here  in  a  short 
time.  4.  Only,  ten  days  of  this  month  remain.  5.  Who 
was  in  command  of  the  Roman  legions  in  Gaul  ?  6.  Good 
cavalry  was  not  lacking  in  our  war.  7.  It  is  not  easy 
to  obey  all  men.     8.  My  mother  favors  her  youngest  son. 

9.  True  friends  render  assistance  in  danger  and  adversity. 

10.  You   see  by  far  the  most  beautiful  part  of   Gaul. 

11.  Brutus  will  be  appointed  to  the  command  of  the 
cavalry. 

280.  READING   LESSON. 

[C^SAB,  Gallic  War,  Book  I.  30-31] 

Post  {after)  bellum  Helvetiorum  totlus  fere  Galliae 
legatT,  principes  civitatum  ad  Caesarem  convenerunt. 
Petierunt  ut  {that)  sibi  concilium  totlus  Galliae  in  diem 
certam  indicere  .{to  appoint)  liceret  {it  might  he  pe?*- 
mitted,  with  dative).  Dixerunt  sese  habere  quasdam  rSs 
quas  ab  eo  petere  vellent  {unshed).  Hoc  Caesar  per- 
misit  {permitted),  Principes  diem  concilio  constituerunt. 
Post  concilium  pro  his  Divitiacus  apud  Caesarem  dixit : 
Galliae  totlus  f actiones  ( parties)  esse  duas  ;  harum  alte- 
rius  duces  esse  Aeduos,  alterius  Sequanos.  Hos  de  po- 
testate  multos  iam  annos  bellum  gessisse.  A  Sequanis 
Germanos  in  Galliam  traductos  {led  across)  esse  et  Se- 
quanorum  hostes  multls  proeliis  superavisse;  Sequanos 


IRREGULAR  VERBS   volo,  nolo,   AND   mdlo.         143 


ipsos  Germanls  parere  coactos  esse.  Diicem  Germanorum, 
Ariovistum,  barbarum  atque  crudelem  {cruel)  esse. 
Caesarem  exercitu  suo  earn  prohibere  posse  ne  ^  maiorem 
multitiidinein  in  Galliam  ducat,  Galliamque  omiiem  ab 
eius  iniuria  defendere  posse. 


CHAPTER   LI. 
Irregular  Verbs  Volo,  Nolo,  and  Malo. 

281.  Learn  the  indicative,  infinitive,  and  participles 
of  volo,  nolo,  and  malo  (p.  224).  (Observe  that  the  irregu- 
larity of  ending  is  confined  to  the  present  tense.) 

282.  EXERCISES   ON  FORMS. 

I.  1.  Leg!  parere  vult.  2.  Scrlbere  volumus.  3.  La- 
borare  non  vult.  4.  Legere  mavult.  5.  Scire  volui. 
6.  Ptignare  nolunt.  7.  lubere  volebat.  8.  Fugere  no- 
luit.  9.  Dixit  se  nolle  diicere.  10.  Dicunt  se  malle 
sequl.  '' 

II.  1.  You  (sing.)  wish  to  move.  2.  He  is  not 
willing  to  lead.  3.  We  prefer  to  remain.  4.  He  desired 
to  be  well.  5.  They  were  not  willing  to  follow.  6.  He 
wishes  to  be  present.  7.  They  will  be  unwilling  to  follow. 
8.  He  says  that  he  prefers  to  run.  9.  What  does  he  wish 
to  say  ?     10.  They  wish  to  command. 


1  ne  .  .  .  dacat, /rom  leading ;  or,  that  he  should  not  lead. 

0 


144  A   FIRST   BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

283.  VOCABULARY. 

profectio,  -ouis, /.,  departure.       nolo,    nolle,    nolui,    (ne    and 
iiistus,  -a,  -um,  just.  volo),  be  unwilling. 

Conor, -ari, -atus,  try,  endeavor.       malo,   inalle,   malui,    (inagis 
iucido,    -ere,    -cidi,    (in    and  and  volo),  wish  more,  prefer. 

cado),  fall  into,  fall  in  with.      post,  (prep,  loith  ace),  after. 
volo,  velle,  volui,  be  willing,  wish. 

284.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Mons  quern  Caesar  a  Labieno  occupari  voluit  ab 
hostibus  tenetur.  2.  Per  provinciam  nostram  sine  iniu- 
ria  iter  facere  volunt.  3.  Post  profectionem  equitattis 
captivi  ciistodibus  nocere  conati  sunt.  4.  Non  vult  alii 
iniuriam  inferre.  5.  Senex  filio  qui  inciderat  in  res 
adversas  auxilium  tulit.  6.  Malumus  aestate  litus 
incolere  quain  in  urbe  manere.  7.  Yiri  multarum  natio- 
num  Romam  se  suaque  contulerant.  8.  Puella  ex  urbe 
multa  domum  efferre  vult.  9.  Natilra  cogimur  ad  quietem 
magna  noctis  parte  uti.  10.  Captlvi  ciistodibus  nocere 
conatT  impedimenta  portare  coacti  sunt. 

II.  1.  Some  men  are  not  willing  to  obey  the  laws  of 
the  state.  2.  The  young  man  prefers  to  use  his  own  lan- 
guage (rather)  than  that  of  another.  3.  The  boy  is  not 
willing  to  take  the  advice  of  older  men.  4.  The  just 
judge  did  not  favor  the  citizens  of  his  own  city.  5.  Our 
country  produces  food  for  other  nations.  6.  The  general 
was  not  willing  to  encamp  in  an  unfavorable  place. 
7.  Other  nations  use  much  food  which  our  country  pro- 
duces. 8.  Caesar  spared  his  enemies,  and  they  {qui)  slew 
him.  9.  We  desire  to  trust  those  among  whom  we  dwell. 
10.  The  lieutenants  will  select  a  place  for  a  camp  and 
carry  thither  an  abundance  of  everything. 


' n  y 

OF  THE 


UNIVERSIT 
IRREGULAR   VERBS   eo   AND  fid.     X^^J^T^r 


CHAPTER  LTI. 
Irregular  Verbs  E6  and  Fio. 

Two  Datives. 

285.  Learn  the  indicative,  the  infinitives,  and  the  par- 
ticiples of  eo  and  fio  (p.  227) . 

Notice  that  ^,  the  stem  of  eo  is  changed  to  e  in  the  first 
person  singular  and  the  third  person  plnral  of  the  present 
indicative,  and  in  the  present  participle  except  in  the 
nominative  singular. 

Fio  is  used  as  the  passive  of  facio. 

286.  EXERCISES   ON   FORMS. 

I.  1.  Ad  colloquium  it.  2.  In  urbem  ibunt.  3.  Ini- 
tium  fugae  fit.  4.  In  vicum  lit.  5.  Clarus  fles.  6.  Proe- 
lium  factum!  erat.  7.  Magnus  fieri  voluit.  8.  Nolui  Ire. 
9.  lerant,  ierint  in  Insulam.     10.  Non  fit  poeta. 

II.  1.  We  are  going  to  the  village.  2.  We  shall  go, 
he  has  gone.  3.  It  happened  to  be  summer.  4.  He  pre- 
ferred to  go.  5.  He  has  become  a  man.  6.  I  desire  to 
become  a  merchant.  7.  They  will  go  in  the  night. 
8.  He  says  that  his  father  has  gone.  9.  He  says  that  he 
is  about  to  go.     10.  He  will  become  famous. 

287.  ILLUSTRATIVE    SENTENCES. 

1.  Aedui  Caesari  auxilio   erant,  the  Aeduans  were  (for)  a 

support  to  Ccemr. 

2.  Equites  auxilio  Bruto  missi  sunt,  the  cavalry  were  sent  as 

a  support  to  Brutus. 


146  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATO5^. 

Observe  that  in  each  sentence  one  of  the  datives  may  be  trans- 
lated by  for,  and  the  other  by  to.  The  one  translated  by  for  is 
called  the  dative  oi  purpose.  The  dative  of  purpose  is  frequently 
better  rendered  as  a  predicate  noun  (sometimes  with  as)  than 
hy  for. 

288.  Rule.  —  Two  datives,  of  the  object  to  ivhicJi  and  of 
the  end  for  which,  are  used  ivith  sum  and  a  few  other  verbs. 

289.  VOCABULARY. 

dolor,  -oris,  m.,  grief,  pain,  redeo,  -ire,  -ii, -ituin,  (red  and 

parens,  -eiitis,?H.and/.,  parent.  eo),  go  back,  return, 

trans,  (prep,  to i'^/i  ace),  across,  fio,    fieri,    factus,    (pass,    of 

debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itam,  ought,  facio),  be  made,  become. 

owe.  nascor,  nasei,  natus,  be  born. 

eo,  ire,  ivi  (li),  itiim,  go.  praefero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum, 

exeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -ituni,  (ex  and  (prae  aiid  fero),  carry  be- 

eo),  go  out  or  away.  fore,  prefer. 

290.  EXERCISES.  ^ 

I  1.  Alius  agricola  fieri  vult,  alius  mercator.  2.  Om- 
nes  humanitatem  voluptati  praeferre  debemus.  3.  Agri- 
cola  auxilio  filiis  domum  liominem  misit.  4.  Conabimur 
ante  profectionem  tuam  domum  redire.  5.  Parentes 
nostri  ex  urbe  exierunt ;  multo  die  redibunt.  6.  Multi 
iuvenes  domo  exire  quam  cura  parentibus  manere  malunt. 

7.  Omnia  nostra  conferemus  et  in  provinciam   ibimus. 

8.  Senex  nationum  multarum  Unguis  tititur.  9.  Parentes 
mei  ex  Graecia  multa  efferebant.  10.  Natus  quadraginta 
annos  Caesar  consul  factus  est.  11.  Ubi  fuisti  de  secunda 
vigilia  proximae  noctis  ?  12.  Cur  afuisti  domo  ?  13.  Na- 
tiones  quae  trans  Rhenum  incolebant  Gallica  lingua  non 
utebantur. 


IRREGULAR    VERBS   eo   AND  fid.  147 

II.  1.  I  shall  try  to  find  out  his  plan.  2.  I  have 
always  wished  to  go  to  Rome.  3.  The  departure  of  our 
parents  was  (for)  a  great  grief  to  us.  4.  Every  one  ^ 
ought  to  prefer  to  become  good  (rather)  than  famous. 
5.  He  was  unwilling  to  wage  war  upon  his  fellow- 
citizens.  6.  In  the  wars  of  Rome  many  citizens  were 
slain.     7.  The  merchant  desired  to  be  away  two  months. 

8.  He  is  a  just  man  and  ought  to  be  made  a  judge. 

9.  The  cavalry  of  all  Gaul  came  together  in  one  place 
after  Caesar's  departure.  10.  We  fell  in  with  your 
parents  in  Rome  twenty  days  ago. 

291.  READING  LESSON. 

[C^.sAR,  Gallic  War,  I.  33-40.] 

Caesar  Gallorum  animos  confirmavit,  pollicitusque  est 
sibi  eam  rem  curae  (dat.  of  cura,  care)  futuram  esse  ; 
credere^  sese  auctoritate  sua  adductum  Ariovistum  finem 
iniiiriis  facttirum  esse.  Turn  {then)  concilium  dimlsit. 
LegatI  a  Caesare  missi  ab  Ariovisto  postulaverunt  ut 
{that)  in  colloquium  veniret  {would  come).  His  Ario- 
vistus  respondit  se  venttirum  non  esse.  Caesar  iterum 
legates  misit  qui  dicebant  se  Aeduos  aliosque  populi 
Roman!  amicos  defensurum  esse.  Eodem  tempore  ad 
Caesarem  legati  ab  Aeduis  et  Treveris  veniebant  qui 
dicebant  multos  Germanos  in  Galliam  venisse  et  in  fini- 
bus  suls  consedisse.  His  rebus  adductus  Caesar  bellum 
quam  celerrime  cum  Ariovisto  gerere  constituit,  et  Veson- 
tionem,   quod  est  oppidum   maximum  Sequanorum,   Ire 

1  The  Romans  often  used  omnes  where  we  say  every  one. 

2  Sometimes  the  indirect  discourse  depends  upon  a  verb  merely 
implying  the  idea  of  saying  (here  pollicitus  est).  In  English,  insert 
saying  or  and  said. 


148  A   FIRST    BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

properavit.  Mllites,  vocibus  territi  Gallorum  ac  merca- 
torum  qui  ingentl  magnitiidine  corporum  Germanos,  in- 
credibili  virttite  atque  exercitatione  {practice)  in  armis 
esse  dlcebant,  longius  (comparative  of  longe)  Ire  iiole- 
bant.     Eorum  animos  Caesar  longa  oratione  conflrmavit. 


CHAPTER   LIII. 

Derivation  and   Composition  of  Words. 

292.  Latin  words,  like  English  words,  are  sometimes 
simple,  that  is,  made  of  one  part;  and  sometimes  com- 
pound, that  is,  made  of  two  or  more  parts,  each  of  which 
has  a  distinct  meaning.  Examples  of  compound  words 
have  already  been  given,  some  of  which  are  repeated  in 
the  following  lists  for  comparison  and  further  study. 

sum,  /  am. 

ab-sum,        /  am  away  (from),  I  am  absent. 

ad-sum,        /  am  at  or  near  (the  person  or  thing  in  question),  /  am 

present. 
de-sum,        I  am  away  from,  I  am  wanting  or  lacking,  I  fail. 
prae-sum,    /  am  before,  am  in  front  of,  am  present,  am  at  the  head 

of  (as  a  leader  is  in  front  of  the  army),  I  command. 
pro-sum,      1  am  for  (a  person  or  thing),  /  help,  am  advantageous. 
super-sum,  /  am  over,  I  am  left  over,  I  survive. 
pos-sum,       (from  pot  [is],  able,  and  sum)  I  am  able,  lean. 
fero,  /  bear,  carry,  bring. 

con-fero,       I  carry  or  bring  together  (then,  because  when  two  or 

more  things  are  brought  together  one  cannot  help 

seeing  their  points  of  resemblance  or  difference,  1 
compare). 


DERIVATION   AND   COMPOSITION   OF   WORDS.         149 

dif-fero,  I  hear  or  carry  apart,  I  put  off,  also  I  differ. 

ef-fero,  (for  ec  [i.e.  ex]  -fero),  I  hear  or  carry  out. 

in-fero,  I  hear  or  hring  in  or  against. 

prae-fero,  I  hear  or  carry  or  put  hefore,  I  prefer. 

eo,  /  go. 

ex-eo,  I  go  out. 

red-eo,  /  go  hack,  I  return. 

capio,  /  take. 

re-cipio,  /  take  back,  recover. 

teneo,  /  hold. 

con-tineo,  /  hold  together,  contain,  bound  (in  geographical  sense). 

per-tineo,  /  hold  or  stretch  through,  extend,  pertain  to. 

sus-tineo,  (for  sub-teneo),  /  hold  up  from  underneath,  sustain. 

ob-tineo,  I  hold  {against  opposition) ,  I  maintain. 

The  prefixes  in  the  compounds  given  above  are  of  very 
great  use  in  Latin  v/ord-making.  Learn  their  meanings. 
Notice  that  when  the  stem  of  a  verb  compounded  with 
one  of  these  prefixes  contains  a  short  a  or  e,  that  vowel  is 
changed  to  short  i  (e.g.  capio,  re-cipio,  teneo,  con-tineo). 
Notice  also  that  the  final  consonant  of  the  prefix  is  some- 
times changed  to  suit  the  initial  consonant  of  the  word 
with  which  it  is  used  (e.g.  ef-fero  for  ec-fero,  dif-fero  for 
dis-fero,  sus-tineo  for  sub-tineo). 

Note.  —There  are  other  ways  of  making  compounds,  as  ius-iuran- 
dum,  oath,  from  ius,  right,  laio,  and  iurandum,  the  gerundive  of  the 
verb  iuro,  to  swear.  The  composition  of  such  words  is  explained,  as 
they  occur,  in  the  special  vocabularies  from  this  point  to  the  end  of  the 
book. 

293.  In  the  compound  words  given  above,  each  part 
retains  the  meaning  it  has  as  a  separate  word.  So,  for 
instance,  eo  is  a  verb,  go,  and  ex-eo  is  also  a  verb,  go  out. 
But  words  are  made  from  other  words  by  derivation,  as 
well  as  by  composition.     Notice  amo,  love,  Si.miG\is,. friendly 


150  A    FIRST   BOOK    IN   LATIN. 

ov  friend,  dimlQiiidb,  friendship.  Here  amo  is  a  verb,  amicus 
an  adjective  (used  also  as  a  noun),  and  amicitia  a  noun. 
Yet  all  evidently  belong  together  in  meaning,  and  all 
contain  the  root  am-. 


294.  Examine  the  following  :  — 

impero  (stem  impera-) ,  /  com-      imperator  (-oris,  m.) ,  comma  n- 

mand.  der,  general, 

xinco  (stem  vie-),  I  conquer.  victor   (-oris,  m.),   conqueror. 

victor. 

295.  Rule.  —  TJie  ending  -tor  added  to  verb  stems 
forms  7nasGuline  nouns  denoting  the  agent  or  doer  of  an 
action. 

Note.  —  The  verb  stem  is  most  easily  found  by  removing  the  ending 
of  the  supine.  If  the  supine  of  the  verb  ends  in  -sum,  the  ending  of  the 
noun  is -sor  instead  of  tor;  as,  defendo  (supine  defensum),  defend, 
defensor,  defender. 

296.  Examine  the  following  :  — 

de-do  (supine  deditum),  I sur-  dedi-tio  (-onis,  /.),  surrender. 

render. 

inunio   (supine    inanltum),   /  mnnl-tio   (-onis,  /.),  fortifica- 

fortify.  tion. 

ad- venio  (supine  adveatmn) ,  /  adventus  (-as,  ?n.),  arrival. 

come  to,  arrive. 

297.  Rule.  —  Tlie  endings  -tio  and  -tus,  added  to  verb 
stems,  form  abstract  nouns  expressing  action. 

Note.  —  The  endings  -id  (-onis,  f.)  and  -tura  (-ae,  f .)  are  used  in  the 
same  way.  If  the  supine  of  the  verb  ends  in  -sum,  the  endings  are  -sio, 
-sus,  and  -sura;  as,  utor  (deponent,  p.p.  usus),  I  use,  usus  (-us,  m.), 
use. 


DERIVATION   AND  COMPOSITION  OF  WORDS.        151 

298.    Examine  the  following :  — 

miles  (stem  milit-),  soldier.  milit-ia  (-ae, /.),  military  service. 

amicus  (stem  amico-), /rie?id.        amici-tia  (-ae,  /.),  friendship. 
celer  (stem  celeri-),  quick.  celeri-tas  (-tatis,/.),  quickness. 

vir  (stem  viro-),  man.  vir-tus  (-tatis,  /.),  manliness, 

virtue,  courage. 
magnus  (stem  magno),  (/rea^.       magni-tudo      (-tudinls,     /.), 

greatness,  size. 


299.  Rule.  —  The  endirigs  -ia,  -iia,  -fas,  -ius,  -tudo, 

added  to  adjective  and  noun  stems,  form  feminine  abstract 
nouns  expressing  quality. 

Note.  —  A  final  o  of  the  stem  is  regularly  changed  to  i  before  these 
endings  (as  amico-,  amicitia) .  In  virtus,  formed  from  the  stem  viro-, 
the  o  is  dropped.  Occasionally  the  stem  is  slightly  changed  in  some 
other  way,  as  in  facultas,  ability,  from  stem  facili-  of  facilis,  easy. 

300.  Adjectives  are  formed  in  Latin  as  in  English 
from  nouns  (nominal  adjectives)  and  from  verbs  (verbal 
adjectives).  So  few  derived  adjectives  are  used  in  this 
book  that  only  a  few  endings  can  be  given  here. 

The  endings  -anus,  -enus,  -inus,  added  to  noun  stems 
minus  their  final  vowel,  form  adjectives  with  the  sense 
of  belonging  to;  as,  Roma,  Rome,  Eomanus,  Roman;  alius, 
another,  alienus,  belonging  to  another  or  to  others,  foreign. 

The  endings  -His  and  -bilis  added  to  verb  stems  form 
adjectives  denoting  passive  qualities ;  as,  facio,  do,  faci- 
lis, doable.,  easy ;  credo,  believe,  cred-i-bilis,  to  be  believed, 
credible. 

301.  Verbs  are  sometimes  derived  from  noun  or 
adjective  stems ;  as,  libero,  set  free,  from  the  stem  of 
liber,  free ;  —  sometimes  from  verb  stems.      Most  verbs 


152  A   FIRST    BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

of  the  first  conjugation  are  formed  from  noun  or  adjec- 
tive stems  in  a  or  o  (first  or  second  declension),  and 
many  verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation  are  formed  from 
noun  or  adjective  stems  in  i  (third  declension).  Some 
verbs  of  the  second  and  third  conjugations,  also,  are 
formed  from  noun  and  adjective  stems. 


CHAPTER   LIV. 
Subjunctive  Mood. 

Sequence  of  Tenses;   Indirect  Question. 

302.  Learn  the  subjunctive  mood  of  sum  (p.  221). 
What  must  be  added  to  the  present  infinitive  to  form 

the  imperfect  subjunctive  ?  How  does  the  perfect  sub- 
junctive differ  from  the  future  perfect  indicative  ?  What 
must  be  added  to  the  perfect  infinitive  to  form  the  plu- 
perfect subjunctive  ? 

303.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1 .  Reperio  ubi  sis,  ubi  f  ueris,  /  am  finding  out  where  you  are, 

loliere  you  have  been  (or  were). 

2.  Reperiam  ubi  sis,  ubi  fueris,  I  shall  Jind  out  where  you  are, 

ichere  you  have  been  (or  ivere). 

3.  Repperero  ubi  sis,  ubi  fueris,  /  shall  have  found  out  where 

you  are,  ivhere  you  have  been  (or  loere). 

4.  Reperiebam  ubi  esses,  ubi  fuisses,  /  was  finding  out  where 

you  were,  where  you  had  been. 


r  r 


,     ^.   V' 


SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD.  153 

5.   Repperi  ubi  essSs,  ubi  fuisses,  I  found  out  where  you  were, 

where  you  had  been. 
G.    Reppereram  ubi  esses,  ubi  fuisses,  1  had  found  out  where 

you  were,  where  you  had  been. 

The  tenses  of  the  principal  clauses  of  the  first  three  examples 
—  the  present,  the  future,  and  the  future  perfect  —  are  called 
primary  or  principal  tenses.  The  tenses  of  the  principal  clauses 
of  the  last  three  examples  —  the  imperfect,  the  perfect  and  the 
pluperfect  —  are  called  secondary  or  historical  tenses. 

In  the  subjunctive,  the  present  and  perfect  are  primary ;  the 
imperfect  and  pluperfect,  secondary. 

To  which  class  of  tenses,  primary  or  secondary,  do  the  verbs 
of  the  subordinate  clauses  of  the  first  four  examples  belong? 

To  which  class  do  the  verbs  of  the  subordinate  clauses  of  the 
last  three  examples  belong  ? 

304.  EuLE.  — Primary  tenses  of  the  indicative  are  fol- 
lowed by  primary  tenses  of  the  subjunctive,  and  secondary 
tenses  by  secondary  tenses. 


305.  ILLUSTRATIVE  SENTENCES. 

DIRECT    QUESTIONS.  INDIRECT    QUESTIONS. 

1.  Quis  est  tuus  comes?  1.    Scio  quis  sit  tuus  comes,/ 

Who    is    your    com-  know    who    your    companion 

panion  ?  is. 

2.  Ubi  eras?    Where  were  2.    Audivi    ubi    esses,    /    heard 

you  ?  where  you  were. 

3.  Cur    afuisti?        Why  3.    Repperi  cur  abesses,  7  have 

were  you  absent  ?  found  out  why  you  ivere  absent. 

Observe  (1)  that  each  dependent  clause  in  the  examples 
begins  with  an  interrogative  word;  (2)  that  while  it  has  not 
the  form  of  a  question,  it  gives  the  substance  of  the  question 


154  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN    LATIN. 

opposite ;  (3)  that  it  d^epends  upon  a  verb,  either  as  subject  or 
object.     Such  clauses  are  called  indirect  questions. 
Notice  the  mood  of  indirect  questions. 

306.  Rule.  —  The  subjunctive  is  used  in  indirect 
questions. 

307.  VOCABULARY. 

finititnus,    -i,     m.,    neighbor,  intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectuni, 

(fini-,  stein  of  finis,  adj.  end-  (inter    and    lego),     under- 

ing  -timus).  stand. 

Procilliis,  -i,  7)*.,  Procillus.  persequor,    -sequi,    -secutus, 

terra, -ae, /.,  earth.  pursue. 

nsus,  -us,  wi.,  advantage,  use.  quaero,   -ere,   quaesivi,  quae- 

hortor,  -ari,  -atus,  urge,  exhort.  situm,  ask,  inquire  about. 

308.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Ubi  fueris  proxima  nocte  intellegere  iion  pos- 
sum. 2.  Cur  domi  non  esses  mirabatur.  3.  Mater  intel- 
legit  quid  liberis  iisui  sit.  4.  Itilia  patriam  omnibus  terrls 
praefert.  5.  Post  bellum  patria  nostra  secundls  rebus 
tisa  est.  6.  Magister  a  me  quaeslvit  cur  afuissem. 
7.  Quae  causa  doloris  esset  miratus  est.  8.  Procillus  in 
ipsum  Caesarem  hostem  equitatu  persequentem  incidit. 
9.  Nauta  Itiliam  sibi  uxori  delegit.  10.  Dumnorix  et 
domi  et  in  finitimis  civitatibus  multos  amicos  habebat. 

11.  Centurio  suos  hortatus  exspectantibus  ^  signum  dat. 

12.  Pueri  qui  trans  flumen  filgerunt  nolunt  dicere  ubi 
fuerint. 

II.  1.  He  asks  me  why  I  was  absent  so  long.  2.  Cic- 
ero was  made  consul  by  the  Komans  when  forty-two  years 
old.  3.  I  will  endeavor  to  be  just  to  every  one.^  4.  You 
ought  to  go  home  early  every  day.      5.   Your  parents 

1  See  50,  note.  ^  with  iustus  use  in  with  ace,  not  dative. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION.  155 

know  where  you  are.  6.  Your  parents  knew  where  you 
were.  7.  After  the  departure  of  my  friends  I  returned 
home.  8.  Everybody  prefers  to  go  from  the  city  in  sum- 
mer. 9.  My  father  understands  what  books  are  agreeable 
to  me.  10.  They  threw  their  arms  to  the  ground  and 
fled.     11.  We  wish  to  be  useful  to  our  neighbors. 


CHAPTER   LV. 
First  Conjugation:    Subjunctive  Active. 

Clauses  of  Purpose  (Final  Clauses). 

309.  Learn  the  subjunctive  active  of  amo. 
Inflect  the  subjunctive  of  narro,  vasto,  occupo,  celo. 

310.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Legatum  mittit  ut  agros  vastet,  he  sends  a  lieutenant  that 

he  may  lay  waste,  in  order  to  lay  ivaste,  to  lay  waste,  the  fields. 

2.  Legatum  mittit  qui  (ut  is)  agros  vastet,  he  sends  a  lieu- 

tenant who  is  to  lay  waste,  in  order  to  lay  waste,  to  lay  ivaste, 
the  fields. 

3.  Ex  duce  petunt  ne  agros  vastet,  they  ask  the  commander 

that  he  may  not  lay  ivaste,  not  to  lay  ivaste,  the  fields. 

Notice  the  various  English  equivalents  of  the  subordinate 
clauses  beginning  with  ut,  ne,  and  gut,  and  also  the  mood  of  the 
verbs  which  follow  these  particles. 

What  is  the  difference  in  meaning  between  ut  and  ne  ? 

Ut  .  .  .  vastet,  qui  .  .  .  vastet,  and  ne  .  .  .  vastet  express  the 
purpose  of  the  action  of  the  principal  verb.  Such  clauses  are 
called  clauses  of  purpose  (final  clauses). 


156  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

31 1.  EuLE.  —  The  subjunctive  with  ut,  ne,  or  a  relative 
is  used  to  express  purpose  {final  clauses). 

Caution.  —  The  rule  for  sequence  of  tenses  given  in  the  last 
chapter  must  be  observed  in  clauses  of  purpose  (final  clauses). 

312.  VOCABULARY. 

mors,  mortis, /.,  death.  remaneo,     -ere,     -mansi,     no 
tutus,  -ii,  -um,  safe.  supine;  fut.   part.,    reman- 

cognosco,  -ere,  -novi,  -nitum,  surus,     (re     and    maneo), 

(con  a^cZgnosco),  find  out.  remain. 

moneo, -ere,  monui.mouitum,  vito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  avoid. 

advise,  warn.  ut,  conj.,  that,  in  order  that. 

relinquo,     -ere,     -liqui,    -lie-  ne,  cowj.,  that  not,  in  order  that 

turn,  leave.  not. 


313.  EXERCISES   ON   FORMS. 

I.  1.  Eum  mittit  ut  vastet,  occupet,  iuvet.  2.  Eos 
mittit  ut  vastent,  occupent,  iuvent.  3.  Eum  mlsit  ut 
vastaret,  occuparet,  iuvaret.  4.  Eos  mittet  ut  vastent, 
occupent,  iuvent.  5.  Eos  monet  ne  celent,  properent, 
vitent,  liberent.  6.  Eum  monebat  ne  celaret,  properaret, 
vltaret,  liberaret. 

II.  1.  He  advises  them  to  carry,  hasten,  adorn,  set 
free.  2.  He  was  advising  them  not  to  carry,  hasten, 
adorn,  set  free.  3.  He  sent  cavalry  to  assist,  to  attack, 
to  set  free.  4.  He  will  send  cavalry  to  assist,  to  attack, 
to  set  free. 

314.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Labienus  trans  flumen  magnas  copias  misit  quae 
mtinitum  locum  occuparent.  2.  Caesar  quaesivit  quot 
German!  in  Gallia  essent.     3.  Quaerit  qua  de  causa  se 


FIRST   CONJUGATION.  157 

vltaverim.       4.    Mors    clarl   poetae   dolorl   civibus   erat. 

5.  Custodes  captlvos  ad  montem  fugientes  persequebantur. 

6.  Itissit  mulieres  et  liberos  ex  oppido  exire  ut  iniuriam 
vitarent.  7.  Periculi  tempo ribiis  sociTs  auxilium  ferre 
debemus.  8.  Tres  legiones  rellquit  ut  oppidum  ab  impetu 
hostium  tutum  esset.  9.  Imperator  me  monet  ut  domi 
hiemem.  10.  Cognoscemus  ubi  arma  tua  celaveris. 
11.  Maior  natu  filius  domo  discedere,  minor  remanere 
mavult. 

II.  1.  He  did  not  know  why  I  was  avoiding  him. 
2.  I  will  see  who  is  in  the  garden.  3.  He  advised  his  son 
to  remain  in  the  city.  4.  He  sent  his  servant  to  carry 
grain  to  his  horse.  5.  We  shall  return  home  at^  the 
beginning  of  summer  to  assist  our  parents.  6.  The  old 
man  urged  his  son  to  return  home  with  the  utmost  speed. 

7.  He  told  me  why  he  was  hurrying.  8.  We  shall  warn 
the  Helvetians  not  to  attack  the  towns  of  our  neighbors. 

9.  I  prefer  the  city  where  I  was   born  to  this   (city). 

10.  We  were  unable  to  find  the  cause  (what  was  the 
cause)  of  the  boy's  death.  11.  My  mother  thinks  that  I 
am  safer  on  land. 

316.  READING   LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  I.  41^7.] 

Septimo  die  postquam  {after)  Vesontione  castra  mota 
erant  ab  exploratoribus  nuntiatum  est  AriovistI  copias  a 
nostris  milibus  passuum  quattuor  et  vigintl  abesse.  Ario- 
vistus  ad  Caesarem  legatos  misit  qui  eum  in  colloquium 
vocarent.  Dies  colloquio  dictus  est  ex  eo  die  quintus. 
Ad  colloquium  Caesar  decimae  legionis  mJlites,  quos  sibi 

1  Prima  aestate. 


158  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

fidissimos  habebat,  in  equos  positos  secnm  duxit.  Per 
eos  Caesar  Ariovistum  proMbere  voluit  iie  se  interficere 
conaretur  (imperf.  sabj.  of  conor).  In  colloquio  Ario- 
vistus  summa  arrogantia  {the  greatest  arrogance)  tisus  est 
equitesque  qui  cum  eo  venerant  in  Romanos  lapides  tela- 
que  iecerunt.  Caesar  cum  niilitibiis  suis  in  castra  se 
recepit,  neque  iterum  (again)  vocatus  in  colloquium  ire 
volebat,  quod  sine  perlculo  se  facere  posse  non  putabat, 
sed  Gaium  Valerium  Procillum  et  Marcum  Metium 
misit.  His  mandavit  (commissioned)  ut  quae  diceret 
{said,  imperf.  subj.  of  died)  Ariovistus  sibi  nuntiarent. 
Hos  Ariovistus  dicere  conantes  prohibuit  et  in  catenas 
{fetters,  chains)  coniecit  {threw). 


CHAPTER  LVI. 
First  Conjugation:    Subjunctive  Passive. 

Clauses  of  Result  {Consecutive  Clauses). 

316,  Learn  the  subjunctive  passive  of  amo. 

317.  ILLUSTRATIVE    SENTENCES. 

1.  Puer  tarn  defessus  fuit  ut  eum  iuvarem,  the  hoy  was  so 

tired  that  1  helped  him. 

2.  Puer  ita  fecit  ut  non  amaretur,  the  boy  acted  so  that  he  ivas 

not  loved. 

3.  German!  tam  fortes  erant  ut  totus  exercitus  perturba- 

retur,   the   Germans  icere  so  brave  that  all  the  army  tvas 
disturbed. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION.  159 

4.   Nemo  tam  bonus  est  qui  ab  omnibus  ametur,  no  one  is 

so  good  that  he  is  loved  by  all. 

The  clauses  beginning  with  ut  and  qui  in  these  sentences 
denote  result  (consecutive  clauses).  Observe  that  they  are  the 
same  in  form  as  purpose  clauses,  except  that  ut  non  is  used 
instead  of  ne  in  negative  sentences. 

318.  Rule.  —  The  subjunctive  with  uf,  uf  non,  or  a 
relative,  is  used  to  express  result. 

319.  VOCABULARY. 

coinmutatio,  -ouis,  /.,  change.  saspicio,  -onis,  /.,  suspicion. 

iniinicus,  -i,  w.,  (in  and  ami-  timer,  -oris,  m.,  fear. 

cus),    a  person    unfriendly,  tantus,  -a,  -um,  so  great. 

an  enemy.  dubito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
mens,  mentis,  /.,  mind.  doubt. 

pons,  pontis,  in.,  bridge. 

320.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Easdem  copias  quae  ad  portum  consederant 
praesidio  navibus  reliquit.  2.  Iter  tam  difficile  erat  ut 
eodem  die  redire  non  conaremur.  3.  Ea  pecunia  ita 
titemini  ut  ^  aliis  prositis.  4.  Tantus  timor  totum  exerci- 
tum  occupavit  ut  omnium  mentes  animlque  perturbaren- 
tur.  5.  Caesar  duces  militum  convocavit  ut  dellberarent 
quid  optimum  esset.  6.  Adventti  auxiliorum  tanta  com- 
mutatio  facta  est  ut  nemo  in  hostes  impetum  facere 
dubitaret.  7.  Omnes  fmitimos  cognoscere  volumus. 
8.  Caesar  terra  marique  ^  inimlcos  bellum  sibi  inferentes 
persequebatur.  9.  Pons  in  Ehodano  pluribus  ante  annis 
factus  erat.      10.  Ex  captivis  cognovit  qui  cum  Cicerone 

1  Ita  ut  prositis,  so  that  you  may  (or  ivill)  benefit,  so  as  to  benefit. 

2  In  this  phrase  in  is  regularly  omitted. 


160  A   FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

deliberavissent.     11.  Dux  mllites  hortatus  est  ut  timoris 
sQspicionem  vitarent. 

II.  1.  He  fortifies  the  camp  that  it  may  be  safe  from 
the  attack  of  the  enemy.  2.  The  town  was  so  fortified 
that  it  was  not  taken  by  the  enemy.  3.  The  judge  was 
so  just  that  he  was  praised  by  all  his  fellow-citizens. 
4.  Cicero  did  not  think  that  death  was  the  end  of  the 
soul.  5.  He  exhorted  his  sons  to  avoid  bad  company. 
6.  My  friend  warned  me  not  to  spend  the  winter  in 
Britain.  7.  The  general  understood  why  I  hesitated  to 
remain  in  camp.  8.  The  seashore  was  so  pleasant  that 
the  boys  were  delighted.  9.  The  recruit  is  made  brave 
by  daily  experience  in  (of  the)  camp.  10.  The  consul 
was  disturbed  in  mind  and  spirit  by  the  suspicion  of  his 
enemies. 


CHAPTER  LVII. 
Second  Conjugation:    Subjunctive  Mood. 

Purpose  and  Result  Clauses.  —  Continued. 

321.  Learn  the   subjunctive  active   and  passive   of 
habeo. 

322.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

Clauses  after  Verbs  of  Fearing. 

1.  Veretur  ut  locum   occupet,  he  fears  that  he  will  not  get 

possession  of  the  place. 

2.  Veretur   ne   hostes   locum   occupent,   he  fears   that   the 

enemy  tvlll  get  possession  of  the  place. 


\JT^ 


SECOND   CONJUGATION.  161 

3.  Timebatur  ne  amicum  vulneraret,  he  was  afraid  he  might 

wound  his  friend. 

4.  Timemus  ut  in  urbem  venerit,  we  fear  he  has  not  come  to 

the  city. 

Observe  that  in  these  sentences  ut  is  translated  with  not  and 
ne  without  it. 

323.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

Clauses  after  Quin. 

1 .  Non  dubito  quin  ametur,  /  do  not  doubt  that  he  is  loved. 

2.  Non  abest  susplcio  quin  verum  celat,  the  suspicion  is  not 

wanting  that  he  is  concealing  the  truth. 

3.  Non  dubitaverunt  quin  verum  esset,  they  did  not  doubt 

that  it  was  true. 

4.  Non  dubium  erat  quin  hostes  venissent,  there   was   no 

doubt  that  the  enemy  had  come. 

324.  VOCABULARY. 

militia,  -ae,/.,  military  service.  constituo,  -ere,  -stitui,  -stitO- 

voluutas,   -atis,  /.,  will,  good  turn,  arrange,  decide. 

will,  proflciscor,    i,   profectus,  set 

dignus,  -a,  -um,  worthy.  oiit. 

dubius,  -a,  -um,  doubtful,  (cf.  contra  (jorep.  lotY^  ace);  against. 

Eng.  dubious).  quia,  conj.^  that,  but  that. 

326.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  aSTemo  dubitare  debet  quin  nostrl  elves  pro  pa- 
tria  fortiter  piignent.  2.  Pater  timet  ut  fllius  valeat. 
3.  Timebat  ut  comes  fide  dignus  esset.  4.  Non  est  dubium 
qulnvmvenis  fide  dignus  sit.  5.  Num  potest  quisquam 
dubitare  quin  Italia  poetarum  et  oratorum  sit  patria  ? 
6.  Susplcio  non  abest  quin  in  Italia  remaneat  ut  mllitiam 


162  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

vTtet.     7.  Quaeris  a  nobis  cur  ita  hoc  homine  delectemur. 

8.  Constituit  post  mortem  patris  domum  relinquere  et  in 
urbem  ire.  9.  Contra  voluntatem  meam  accidit  nt  in 
provinciam  proficiscar.  10.  Pater  filium  domum  relin- 
quentem  monuit  ut  malos  comites  vitaret. 

II.  1.  We  feared  that  Ariovistus  intended^  to  remain. 
2.  It  happened  that  we  knew  your  plan.  3.  So  great  was 
the  fear  of  our  soldiers  that  they  did  not  sustain  the 
attack  of  the  enemies'  cavalry.  4.  We  will  find  out  how 
many  bridges  over  the  Rhone  remain.  5.  He  did  not 
doubt  that  his  neighbors  were  safe.  6.  So  great  a  change 
in  affairs  was  made  in  a  few  months  that  his  enemies 
were  greatly  frightened.  7.  The  lieutenant  wished  to 
lead  his  infantry  across  the  bridge  and  encamp  upon  the 
hill.      8.   He  feared  that   his  soldiers  would  not  obey. 

9.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  orator  will  be  present. 

10.  The  general  fears  that  the  minds  and  feelings  of  the 
recruits  (new  soldiers)  will  be  disturbed  by  the  approach 
of  the  enemy. 

326.  READING   LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  I.  48.] 

Eodem  die  Ariovistus  castra  promovit  {moved  forward, 
pro  and  movit)  et  mllibus  passuum  sex  a  Caesaris  castris 
sub  {under  ^  at  the  foot  of)  monte  consedit.  Postero  die 
praeter  {past)  Caesaris  castra  suas  copias  duxit  et  mlli- 
bus passuum  duobus  ultra  {beyond)  eum  castra  fecit  eo 
consilio  ut  frumento  commeatuque,  qui  ex  Sequanis  et 
Aeduis  portaretur,  Caesarem  intercluderet  {shut  off). 
Ex  eo  die   dies   continuos    {successive)   quinque   Caesar 

1  Esset  in  animo.    Cf.  Orgetorigi  in  animo  erat,  171. 


IMPERATIVE   CONSTRUCTIONS.  163 

pro  castrls  suas  copias  edtjxit  ut  Ariovisto  potestatem 
pugnandi  {of  fighting,  gerund  of  pugno)  daret.  Ario- 
vistus  his  omnibus  diebus  exercitum  castrls  continuit, 
equitatu  cottidie  proelium  commisit.  Genus  hoc  erat 
pugnae,  quo  se  German!  exercuerant  {had  trained). 
Equitum  mllia  erant  sex,  totidem  {just  so  mayiy)  numero 
pedites  velocissimi  ac  fortissimi.  Cum  his  in  proeiia 
equites  ibant.  Ad  eos  se  recipiebant.  Hi  in  periculTs 
equites  iuvabant,  et  tanta  erat  eorum  celeritas  ut  non 
minus  velociter  quam  equi  currerent. 


5>»?C 


CHAPTER  LVIII. 

Imperative  Constructions. 

Wishes. 

327.  Learn  the  present  imperative  of  amo,  moneo, 
duco,  audio,  volo,  nolo. 

328.  Imperative  constructions  include  all  kinds  of 
commands,  requests,  and  permissions.  The  following 
are  the  most  common  :  — 

POSITIVE.  NEGATIVE. 

1.      properem,  let  me  hurry.  ne  properem,  let  me  not  hurry. 

c  propera,  hurry.  r    _,_ 

I  I  noh  properare,    ^ 

'\  _  ,       ^  \  or  [donothurry. 

properes,  you  (one)  must        _  _       ,      | 

,  ^       ^  I  ne  properaveris,  -' 

"^       hurru.  ^ 


164 


A   FIRST    BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


3.  ^ 


POSITIVE. 

1  let 
properet, 

or 
properaverit, 


him 

hurry, 

or 

he    shall 

hurry. 


ne  properet 


ne  properaverit, 


NEGATIVE. 

let  him  not 

hurry, 

or 

he  shall  not 


J        hurry. 


329.  Commands,  requests,  and  permissions  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  subjunctive,  except  in  the  second  person, 
and  in  the  second  person  they  may  be  expressed  by  the 
subjunctive. 

1.  The  second  person  of  the  subjunctive  in  positive 
commands  is  rarely  used  except  when  the  subject  is  you 
in  the  sense  of  one  or  }oeople. 

2.  Negative  commands  of  the  second  person  are  ex- 
pressed by  noli  (nolite)  with  the  present  infinitive,  or  by 
the  present  or  perfect  subjunctive  with  ne. 

3.  Notice  that  in  imperative  sentences  there  is  no 
difference  in  the  translation  between  the  present  and  the 
perfect  subjunctive. 

4.  Notice  that  ne  is  the  negative  in  imperative  sen- 
tences. 


330. 


ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 


(Utinam)  bonus  sis,  may  you  he  good. 
Utinam  bonus  esses,  would  you  were  good. 
Utinam  bonus  fuisses,  loould  you  had  been  good. 
(Utinam)  ne  malus  sis,  may  you  not  he  had. 
(Utinam)  ne  malus  esses,  icould  you  were  not  bad. 
(Utinam)  ne  malus  fuisses,  would  you  had  not  heen  bad. 

Notice  that  utinam  is  sometimes  translated,  and  sometimes 
merely  shows  that  the  sentence  in  which  it  occurs  is  a  wish. 
Notice,  also,  that  ulinam  may  usually  be  omitted  in  Latin. 
Notice  that  when  the  wish  refers  to  the  future   the  present 


IMPERATIVE  CONSTRUCTIONS.  165 

subjunctive,  when  it  refers  to  the  present  the  imperfect,  and 
when  it  refers  to  the  past  the  pluperfect,  is  used.  When  the 
wish  refers  to  the  present  or  past,  it  is  unfulfilled.  Compare  the 
subjunctive  in  conditions,  337-340.  Observe  that  the  negative 
is  ne. 

331.  EuLE.  —  Wishes  are  expressed  by  the  suhjr  .ictive, 
often  introduced  by  ut/nan^y  The  negative  is  ne.  Wishes 
referring  to  the  future  tak^  the  present  tense ^  unfulfilled 
wishes  referring  to  the  present  take  the  imperfect,  and 
referring  to  the  past  the  pluperfect. 

332.  VOCABULARY. 

peeus,  -oris,  w.,  flock.  euro,   -are,  -avi,  -atum,  take 

antiquus,  -H,-uin,  ancient.  care,  cause. 

nuUus,  -a,  -um,  no,  no  one.  soleo,  -ere,  solitus,  (semi-dep.) 

audeo,   -ere,    ausus,    (dep.   in  be  accustomed. 

per/.,  plup.,  and  fut.  perf.)^  traiiseo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  (trans 
dare.  and  eo),  go  across,  cross. 

cogito,     -are,     -avi,     -atum,  vivo,  -ere,  vixi,  victum,  live, 

think.  utinam,  0  that,  would  that. 

333.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Propera,  ml  fill,  domum  redire.  2.  Libros,  dls- 
cipull,  domum  hodie  ne  portaveritis.  3.  Ne  quisquam 
hunc  hostem  timuerit.  4.  Noli  putare  me  ad  quemquam 
dongas  epistulas  scrlbere.  5.  Ctira  ut  vir  dlgnus  patre 
SIS  et  cogita  quo  in  loco  stes.  6.  Semper  audete  vera 
dicere.  7.  Ne  soliti  sitis  hunc  agrum  transire.  8.  Nulli 
erat  dubium  quin  arma  contra  Caesarem  pararentur. 
9.  AntiquI  GermanI  non  multum  frumento  sed  magna  ex 
parte  ^  pecore  vivebant.  10.  Non  tam  acer  civis  sum  ut 
putem  mllitiam  esse  semper  gratam.     11.  Debemus  ita 

1  In  great  part,  largely. 


166  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

vivere  ut  aliis  prosimus.  1^.  Ne  milites  de  mortis  peri- 
culo  cogitaverint.  14.  Utinam  mater  adesset.  15.  Uti- 
nam  domi  afuissem. 

II.  1.  The  minds  of  the  soldiers  were  seized  with  so 
great  fear  that  they  were  thrown  into  disorder.  2.  The 
orator  feared  that  his  speech  might  seem  too  long.  3.  He 
decided  to  go  (set  out)  to  Britain  to  avoid  wrong  from 
(of)  his  enemies.  4.  I  do  not  doubt  that  the  bridge  is 
safe.  5.  Send  the  boy  home.  6.  Do  not  send  the  boy 
home.  7.  Let  the  soldiers  avoid  the  suspicion  of  fear. 
8.  Let  us  not  fear  the  enemy.  9.  These  boys  so  act  that 
they  are  loved  by  everybody.  10.  Csesar  had  perceived 
the  good  will  of  Divitiacus  towards  himself.  11.  He 
wished  to  drive  his  flock  to  a  safe  place.  12.  No  one  ^ 
doubts  that  the  ancient  Germans  were  brave.  13.  May 
they  not  dare  to  cross. 


3><K< 


CHAPTER   LIX. 

Third  Conjugation :    Subjunctive  Active  and 
Passive ;    Conditional  Sentences. 

334.  Learn  the   subjunctive   active   and  passive   of 
duco. 

335.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

Si  adest,  laeti  samus,  if  he  is  present,  tve  are  glad. 

Si  aderat,  laeti  eramus,  if  he  teas  present,  we  were  glad. 

1  See  I.  8. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION.  167 

Si  aderit,  laeti  erimus,  if  he  is  {shall  be)  present,  ice  shall  be 

glad. 
Si  adfuit,  laeti  fuimus,  if  he  was  (has  bee7i)  present,  we  were 

(have  been)  glad. 

Notice  that  each  sentence  consists  of  two  clauses,  —  a  con- 
dition introduced  by  si  (if),  and  a  conclusion.  The  truth  of 
the  conclusion  depends  upon  the  truth  of  the  condition.  Such 
sentences  are  called  conditional  sentences. 

Notice  that  in  the  sentences  given  above  nothing  is  implied 
as  to  the  truth  of  the  assertions.  It  is  simply  stated  that  if  the 
condition  is  (was,  shall  be)  true,  the  conclusion  is  (was,  shall  be) 
true.  Such  conditions  are  called  simple  conditions.  Notice  the 
mood  of  the  verbs. 

Notice  that  in  simple  future  conditions  the  future  tense  is 
used  when  in  English  we  use  the  present. 

Note.  —  Conditions  referring  to  action  completed  in  past  time  are 
in  the  pluperfect ;  as,  si  adfuerat,  if  he  had  {at  some  previous  time) 
been  present.    But  these  do  not  often  occur. 

Sometimes  a  future  conchision  depends  upon  a  condition  which  will 
already  belong  to  past  time  when  the  conclusion  shall  or  may  become 
true;  as,  If  I  come,  I  shall  go  back.  I  evidently  cannot  go  back  until 
after  I  have  come ;  the  condition  therefore  refers  to  the  past ;  but  the 
whole  sentence  refers  to  the  future,  therefore  the  condition  must  refer 
to  the  past  and  the  future  at  once,  i.e.  must  be  in  the  future  perfect 
tense,  si  venero,  redibo. 

336.  Rule.  —  In  .simple  conditional  sentences  the  in- 
dicative is  used  in  both  condition  and  conclusio7i. 

337.  ILLUSTRATIVE    SENTENCES. 

Si  aderit,  laeti  erimus,  if  he  is  (shall  be)  present,  we  shall  be 

glad. 
Si  adsit  laeti  simus,  if  he  should  be  present,  we  should  be  glad. 

Notice  that  these  sentences  refer  to  the  future.  The  second 
differs  from  the  first  only  in  being  less  vivid,  implying  that  the 


168  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

speaker  is  in  doubt,  or  is  unwilling  to  make  a  plain,  simple 
statement.     Notice  the  moods  and  tenses.     Compare  330,  331. 

338.  Rule.  —  Less  vivid  future  conditions  take  the 
present  subjunctive  in  both  clauses. 

Note.— The  form  of  the  less  vivid  condition  corresponding  to  the 
future  perfect  indicative  of  the  simple  (more  vivid)  condition  (see  335, 
note)  is  the  perfect  suhjunctive,  si  venerim,  redeam,  if  I  should  come 
(have  come) ,  I  should  go  back. 

339.  ILLUSTRATIVE  SENTENCES. 

Si  adesset,  laeti   essemus,  if  he  were  present^  we  should  be 

glad. 
SI  adfuisset,  laeti  fuissemua,  if  he  had  been  present,  we  should 

have  been  glad. 

Notice  that  in  these  sentences  the  condition  is  supposed  to 
be  untrue.  Such  conditions  are  called  conditions  coi^trary  to 
fact.  Notice  the  mood  and  the  tenses  of  the  verbs.  Compare 
330,  331. 

340.  Rule.  —  In  conditions  contrary  to  fact  the  im- 
2)erfect  and  pluperfect  subjunctive  are  used  in  both  clauses, 
the  imperfect  referring  to  present  time,  the  pluperfect  to 
past  time. 

341.  VOCABULARY. 

opus,  operis,  r?.,  work. 

renuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  report,  \^pref.  re-  +  nuntio]. 

resist©,  -ere,  restiti  (no  supine),  resist,  \_pref.  re-  -f  sisto  {redu- 
plicated form  from  sto,  stand)]. 

^  return,  go  back,     [re-  again,  -f  ver- 

revertor,  reverti,  reversus  i        tor,  turn].     The  deponent  forms 
sum,  \       are  used  chiefly  in  the  present, 

reverts,  -ere,   -reverti,  re-  j        imperf.  and  fut.,  the  active  forms 
versum.  J        intheperf,pluperf.,and  fut.perf. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION.  169 

quis,  quae  (qua),  quid,  indef.  pron.^  any,  any  one,  one. 

qui,  qua  (quae),  quod,  mdef.  pron.^  any  (see  226). 

si,  conj.^  if. 

nisi,  conj.,  if  not,  unless,  [ni  {for  ne)  +  si  {with  shortened  vowel)']. 

342.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Si  magnum  pecoris  numerum  in  castris  habent, 
inopia  superarl  non  possunt.  2.  Si  revertetur  ut  nobis 
resistat,  tertio  die  piignabimus.  3.  Si  vera  captivus 
respondit,  milites  fortiter  opus  defenderunt.  4.  Si  tanta 
erat  operis  altitudo,  hostibus  facile  resistere  poterant. 
5.  Legatus  nisi  interfectus  erit,  in  Italiam  revertetur  ut 
consul!  haec  renuntiet.  6.  Si  quis  barbaris  restitit,  non 
dubium  est  quin  interfectus  sit.  7.  Milites  nisi  castra 
defendere  poteruut,  non  dubium  est  quin  omnes  fugiant. 
8.  Si  flumen  transiit  ut  in  oppiduni  fugeret,  non  dubito 
quin  vivat ;  si  domi  remansit,  interfectus  est.  9.  Si 
verum  est  quod  exploratores  renuntiaverunt,  hostes  ad 
castra  venire  non  ausi  sunt.  10.  Si  equites  Ehenum  tran- 
sierunt  ut  loci  nattiram  cognoscerent,  pedites  apud  fliimen 
remanserunt  qui  pontem  defenderent. 

II.  1.  If  one  dares  to  resist,  there  is  no  danger.  2.  No 
pain  is  so  great  that  it  cannot  be  borne  if  one  wishes  to 
bear  it.  3.  I  do  not  doubt  that  the  soldiers  have  returned 
to  the  work.  4.  If  you  have  determined  to  go  against 
the  enemy,  you  ought  to  think  of  the  safety  of  the  flocks. 
5.  If  any  dare  not  remain,  let  them  return^  home.  6.  If 
the  soldiers  have  not  fled,  the  enemy  have  not  taken  the 
camp.     7.  If  you  wish  (use  void),  you  may  return  on  the 

1  In  Latin,  as  in  English,  the  conclusion  of  a  conditional  sentence 
sometimes  takes  the  form  of  a  command,  which  must  be  expressed  by 
the  proper  part  of  the  verb.     See  Chapter  LVIII. 


170  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

fifth  day.  8.  The  ancient  Eomans  were  accustomed  to 
bear  the  toil  of  military  service  with  the  greatest  good- 
will in  order  that  they  might  deserve  (be  worthy)  to  be 
praised.  9.  May  you  take  care  to  answer  truly  (true 
things).  10.  If  you  do  not  dare  to  resist  the  enemy,  I 
fear  you  are  not  worthy  to  return  to  military  service. 
11.  If  any  are  accustomed  to  think  of  their  own  safety, 
they  are  not  worthy  to  be  called  soldiers. 

III.  1.  Nisi  magnum  pecoris  numerum  in  castris 
habuissent,  inopia  victi  essent.  2.  Si  quis  nobis  resistere 
audebit,  interficietur.  3.  Imperator  si  in  castra  reverta- 
tur,  sum  ma  mllitum  voluntate  contra  hostes  proficlscatur. 
4.  Caesar  si  adfuisset,.piignavisset ;  si  pugnavisset,  hostes 
superavisset ;  si  hostes  superavisset,  Galliam  occupavis- 
set.  5.  Si  dignus  esses  qui  Romanus  appellareris, 
hostibus  resisteres.  6.  Nisi  quis  de  hostium  adventu 
ntintiavisset,  castra  nostra  capta  essent.  7.  Captlvus 
nisi  vera  respondisset,  statim  a  mllitibus  interfectus 
esset.  8.  Nisi  Labienus  ante  solis  occasnm  reverta- 
tur,  mllites  longo  labore  defessi  de  deditione  cogitent. 
9.  Mllites  si  statim  e  castris  educantur,  hostibus  fortiter 
resistant.  10.  Si  ante  nonam  horam  in  urbem  consul  ve- 
nerit,  prima  noctis  vigilia  contra  hostes  Ire  contendemus. 
11.  Utinam  ne  cum  Germanis  proelium  commlsisset. 

IV.  1.  If  we  do  not  take  possession  of  the  bridge,  we 
shall  not  be  able  to  cross  the  river.  2.  If  the  soldiers 
who  were  in  the  town  had  not  been  frightened,  they 
would  not  have  fled.  3.  If  you  should  try  to  avoid 
death,  you  would  not  deserve  (be  worthy)  to  be  called 
brave.  4.  The  forces  of  the  enemy  are  so  great  that  they 
would   take   the  town   if   our   men  were   not   resisting 


THIRD   CONJUGATION.  171 

bravely.  5.  If  the  place  had  not  been  surrounded  by  a 
wall,  we  should  not  have  dared  to  remain.  6.  If  the  Ro- 
mans had  not  been  tired  by  (their)  work,  they  would 
have  remained  at  the  bridge  to  resist  the  Germans.  7.  We 
shall  not  be  able  to  return  to  camp  unless  some  one  comes 
to  aid  us  (to  us  as  an  aid)  before  sunset.  8.  If  the  foot- 
soldiers  should  run  quickly  to  the  river,  they  would  seize 
the  bridge.  9.  If  the  general  had  not  led  out  the  sol- 
diers from  the  camp  into  line  of  battle,  the  enemy  would 
have  set  out  for  home  on  that  day.  10.  If  the  Gauls 
should  make  an  attack  upon  our  men,  they  would  betake 
themselves  to  the  camp. 

343.  READING  LESSON. 

[CiESAB,  Gallic  War,  I,  49.] 

Ubi  {when)  Ariovistum  castrls  se  tenere  Caesar  intel- 
lexit,  ne  diutius  (compar.  of  dm)  commeatii  prohiberetur, 
ultra  {beyond)  eum  locum  quo  in  loco  GermanI  consede- 
rant  circiter  passus  sescentos  ab  eis,  castrls  idoneum 
locum  delegit  acieque  triplici  {triple)  Tnstructa  (perf. 
pass.  part,  of  instruo)  ^  ad  eum  locum  venit.  Primam  et 
secundam  aciem  in  armis  esse,  tertiam  castra  munire 
iussit.  Hic  locus  ab  hoste  circiter  passus  sescentos,  uti 
{as)  dictum  est,  aberat.  Eo  {thither)  circiter  hominum 
numero  sedecim  milia  expedita  {unencumbered,  in  fight- 
ing trim)  cum  omni  equitatti  Ariovistus  misit,  quae 
copiae  nostros  terrerent  et  milnltione  {from  fortification) 

1  Acie  triplici  instructa,  a  triple  line  being  dravm  up,  i.e.  having 
formed  a  triple  line.  So  below,  mtinitis  castris,  the  camp  having 
been  fortified,  i.e.  lohen  the  camp  loas  fortified.  See  Chapter  LXII., 
Ablative  Absolute. 


172  A  FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

prohiberent.  Caesar,  ut  (as)  ante  coiistituerat,  duas 
acies  hostem  propulsare  {drive  off),  tertiam  castra  mti- 
nire  itissit.  Castrls  mimitis  ^  duas  ibi  {there)  legiones 
reliquit  et  partem  auxiliorum,  quattuor  reliquas  in  castra 
maiora  redtixit  {led  hack). 


o-i^c 


CHAPTER   LX. 

Fourth  Conjugation:    Subjunctive  Active  and 
Passive. 

Clauses  with  Gum. 

344.  Learn  the  subjunctive  active  and  passive  of  audio. 

345.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

cum  civitas  bellum  Infert,  duces  deliguntur,  when  the  state 

begins  a  icar,  leaders  are  chosen. 
cum  haec  leges,  adero,  when  you  read  (i.e.  shall  read)  this,  I 

shall  be  present. 
oppidum  Britanni  vocant,  cum  silvas  munierunt,  the  Britons 

call  it  a  town,  when  they  have  fortijied  the  ivoods. 
cum  veneris,  cognosces,  when  you  come  (i.e.  shall  have  come), 

you  will  Jind  out. 

Observe  the  mood  and  tenses. 

346.  Rule.  —  Cum    meaning   when  {cum    temporal) 
takes  the  indicative  to  define  a  time. 

i  See  p.  171,  note. 


FOURTH    CONJUGATION.  173 

347.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

cum  esset  Caesar  in  Gallia,  legatl  venerunt,  when  Ccesar  was 

in  Gaul,  envoys  came. 
Caesari  cum  id  nuntiatum  esset,  ab  urbe  profectus   est, 

when  that  was  (i.e.  had  been)  announced  to  Ccesar,  he  set  out 
from  the  city. 

348.  Rule.  —  In  narrative,  cum  meaning  when  or  as 
(cum  historical)  takes  the  imperfect  and  plu23erfect  sub- 
junctive to  describe  a  time. 

Note.  —  The  indicative  is  used  with  cum  when  a  date  is  given,  the 
subjunctive  when  a  situation  or- circumstance  is  given  involving  the  idea 
of  time.  Generally  dates  are  given  in  primary  tenses,  and  therefore 
cum  with  the  imijerfect  and  pluperfect  indicative  is  rare.  "When  a 
time  is  described,  the  tenses  used  are  naturally  secondary,  hence  the 
use  of  the  imperfect  and  pluperfect  subjunctive  with  cum  in  narrative. 

349.  VOCABULARY. 

Britannus,  -i,  m.,  a  Briton,  in-  taineu,  conj.,  nevertheless,  still, 

habitant  of  Britain.  however. 

magistratus,    -us,    m.,   magis-  contendo, --ere, -tendi,-tentuin, 

trate,    magistracy    [stem    of  contend,     struggle,     hasten 

magister.  (master)  +  a   (as  [pre/,  con  +  teiido,  stretch]. 

if  from  a  verb  of  first  conj.)  pervenio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, 

+  tus].  come  througli,  arrive  [per  + 

munitio,  -onis,  /.,  fortification  venio]. 

[muni  (o/niunio)  +  tio].  vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victum,  con- 

cum,  conj.,  when,  as,  since,  al-  quer. 

though. 

350.  EXERCISES. 

I,  1.  Ad  amicos,  cum  usus  est,  Galli  se  recipiunt. 
2.  Caesar  cum  Helvetios  vicisset,  multos  annos  cum 
aliis  bellum  gerebat.  3.  Helvetil  cum  omnia  constitu- 
issent,  Orgetorigem  ducem  delegerunt.     4.  Ille  cum  dux 


174  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

delectus  esset,  Dumnorigem  adduxit  iit  regnum  occupare 
conaretur.  5.  Cum  magistratus  multitudiuem  hominuin 
ex   agris   cogerent,    Orgetorigis    mors    eis   nimtiata   est. 

6.  Barbarl  cum  oppidum  ceperunt,  incolas  interficiunt. 

7.  Dux  cum  hostes  vicerit  exercitum  dimittet  nisi  ei  a 
senatu  imperatum  erit  ut  cum  Germanis  bellum  gerat. 

8.  Si  VIS  domum  reverti,  cura  ut  respondeas.  9.  Ea  res 
cum  imperatori  renuntiata  esset,  in  castrls  milites  de- 
fessos  continuisset  nisi  veritus  esset  ne  GermanI  ad 
Ehenum  pervenirent.  10.  BritannI  antlqui  pecoribus  et 
frumento  vivere  solebant.  11.  Si  hostes  de  periculo  cogi- 
tant,  ntilli  fltimen  transire  audebunt. 

II.  1.  When  the  soldiers  heard  the  shout,  they  has- 
tened into  the  city.  2.  When  the  enemy  had  fortified 
the  camp,  they  led  out  their  forces  into  line  of  battle. 
3.  If  the  work  of  the  fortification  is  done,  cross  the  river 
and  resist  the  enemy.  4.  When  the  general  himself 
heard  the  enemy  coming,  he  gave  the  signal  to  the  sol- 
diers. 5.  When  an  army  arrives  at  a  suitable  place  for 
a  camp,  they  surround  themselves  with  a  fortification 
that  they  may  be  safe  from  the  attack  of  the  enemy. 
6.  When  the  shout  of  (those)  fighting  was  heard  in  the 
camp,  the  soldiers  hastened  to  the  river.  7.  When  the 
camp  had  been  fortified,  the  magistrates  of  the  Gauls 
returned  to  Labienus  to  ask  for  (seek)  peace.  8.  Do 
not  resist  the  enemy,  lest  they  hasten  to  cross  the  Rhine 
and  return  home.  9.  When  the  cavalry  return,  they 
will  quickly  make  an  end  of  the  battle.  10.  When  the 
Helvetians  had  already  made  their  way  through  the  ter- 
ritory of  the  Sequanians,  they  arrived  in  the  territory  of 
our  allies. 


FOURTH   CONJUGATION.  175 

351.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

cum  haec  vera  sint,  bene  est,  since  these  things  are  true,  it  is 

well. 
cum  defessus  essem,  domi  manebam,  since  I  was  tired,  I  staid 

at  home. 
cum  adessem,  me  non  vidisti,  although  I  was  present,  you  did 

not  see  7ne. 
hoc  cum  audierim,  non  credo,  although  I  have  heard  this,  1  do 

not  believe  it. 

352.  Rule.  —  Cum  causal  and  concessive  {meaning 
since  and  although)  taTces  the  subjunctive  in  all  tenses. 

363.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Milites  cum  proelio  superati  essent,  tamen  non 
fugerunt.  2.  Hostes  cum  dux  interfectus  esset  in  castra 
se  receperunt.  3.  Cum  magna  pars  aestatis  reliqua  sit, 
in  Britanniam  profectus  est.  4.  Cum  vivamus,  laeti 
simus.  5.  Cum  venerit  nuntius  novas  res  cognoscemus. 
6.  Explorator  cum  multas  res  repperisset  tamen  nihil  re- 
ntintiare  ausus  est.  7.  Haec  cum  bene  fecisset,  laudatus 
est.  8.  Dux  cum  multa  bene  fecisset,  tamen  ab  inimicis 
acctisatus  est.  9.  Cum  timoris  susplcionem  vitaveris 
fortem  esse  te  dicimus.  10.  Milites,  cum  nemo  sine 
vulnere  esset,  tamen  ad  noctem  resistebant. 

II.  1.  Although  he  was  of  small  stature  (body),  he 
was  a  brave  general.  2.  Since  he  had  arrived  at  the 
city,  he  determined  to  remain.  3.  Since  the  magistrates 
have  come,  let  us  hasten  to  go  to  the  council.  4.  Al- 
though the  Britons  have  been  conquered,  I  shall  not 
return  to  Gaul.  5.  Since  the  fortifications  are  high,  we 
can  easily  resist  the  enemy.     6.  Since  you  have  come  to 


176  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

me,  I  will  lead  you  to  a  safe  place.  7.  Although  the 
soldiers  are  fighting  sharply,  they  cannot  overcome  the 
enemy.  8.  Since  a  great  change  of  circumstances 
(things)  has  been  brought  about  (made),  let  us  seek 
safety  in  flight.  9.  Although  Caesar  had  led  out  his 
legions  into  line  of  battle,  the  enemy  remained  in  their 
camp.  10.  Since  the  Gauls  did  not  come  against  us,  we 
returned  into  the  fortitications. 


o>^c 


CHAPTER   LXL 
Subjunctive  of  Irregular  Verbs. 

Indirect  Discourse. 

354.  Learn  the  subjunctive,  active  and  passive,  of 
possum,  volo,  nolo,  malo,  eo,  fio,  and  fero. 

Review  the  rules  for  simple  indirect  discourse  (p.  119). 

355.  VOCABULARY. 

imperium,   -i,    n.,    command,  conficio,    -ficere,    -feci,    -fee- 
rule,   power,    sway,    [imper  turn,  finish,  wear  out  (esp. 
(of    impero,     command)  -\-  in  perf.  pass,  partic.)  [con  + 
abstract  ending -ium] .  facio]. 
porta,  -ae,  /.,  gate.  existimo,   -are,    -avi,    -atum, 
pugna,  -ae,/.,  fight,  battle.  think,    consider,    [ex  +  aes- 
turris,  -is  {ace.  -im),  /.,  tower.  timo,  compute  {a,e  weakened 
etiam,  conj.,  even,  also,  [et  +  to  i)]. 
lam]. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF    IRREGULAR   VERBS.  177 

356.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Ntintius  respondit  turrim  iam  confectam  esse. 
2.  Si  scrlbere  potuisset,  Britannos  ad  urbis  portam  ven- 
tures esse  scripsisset.  3.  Etiam  cum  e  mimitione  exi- 
remus,  hostes  pugnattiros  esse  non  existimabamus. 
4.  Caesarl  renuntiabatur  milites  vulneribus  iam  con- 
fectos  esse.  5.  Caesar  cum  cognovisset  Britannos  iam 
victos  esse,  ad  castra  munltionesque  pervenire  contendit. 
6.  Galli  etiam  si  Caesaris  imperium  ferre  noluissent, 
tamen  resistere  non  potuissent.  7.  Si  celeriter  castra 
fiant  hostibus  resistere  possimus.  8.  Nisi  ad  opus  re- 
vert! quam  in  pugna  manere  maluissetis  facile  liostes 
vicissetis.  9.  Legatus  dicebat  se  tertio  die  ad  suos 
venturum  esse.  10.  Si  quis  dicet  se  piignam  vidisse, 
responde  pugnam  neque  fuisse  neque  futuram  esse. 

II.  1.  I  saw  that  the  Gauls  were  resisting;  had 
resisted ;  would  resist.  2.  If  you  did  not  bear  the  toils 
of  war,  I  should  not  say  that  you  were  brave.  3.  If  he 
had   not   been  willing  to  go,  he  would  not  have  gone. 

4.  Even  if  they  thought  that  their  allies  were  brave,  they 
would  wish  to  defend  themselves  with  a  fortification. 

5.  When  he  had  seen  that  the  magistrates  were  present, 
he  said  that  he  would  reply  immediately.  6.  The  mes- 
senger replied  that  the  enemy  had  run  to  the  gates  and 
{atque)  had  seized  even  the  tower.  7.  They  say  that 
they  cannot  endure  the  rule  of  the  Eomans.  8.  They 
announced  that  the  foot-soldiers  would  seize  the  gates. 

9.  When  they  saw  that  the  hill  had  been  seized  by 
the  enemy,  they  understood  that  they  were  conquered. 

10.  If  you  think  that  the  place  is  suitable  for  a  camp, 
let  us  go  thither. 


178  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

357.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

1.  Direct.     Si  quid  vis,  cur  non  venis  ad  me?      If  you 

want  anything^  why  do  you  not  come  to  me  f 
Indirect  (primary  tense).  Amicus  tuus  respondet,  si 
quid  velis,  cur  non  venias  ad  se,  your  friend 
replies,  if  you  want  anything,  why  don't  you  come 
to  him. 
(secondary  tense).  Caesar  respondit,  si  quid 
Ariovistus  vellet,  cur  non  veniret  ad  se, 
Ccesar  replied,  if  Ariovistus  wanted  anything,  why 
did  he  not  come  to  him. 

2.  Direct.     Veni  si  vis,  come,  if  you  ivish. 

Indirect  (primary  tense).     Amicus  tuus  dicit,  venias  si 

velis,  your  friend  says  (that)  you  may  come  if 

.  you  wish. 

(secondary  tense).       Caesar   dixit   Ariovistus 

veniret  si  vellet,  Ccesar  said  (that)  Ariovistus 

might  come  if  he  wished. 

3.  Direct.     Si  aderat  Titus,  puer  bene  fecit,  If  Titus  ivas 

present,  the  boy  did  well. 
Indirect  (primary  tense).  Dico  si  adfuerit  Titus  bene 
puerum  fecisse,  /  say  that  if  Titus  ivas  present, 
the  hoy  did  well. 
(secondary  tense).  Dixi  si  adfuisset  Titus  bene 
puerum  fecisse,  I  said  that  if  Titus  was  pres- 
ent, the  boy  did  loell  (at  some  time  before  I  said 
it). 

4.  Direct.     Cum  Titus  adest,  puer  bene  facit,  when  Titus  is 

present,  the  boy  does  well. 
Indirect  (primary  tense).  Dico  cum  Titus  adsit  bene 
puerum  facere,  /  say  that  when  Titus  is  present, 
the  boy  does  well. 
(secondary  tense).  Dixi  cum  Titus  adesset 
bene  puerum  facere,  /  said  that  ivhen  Titus 
was  present,  the  boy  did  well. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF   IRREGULAR   VERBS.  179 

Notice  the  moods.  Notice  also  how  the  tenses  differ  in  the 
different  sentences.  Observe  that  the  first  and  second  persons 
of  the  Direct  Discourse  are  usually  change(J  (in  Latin  as  in 
English)  to  the  third  person  in  the  Indirect  Discourse. 

358.  Rule.  —  In  Indirect  Discourse,  questions,  com- 
mands, and  subordinate  clauses  are  in  the  subjunctive. 

359.  Rule.  —  If  the  verb  of  saying,  etc.,  introducing 
the  Indirect  Discourse  is  in  a  primary  tense,  the  subjunctives 
are  present  or  perfect;  'if  it  is  in  a  secondary  tense,  the  sub- 
junctives are  imperfect  or  pluperfect. 

Note.  —  As  the  subjuuctive  lacks  the  future  and  future  perfect 
tenses,  the  future  indicative  of  the  Direct  Discourse  is  represented  by 
the  present  or  imperfect  subjunctive  in  Indirect  Discourse,  and  the 
future  perfect  indicative  by.  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  subjunctive. 
So  si  adero,  bene  erit,  if  I  am  (i.e.  shall  be)  present,  it  will  be 
well,  becomes,  if  quoted  indirectly,  dicit  si  adsit  bene  futurum 
esse,  he  says  that  if  he  is  present,  it  will  be  v:ell,  or  (using  a  sec- 
ondary tense)  dixit  si  adesset  bene  futurum  esse. 

360.  FXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Dux  existimavit  milites,  si  vellent,  vincere  posse. 
2.  Vobis  dico,  si  laudarl  velitis,  fortes  sTtis.  3.  Magistra- 
ttis  dixerunt  Caesarem  si  Britannos  vicisset  in  Galliam 
reversurum  esse.  4.  Magistratui  nuntiatum  est  omnes 
hostium  legiones  in  Italiam  revertisse.  5.  Dux  militibus 
dixit,  si  hostibus  resistere  vellent,  mmiitiones  conficerent. 
6.  Nuntiatum  est  portam,  cum  Labienus  ad  munitiones 
pervenisset,  iam  occupatam  esse  a  Gallis.  7.  Legatus 
intellexit  pedites  in  castra  se  recepturos  esse  nisi  quis 
auxilio  eis  veniret.  8.  Centurionibus  dixit,  cum  muni- 
tiones iam  confectae  essent,  castris  milites  continerent. 
9.  Imperator,  cum  hiemem  iam  adesse  cognovisset,  in 
hiberna  legiones  duxit.     10.  Nuntiatum  est  hostes,  cum 


180  A  FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

vincere  non  potuissent,  prima  vigilia  salutem  fuga  peti- 
ttiros  esse. 

II.  1.  Fight  bravely  if  you  wish  to  be  praised. 
2.  The  general  said  that  the  soldiers  must  fight  bravely 
if  they  wished  to  be  praised.  3.  When  the  messenger 
had  arrived  at  the  town  he  went  to  the  magistrates. 
4.  He  told  the  magistrates  that  when  the  camp  was 
taken  the  Gauls  had  sought  safety  in  flight.  5.  The 
magistrates  replied,  that  since  the  Gauls  had  been  con- 
quered, they  would  receive  the  Romans  in  (into)  the 
city.  6.  When  the  messenger  had  returned  to  the  army, 
he  reported  that  the  magistrates  would  not  resist. 
7.  Having  heard  this,  the  general  said  that  he  should 
move  the  camp  at  daybreak,  since  he  had  done  all  (the 
things)  on  account  of  which  he  had  come.  8.  He  thought 
that,  since  the  leaders  of  the  enemy  had  been  slain,  his 
soldiers  would  be  safe  in  the  city.  9.  When  the  army 
had  been  led  into  the  city,  the  general  called  the  magis- 
trates to  him.  10.  He  said  that  since  they  had  received 
him  and  his  soldiers  in  the  city,  he  counted  (held,  habere) 
tliem  in  the  number  of  his  friends. 

361.  HEADING    LESSON. 

[Cjssar,  Gallic  War,  I.  50,  51.] 

Proximo  die  Ariovistus  partem  suarum  copiarum,  quae 
castra  Caesaris  minora  oppugnaret,  misit.  Diu  atque 
acriter  pugnatum  est.  Solis  occasu  suas  copias  Ariovis- 
tus in  castra  redtixit  {led  back).  Cum  ex  captlvis  Caesar 
quaereret  quam  ob  rem  Ariovistus  proelio  contendere 
non  vellet,  hanc  reperiebat  causam :  apud  Germanos 
earn  consuettidinem  (custom)  esse,  ut  matresfamiliae 
(matrons)  eorum  sortibus  (by  lots)  et  vaticinationibus  (by 


PARTICIPLES. 


181 


prophecies)  declararent  (decldro,  declare)  utrum  (whether) 
proelium  cominittere  deberent  neciie  (or  7iot)  ;  eas  ita 
dicere :  Germanos  superaturos  non  esse,  si  ante  novam 
lunam  proelio  contendissent.  Postero  die  Caesar  prae- 
sidium  castris  reliquit  (left)  ;  ipse  triplici  acie  mstructa 
(see  note  on  last  reading  lesson)  ad  castra  hostium  acces- 
sit  (went  close  up).  Germani  coacti  sunt  copias  suas 
castris  educere.  Omnem  aciem  carrls  circumdederunt, 
ne  qua  spes  (hope)  fugae  relinqueretur.  In  carrls  mulie- 
res  stabant  quae  eos  liortabantur  ut  fortiter  ptignarent. 


3j»<C 


CHAPTER   LXII. 

Participles.     ( Review.) 

Ablative  Absolute. 

362.    Review  the  participles  and   their    declensions 
(p.  128). 


363. 


ILLUSTRATIVE  SENTENCES. 


1.  duce  vocante  r  the  leader  calling, 
milites      con-  4  when  the  leader  calls, 
veniunt,  (  at  the  call  of  the  leader. 

the  war  having  beenjiri-  - 
ished, 

lohen  (or  after)  the  war 
was  finished, 

since  the  war  was  fin- 
ished, 
-  having  finished  the  war.  J 


2.  Caesar     bello 
confecto       in  < 
castra  rediit, 


the  soldiers  assem- 
ble. 


Cwsar  returned  to 
camp. 


OF  THB 

XTNIVERSITY 


182 


A  FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


3.  equitibusfugi- 
entibus  pedi- 
tes  interfecti 
sunt, 

4.  hoc  facto  con- 
veniemus, 


the  Iwrsemen  fleeing^ 
when  the  horsemen  fled, 
since  the  horsemen  fled, 
on  account  of  the  flight 
of  the  horsemen, 


<  w 
(  a 


this  having  been  done, 
when  this  has  been  done, 
fter  doing  this, 


r  he  being  leader, 
5.  eo  duce  hostes  J  when  he  was  leader, 
vicistis,  I  under  his  leadership, 

^  with  him  as  leader. 


6.  parte  aestatis 
reliqua  domo 
exibunt, 


part  of  the  summer  re- 
maining, 

since  part  of  the  sum- 
mer remains, 

if  part  of  the  summer 
remains. 


the    foot-soldier 
loere  slain. 


ive  shall  assemble. 


you  conquered  the 

enemy. 


they    will    go 
from  home. 


out 


Notice  that  in  1,  2,  3,  and  4  a  noun  (or  pronoun)  and  a 
participle  in  agre^ement  with  it  are  put  in  the  ablative  to  des- 
ignate the  time  or  circumstances  of  the  action  expressed  by 
the  main  verb.  The  place  of  the  participle  may  be  taken  by 
a  noun  {duce  in  5)  or  an  adjective  (reliqua  in  6).  The  abla- 
tive used  in  this  way  is  called  the  ablative  absolute. 

364.  EuLE.  —  The  ablative  absolute  is  used  to  desig- 
nate the  time  or  circumstances  of  ayi  action. 


365.    In  the  use  of  the  ablative  absolute  the  following 
things  are  to  be  observed :  — 

1.   The  noun  in  the  ablative  is  never  the  same  as  the  subject 
or  object  of  the  main  verb.    If  we  wish  to  say  in  Latin,  the  leader 


PARTICIPLES.  ^   183 

Jied,  having  been  defeated,  we  must  say  dux  victus  fugit,  for 
leader  is  the  subject  of  fled,  therefore  dux  must  be  the  subject 
of  fugit,  and  the  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  put  in  the  nominative ; 
then  having  been  defeated  modifies  leader,  therefore  victus  must 
modify  dux,  and  must  therefore  be  in  the  same  case  as  dux, 
that  is,  in  the  nominative. 

2.  The  ablative  absolute  may  be  translated  in  various  ways ; 
as  (a),  by  the  English  absolute  construction  (bello  confecto, 
the  war  having  been  finished)  ;  (b)  by  a  temporal  clause  (bello 
confecto,  when  the  war  was  finished) ;  (c)  by  a  concessive 
clause  (bello  confecto,  although  the  war  was  finished) ;  (d)  by  a 
condition  (bello  confecto,  if  the  war  was  finished) ;  (e)  by 
various  expressions  suited  to  the  sentence  in  which  the  ablative 
absolute  stands  (so  bello  confecto,  at  the  end  of  the  war,  or  on 
the  completion  of  the  war). 

3.  The  ablative  absolute  is  often  used  in  Latin  where  an 
independent  co-ordinate  verb  would  be  used  in  English;  as, 
Caesar,  bello  confecto,  domum  rediit,  Coesar  finished  the  war 
and  returned  home. 

4.  In  Latin  there  is  no  perfect  active  participle.  If  there- 
fore we  wish  to  say  in  Latin,  Coesar,  having  finished  the  war, 
returned  to  camp,  we  cannot  use,  as  in  English,  a  participle  in 
agreement  with  Caesar,  but  instead,  Caesar,  bello  confecto, 
in  castra  rediit.  The  same  idea  may,  of  course,  be  expressed 
by  a  clause  with  cum ;  as,  Caesar,  cum  bellum  confecisset  in 
castra  rediit.  Deponent  verbs  have  the  perfect  participle,  and 
therefore  offer  no  difficulty  in  translation.  Thus  Ccesar,  having 
exhorted  the  soldiers,  led  them  against  the  enemy  can  be  translated 
Caesar  milites  cohortatus  contra  hostes  duxit. 

5.  In  Latin  there  is  no  present  passive  participle  and  no 
future  passive  participle.  When  an  English  sentence  contains 
one  of  these  participles,  the  idea  must  be  expressed  in  Latin  by 
a  clause  with  cum  (or  some  other  conjunction)  or  the  voice 
must  be  changed  to  the  active. 


184  A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

366.  VOCABULARY. 

amitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis-  persuadeo,  -ere,  -suasi,  -sua- 

sum,     let    go,    lose,     [a  +  sum,  persuade,  induce,  [per 

mitto] .  +  suadeo,  urge] . 

arbitror,     -ari,     -atus     sum,  satis,  adv.,  enough. 

tliink,  suppose,  believe.  spes,  spei,  /.,  hope,  expectation. 

efflcio,  -flcere,  -feci,  -fectum,  suh,  prep,  usually  with  ahl.,  but 

effect,    accomplish,    [ec   (for  after    verbs  of  motion  with 

ex,    changed    to    ef    before  ace,  under,  close  to,  at  the 

following  f)  +  facio].  foot  of. 

367.  EXERCISES. 

[Translate  each  ablative  absolute  in  as  many  ways  as  you  can.] 

I.  1.  Omni  spe  amissa  Britanni  ad  munitiones  perve- 
nire  contenderunt.  2.  His  rebus  confectis  magistratus 
civibus  persuaserunt  ut  domo  exirent.  3.  Caesar  Bri- 
tannis  victis  satis  se  effecisse  arbitratus  est.  4.  Milites 
satis  se  effecttiros  existimabant  si  pugiia  hostes  vince- 
rent.  5.  Hostes  turn  occupata  etiam  ad  castrorum 
portani  Ire  contenderunt.  6.  Aedui  dixerunt  se  Caesaris 
imperia  sustenturos  esse  si  Germanos  Rhenum  transire 
prohiberet.  7.  Galll,  cum  tela  amisissent,  deditionem 
facere  voluerunt.  8.  Hoc  Caesarl  nuntiato  respondit  si 
vellet  Ariovistus  in  colloquium  venire,  venlret.  9.  Hosti- 
bus  acriter  sub  mtiro  ptignantibus  multl  interfecti  sunt. 
10.  Caesare  imperatore  EomanI  totlus  Galliae  imperio 
potlti  sunt. 

[Translate  each  sentence  in  at  least  two  ways.] 

II.  1.  Since  the  tower  was  finished,  he  thought  the 
camp  was  sufficiently  fortified.  2.  Since  all  hope  was 
lost,  they  fled  into  the  woods.  3.  Leaving  all  their  vil- 
lages, the  Helvetians  tried  to  make  a  journey  through  the 


GERUND   AND   GERUNDIVE.  185 

territory  of  the  Sequanians.  4.  He  persuaded  the  citi- 
zens to  leave  the  towns  and  hasten  into  the  provinces. 
5.  Even  though  their  javelins  were  lost,  nevertheless 
they  fought  long  and  sharply  with  their  swords.  6.  We 
have  learned  that  when  Gaul  had  been  conquered  by 
Caesar,  the  Britons  lived  long  under  the  power  of  the 
Eoman  people.  7.  Thinking  that  enough  had  been  ac- 
complished, since  the  towers  and  the  gates  had  been 
finished,  he  returned  with  his  legions  into  the  canap. 
8.  When  Caesar  wished  to  return  to  Eome,  after  finish- 
ing the  war,  he  left  the  cohorts  in  winter  quarters.  9.  I 
do  not  think  that  the  general  will  return  to  the  city  if 
the  legions  are  lost.  10.  Even  if  the  Britons  should 
wish  to  fight  after  the  loss  of  their  leaders,  the  magis- 
trates would  persuade  them  to  remain  in  their  fortifica- 

*i°"^-        -^^^r^liU^  li^    Ui  Ir^ 

^>*Ko« 


CHAPTER   LXm. 

Gerund  and  Gerundive. 

368.  Learn  the  gerund  and  gerundive  of  amo,  habeo, 
duco,  audio,  and  eo. 

Notice  that  the  gerund  is  declined  as  a  neuter  singular 
noun  of  the  second  declension,  lacking  the  nominative 
and  vocative  cases,  and  that  the  gerundive  is  declined  as 
a  regular  adjective  of  the  first  and  second  declensions. 

The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun,  the  gerundive  a  verbal 
adjective. 


186  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIK. 

369.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

Gen.    Milites  pugnandT  finem  fecerunt,  the  soldiers  made  an 

ejid  of  fighting. 
Dat.    Locus  pugnando  idoneus  erat,  the  place  was  suitable 

for  fighting. 
Acc.    Nostri  ad  pugnandum  convenerunt,  our  men  assembled 

for  fighti7ig  (to  fight) . 
Abl.    Milites  pugnando  fortes  fiunt,  soldiers  are  made  brave 

by  fighting. 

Notice  that  the  gerund  is  used  like  the  English  verbal  noun 
in  -ing.  The  accusative  of  the  gerund  is  used  only  with  prepo- 
sitions. Instead  of  the  nominative  and  accusative  (without  a 
preposition)  of  the  gerund,  the  infinitive  is  used ;  as,  videre  est 
credere,  seeing  is  believing ;  dicit  videre  esse  credere,  he  says 
that  seeing  is  believing. 

370.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

Gen.    Potestas      \  urbem  capiendi,  /          7.7        . 

,   ^            ~       n  .            .      -,  r  taking   the    city 

datur        ;  urbis  capiendae,  \  ■      J^     , 

I  )  IS  offered. 

T^  -,  ^    ^  (      ,  -_.-,-  ^        .  ")  he  is  a  leader  suit- 

DAT.    Est  dux      \  urbem  capiendo  (rare),  r        ,,     ^ 

.__  -Ai-         .      ^  r      able  for  taking 

idoneus   j  urbi  capiendae,  V        ,       . 

(  '  )      the  city. 

r  ad  urbem  capiendum  \  they  came  to  take 
Acc.    Venerunt    ^       (rare),  y      (for  taking)  the 

(  ad  urbem  capiendam,  )      city. 

r  de     urbem     capiendo  ^  we    are    thinking 
Abl.    Cogitamus  }       (rare),  >-      about  taking  the 

i  de  urbe  capienda,         )      city. 

Notice  that  in  the  above  sentences  the  gerund  takes  an 
object  like  the  finite  verb.  The  gerund  itself  is  in  the  case 
required  by  the  noun,  adjective,  or  other  word  upon  which  it 
^depends. 


GEKUND   AND   GERUNDIVE.  187 

371.  Rule. —  The  gerund  is,  as  a  noun,  governed  by 
other  ivords;  as  a  verb,  it  may  take  an  object  in  the  proper 
case. 

Notice  that  the  gerundive  agrees  with  its  noun  like  any  other 
adjective.  The  noun  itself  is  in  the  case  required  by  the  noun, 
adjective,  or  other  word  upon  which  it  depends. 

It  is  only  when  the  gerund  would  take  an  object  in  the 
accusative  that  the  gerundive  can  be  used  instead.  The  two 
constructions  are  both  admissible  in  the  genitive ;  in  the  other 
cases,  the  gerundive  is  usual. 

372.  EuLE.  —  Instead  of  the  gerund  with  a  direct 
object,  the  gerundive  is  generally  used.  The  gerundive 
agrees  in  gender,  number,  and  case  with  its  noun,  which 
stands  in  the  case  in  which  the  gerund  would  have  been. 

373.  VOCABULARY. 

apertus,  -a,    -um,  adj.,  open,  ibi,  adv.,  there.         — 

[perf.  pass,  partic.  of  ape-  impero, -are, -avi, -atum,  com- 

rio,  open].  mand,   order,   used  with  the 

consisto,  consistere,  constiti,  dat.   of  the  person  to  whom 

no    supine,    stand   together,  the  command  is  given  followed 

stand  firm,  stop,  halt,  [con  hy  ut  or  ne  with  the  suhjunc- 

+  sisto    {reduplicated  form  tive. 

from  sto,  stand)].  retineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -tentum, 

conspicio,     -spicere,     -spexi,  hold  back,  retain,  [re,  back ; 

-spectum,  spy,  see,  behold,  teneo,  hold]. 

[con  +  spic    {for   spec,    a  scutum,  -i,  n.,  shield. 

root  denoting  sight)  +  ioj . 

374.  EXERCISES. 

I.     1.   Sciitis  amissis   tamen  constiterunt  ad  portam 

defendendam.     2.  Dixerunt  ibi  se  mansuros  esse  ubi  ad 

-,castra  defendenda  constitissent.     3.  Centurionibus  impe- 

ravit  lit  de  turribus  conficiendis  cosritarent.      4.   Amico 


188  A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

nostro  persuadeamus  ne  spem  oppidi  capiendi  amittat. 
5.  Satis  effectum  esse  arbitror  si  legatl  ad  pacem  peten- 
dam  miss!  sunt.  6.  Cum  nostros  ad  pugnam  convenientes 
conspexissent,  tempus  ptignandl  venisse  existimaverunt. 
7.  Etiam  sub  imperio  Popull  RomanT,  Galli  retinerl  non 
poterant  ne  inter  se  contenderent.  8.  His  rebus  factis 
nostri  ad  flunien  transeundum  profecti  sunt.  9.  Helvetii 
de  itinere  per  Sequanorum  fines  faciendo  ad  Caesarem 
legates  mlserunt.  10.  His  ille  respondit  se  null  I  potesta- 
tem  itineris  per  provinciam  faciendl  daturum  esse. 

II.  1.  This  place  is  not  suitable  for  fortifying  a  camp. 
2.  When  the  gate  was  opened,  he  commanded  us  to  go 
against  the  enemy.  3.  Having  seized  the  mountain, 
they  halted  there  to  wait  (for  Avaiting)  for  the  general. 
4.  When  they  beheld  the  legions  going  out  from  the 
camp,  they  thought  that  an  opportunity  of  making  an 
attack  was  offered  (given).  5.  They  placed  towers  at 
the  gates  for  defending  the  town.  6.  Although  all  hope 
of  taking  the  town  was  lost,  still  they  did  not  flee,  but 
remained  there  all  night.  7.  When  the  general  com- 
manded them  to  halt  there,  they  did  not  obey  the  com- 
naand.  8.  He  said  many  things  about  taking  cities  and 
conquering  enemies.  9.  If  you  should  say  anything 
about  making  peace,  you  would  lose  the  friendship  of 
the  consul.  10.  Caesar  crossed  into  Britain  to  find  out 
(for  finding  out)  the  customs  of  the  Britons. 

375.  READING  LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  I.  52,  53.] 

Caesar  a  dextro  cornu,  quod  (because)  eam  partem 
minime  firmam   (strong)   hostium  animadverterat,  proe- 


SUPINE.  189 

lium  commisit.  Ita  acriter  nostri  in  liostes  signo  dato 
impetuin  fecerunt  itaque  celeriter  hostes  procurrerunt 
{ran  forward)  ut  spatium  (room,  space)  pila  in  hostes 
coniciendi  non  daretur.  Gladils  piignatum  est  diti  atque 
acriter.  Tandem  German!  victi  fugerunt,  neque  prius^ 
fugere  destiterunt  (perf.  of  desisto,  cease)  quam  ^  ad 
flumen  Khenum  milia  passuum  ex  eo  loco  circiter  quinque 
pervenerunt.  Ibi  panel  fliimine  transito  sibi  salutem 
reppererunt.  In  his  fnit  Ariovistus.  Reliqnos  omnes 
equitatus  noster  interfecit.  Duae  fnernnt  Ariovisti  uxo- 
res,  quae  in  ea  fuga  perierunt  (perished).  Diiarum 
filiarum  altera  occisa,  altera  capta  est.  Gains  Valerius 
Procillus,  cum  a  ctistodibus  in  fuga  traheretur  (traho, 
-ere,  drag)  in  ipsnm  Caesarem  incidit,  et  Marcus  Metius 
repertus  et  ad  eum  reductus  (brought  back)  est. 


CHAPTER  LXIV. 
Supine. 

Expressions  of  Purpose. 

376.  Learn  the  supines  of  the  regular  and  irregular 
verbs. 

377.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

venerunt  aquam  petitum,  the?/  came  to  seek  water. 

missus  est  rem  renuntiatum,  he  was  sent  to  report  the  matter. 

1  prius  .  .  .  quam,  sooner  .  .  .  than,  i.e.  until. 


190  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 

378.  EuLE.  —  The  supine  in  -um  {accusative  supine) 
is  used  after  verbs  of  motion  to  express  purpose. 

Note.  —  The  most  frequent  use  of  the  supine  in  -um  is  with  the 
verb  eo,  especially  with  the  impersonal  infinitive  passive ;  as,  amatum 
in.  This  is  the  simplest  way  of  forming  the  future  infinitive  passive. 
(For  a  more  usual  way  of  expressing  the  idea  of  the  future  infinitive 
passive,  see  the  following  chapter.) 

379.  Other  ways  of  expressing  purpose  have  already 
been  given.     They  came  to  seek  water  may  be  expressed 

'   as  follows :  — 

venerunt  ut  aquam  peterent  (w^  and  the  subjunctive,  311). 
venerunt   qui   aquam   peterent   (relative  and  the  subjunc- 
tive, 311). 
vengrunt  ad  aquam  petendam  (gerundive  with  atZ,  370). 
venSrunt  aquam  petitum  (accusative  supine  as  above). 

Instead  of  the  gerundive  with  ad  the  gerund  may  be  used, 
but  only  when  the  verb  is  intransitive ;  as,  venerunt  ad  mihi 
respondendum,  they  came  to  reply  to  me. 

380.  Purpose  may  also  be  expressed  by  the  gerund 
or  gerundive  in  the  genitive  followed  by  causa  (or  gratia), 
for  the  sake  of:  — 

venerunt  aquae  petendi  causa  (gratia), 
venerunt  aquae  petendae  causa  (gratia). 

Causa  and  gratia  are  the  ablatives  of  causa,  cause,  and  gratia, 
favor,  influence.  They  are  used  with  the  genitive  as  prepositions 
are  used  with  the  accusative  and  ablative,  but  when  so  used 
they  are  always  placed  after  the  genitive. 

381.  The  future  participle  is  also  occasionally  used 
to  express  purpose ;  as,  venerunt  aquam  petittiri,  they  came 
about  to  seek  water,  i.e.  they  came  to  seek  ivater. 

What  are  the  eight  ways  of  expressing  purpose  in 
Latin  ? 


SUPINE.  191 


382.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

facile  est  factu,  it  is  easy  to  do. 
difficile  est  dictu,  it  is  hard  to  tell. 


383.  EuLE.  —  The  supine  in  -n  {ablative  supine)  is 
used  with  adjectives  (and  a  few  other  words)  to  limit  their 
meaning. 

384.  VOCABULARY. 

gratia,  -ae,  /.,  influence,  favor  conicio,  -icere,  -ieci,  -iectum, 

(abl.  gratia  for  the  sake  of,  throw  together,  hurl  together, 

with  gen.  like  causa).  [con  4-  iacio]. 

quantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  rel.  and  pello,    -ere,    pepuli,   pulsum, 

inter.,  how  great.  repel,  repulse,  defeat. 

animadverto,  -ere,   -i,  -sum,  nam,  conj.,  for. 

notice,   perceive,   [anim   (of  quldem,  indeed,  at  least,  espe- 

animus)+ad  +  verto  (turn)  dally  ne  .  .  .  quldem,  not 

turn  the  mind  to].  even. 

386.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Hoc  animadverso  Caesar  imperavit  ut  ibi  con- 
sisterent.  2.  Incredibile  dictu  est  quanta  celeritate  ad 
tela  conicienda  convenissent.  3.  Orgetorix  apud  Helve- 
tios  pluriraum  valebat  gratia  et  animi  magnitudine,  nam 
nihil  esse  arbitrati  sunt  quod  efficere  non  posset. 
4.  Galli  ne  scutis  quidem  amissis  omnem  spem  aml- 
serunt.  5.  Helvetii  proelio  pulsi  legates  ad  Caesarem 
pacem  petitum  miserunt.  6.  Cum  Procillum  venientem 
conspexisset  porta  aperta  ad  eum  contendit.  7.  Legatos, 
qui  ad  pacem  petendam  venerant,  apud  se  retinuit  ne 
domum  reverterentur.  8.  Nam  verebatur  ne,  si  domum 
revertissent,  GaHis  persuaderent  ut  ad  impetum  in  castra 
faciendum  convenirent.     9.  Milii  quidem  satis  erit  si  bene 


192  A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 

ac  celeriter  eas  res  confeceritis  ad  quas  conficiendas  vos 
convocavl.  10.  Hoc  si  optimum  factu  est  faciamus. 
11.  Haec  quidem  dicere  volebam  ut  intellegeretis.  Sed 
satis  dictum  est. 

[Translate  the  purpose  clauses  in  various  ways.] 

II.  1.  Let  us  go  to  seek  aid.  I  think  this  is  the  best 
(thing)  to  do.  2.  When  he  had  noticed  that  the  Gauls 
had  hurled  their  javelins,  he  ordered  his  (men)  to  make 
a  charge.  3.  Not  even  when  the  enemy  were  repulsed 
did  he  dare  to  halt  there.  4.  When  the  leaders  of  the 
enemy  perceived  this,  they  encouraged  (strengthened  the 
spirits  of)  their  men  to  fight.  5.  We  have  come  to  you, 
not  to  fight,  but  to  make  peace.  6.  Caesar  had  great 
influence  among  the  Gauls,  for  they  understood  how  great 
his  power  was.  7.  Those  who  had  been  sent  to  learn  the 
nature  of  the  place,  reported  that  it  was  suitable  for 
making  a  camp.  8.  Scouts  came  for  the  purpose  of  seeing 
the  army  and  reporting  to  their  chiefs.  9.  Having  noticed 
this,  Caesar  retained  them  in  the  camp.  10.  Envoys  were 
sent  to  the  general  to  seek  peace,  in  order  to  put  (make) 
an  end  to  (of)  the  war.  11.  The  general  replied  to  them 
that  he  had  come  to  conquer  the  Gauls.  12.  Having 
heard  this,  the  chiefs  of  the  Gauls  called  their  (men) 
together  and  encouraged  them  to  fight. 


PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATIONS. 


193 


CHAPTER   LXy. 
Periphrastic  Conjugations. 

Dative  of  Agent. 

386.   Examine  the  following  :  — 

Pres.  amaturus  sum,  I  am  about  to  love  (or,  /  am  going 

to  love). 

Imperf.  amaturus  eram,  /  was  about  to  love. 

FuT.  amaturus  ero,  /  shall  he  about  to  love. 

Perf.  amaturus  fui,  /  have  been  (was)  about  to  love. 

Pluperf.  amaturus  fueram,  /  had  been  about  to  love. 

FuT.  Perf.  amaturus  fuero,  I  shall  have  been  about  to  love. 

The  future  active  participle  is  combined  in  this  way 
with  all  the  moods  and  tenses  of  sum.  The  combination 
is  called  the  First  Periphrastic  Conjugation.  The  tenses 
are  called  present,  imperfect,  etc.,  according  to  the  tense 
of  sum  employed. 

The  future  active  participle  of  any  verb,  with  the  present 
indicative  of  sum,  has  substantially  the  same  meaning  as  the 
future  active  indicative.  The  two  expressions,  amab5  and 
amaturus  sum,  are  equivalents.  But  for  the  other  forms 
given  above,  there  are  no  simple  equivalents. 


387. 


ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 


non  dubitS  quin  amaturus  sit,  I  do  not  doubt  that  he  will  (is 

about  to)  love. 
quaesivi  quid  facturus  esset,  /  asked  tohat  he  was  going  to  do. 

Notice  that  the  First  Periphrastic  Conjugation  sup- 
plies a  future  tense  for  the  subjunctive  mood.^ 


194  A  FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

The  regular  future  active  infinitive  (as  amattinis  esse) 
is  evidently  a  part  of  the  First  Periphrastic  Conjugation, 
being  formed  of  the  future  active  participle  and  the  infini- 
tive of  sum. 

The  future  passive  infinitive  is  also  frequently  formed 
with  the  aid  of  sum.  For  this  purpose,  the  future  infini- 
tive of  sum  is  used ;  but  the  form  employed  is  almost 
invariably  fore,  not  futtirum  esse.  When  thus  used,  fore  is 
followed  by  ut  and  the  subjunctive ;  as,  — 

credo  fore  ut  ametur,  I  believe  that  he  will  be  loved  (that  it  will 

be  or  will  come  to  pass  that  he  is  loved). 
putabam  fore  ut  liber  scriberetur,  /  thought  that  the  book  would 

be  written  (that  it  would  be  or  would  come  to  pass  that  the  book 

was  written). 

The  future  infinitive  passive  in  Indirect  Discourse  is 
usually  formed  in  this  way. 

388.  ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 

Pres.        amandus  sum,  /  am  to  be  loved,  I  ought  to  (must)  be 

loved,  it  is  necessary  that  I  be  loved. 
Imperf.   amandus  eram,  /  was  to  be  loved,  I  ought  to  have  been 

loved,  it  was  necessary  that  I  be  loved. 
FuT.  amandus  ero,  /  ought  (hereafter)  to  be  loved,  it  will  be 

necessary  that  I  be  loved. 
Perf.       amandus  fui,  /  have  been  (was)  to  be  loved,  I  ought  to 

have  been  loved,  it  was  necessary  that  I  be  loved. 

The  other  moods  (except  the  imperative)  and  tenses 
of  sum  are  also  used  in  combination  with  the  gerundive, 
forming  the  Second  Periphrastic  Conjugation. 

Observe  that  the  Second  Periphrastic  Conjugation  is 
passive,  and  involves  the  idea  of  necessity  or  obligation. 


389. 


PERIPHKASTIC   CONJUGATIONS. 


ILLUSTRATIVE   SENTENCES. 


OF  THK 


hoc  mihi  faciendum  est,  this  must  be  done  hy  me,  or  I  must  do 

this. 
intellexit  pontem  sibi  faciendum  esse,  he  understood  that  a 

bridge  must  be  built  by  him,  or  that  he  must  build  a  bridge. 

Observe  that  the  person  by  whom  the  action  is  to  be  per- 
formed is  put  in  the  dative.     This  is  called  the  dative  of  agent. 

390.  Rule.  —  With  the  gerundive  expressing  obligation, 
the  dative  is  used  to  denote  the  person  upon  whom  the  obli- 
gation rests. 


391. 


VOCABULARY. 


autem,  conj.,  but,  however,  (the 
second  word  in  its  clause). 

coepi,  coepisse,  began  (only 
the  tenses  formed  from  the 
perfect  stein  exist),  followed 
by  the  infinitive. 

consuesco,  -suescere,  -suevi, 
-suetum,  be  accustomed, 
[con  +  siiesco]. 

demon stro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
show,  explain,  demonstrate, 
[de  +  monstro,  show]. 


egredior,  -gredi,  -gressus  sum, 

go  out,  come  out,  [e  +  gre- 
dior  (for  gradlor,  step,  go)  ] . 

fortuna,  -ae,  /.,  fortune. 

progredior,  -gredi,  -gressus 
sum,  go  forward,  advance, 
[pro  +  gradior] . 

trado,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum, 
give  over,  hand  over,  give 
up,  [tra  (for  trans,  across 
or  over)  -1-  a  shortened  form 
of  da,  the  root  of  do,  give]. 


392.  EXERCISES. 

I.  1.  Ibi  nobis  consistendum  est  ubi  imperator  ut 
consistamus  imperat.  2.  Imperavit  autem  ut  sub  miiro 
consisteremus,  nam  animadverterat  hostes  progressuros 
esse.  3.  Porta  ad  egrediendum  aperta,  tamen  milites  in 
castris  retinuit.  4.  Scuta  et  pila  nostra  tradenda  sunt, 
animos  autem  semper  retinebimus.  5.  Ibi  multis  lapidi- 
bus  in  unum  locum  coniectis  mtirum  facere  coeperunt. 


196  A  FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN. 

6.  Omnia  demonstravl  quae   milii   demonstranda  erant. 

7.  Quaesivit  num  milites  quos  in  silva  conspexisset  egres- 
stiri  essent.  8.  Helvetii  quidem  pulsl  sunt,  German!  au- 
tem  vincendi  sunt.  9.  Discipulls  multa  facienda  sunt  ad 
gratiam  apud  magistrum  petendam.  10.  Dixit  fore  ut 
castra  trade rentur,  cum  milites  pulsl  essent.  11.  Intelle- 
gendum  est  quanta  fortunae  sit  potestas.  12.  Quaero 
quid  facttirl  sitis  ut  apud  elves  gratia  valeatis.  13.  Con- 
suescunt  homines  multa  facere  quae  facienda  non  sunt. 
14.  Duel  mllitum  animi  ad  ptignandum  conflrmandl  sunt. 

II.  1.  The  Britons  were  accustomed  to  choose  leaders 
when  they  were  about  to  go  out  from  their  territories. 
2.  Influence  and  power  ought  to  be  sought,  but  friendship 
is  better.  3.  I  do  not  doubt  that  the  enemy  will  advance 
with  great  spirit.  4.  Since  the  enemy  have  begun  to 
build    {make)    a  wall,    we   must  go   out   against  them. 

5.  You  say  that  you  have  come  to  seek  peace,  but 
peace  must  not  be  made  unless  you  give  up  (your)  arms. 

6.  Caesar  explains  in  the  first  book  with  what  great  (how 
great)  peoples  he  had  to  fight  (it  was  to  be  fought  by 
him).  7.  When  the  general  perceived  the  shields  of  the 
enemy  in  the  wood,  he  understood  that  he  must  go  out  to 
fight.  8.  Not  even  his  enemies  doubt  that  Caesar  will 
conquer  the  Gauls.  9.  We  must  throw  all  our  shields 
together  in  (to)  one  place,  but  must  retain  our  swords  in 
our  hands.  10.  You  must  not  go  out;  for  your  father 
ordered  you  to  remain  at  home. 

393.  READING   LESSON. 

[C^SAR,  Gallic  War,  Book  1.64.] 
Hoc  proelio   trans  Rhenum  nuntiato  Suebl  (Suebi,  a 
German  tribe)  qui  ad  ripas  RhenI  venerant,  domum  re- 


PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATIONS.      ^     ,      19T 

verti  coeperunt,  quos  Ubil  (another  tribe),  qui  proximi 
Rhenum^  incolunt,  territos  secuti,  magnum  ex  his  nu- 
merum  occlderunt.  Caesar,  una  aestate  duobus  maximis 
bellis  confectis,  maturius  paulo  (a  little)  quam  tempus 
anni  postulabat  in  hiberna  in  Sequanos  exercitum  deduxit 
(led  away)  ;  hibernis  Labienum  praeposuit ;  ipse  in  citeri- 
orem  {nearer^)  Galliam  ad  conventtis  {circuit  courts^) 
agendos  profectus  est. 

1  Rhenum  :  the  accusative  is  often  used  after  proximus. 

2  Nearer,  or  Hither  Gaul  was  Gaul  nearer  Rome;  i.e.  the  northern 
part  of  what  is  now  Italy. 

3  Caesar  was  governor  of  Gaul,  and  holding  courts  was  one  of  his 
duties. 


i     1         ' 


SELECTIONS   FOR   SIGHT-READING. 


[WordB  not  in  the  vocabularies  are  given  in  the  foot-notes.] 


394.  Respect  to  Age. 

Lysander  ^  Lacedaemonius  ^  hoc  dixisse  dicitur :  "  Lace- 
daemone^  optirae  vivere  possunt  senes.  Nusquam''  enim^ 
tantam  liabent  auctoritatem."  Athenis  olim*'  Itidis^  in- 
stittitis^  quidam  in  theatrum^  senex  venit,  nee  ei  locus 
datus  est  a  suis  civibus;  tum^*^  ad  legatos  Lacedaemonios 
accessit^^;  lil  autem  omnes  consurrexere^^  et  sen!  locum 
dederunt.  Hoc  factum  ^^  probantibus  ^'^  Atheniensibus/^ 
unus  e  legatis^'^  dixit,  "Athenienses  sciunt  quidem  recta  ^^ 
\       facere,  sed  facere  nolunt. 

1  Lysander,  a  man's  name.       2  LacedsBrfionian.      ^  At  Lacedsemon. 
4  Nowhere.  5  ^or  (conj.,  postpositive).  6  Once  upon  a  time. 

">  Games.  §  Perf.  part,  of  instituo,  arrange,  put  in  order.  Here 
ludis  instittitis,  when  a  i:tlay  was  to  he  given.  ^  Theatre.  i"  Then. 
^^  Approached.  '^'^  Rose  up  at  once.  ^^  Act.  ^^  Approving  (i)Tes. 
part,  of  prob5,  1) .  is  The  Athenians.  is  instead  of  the  partitive 
genitive,  the  abl.  with  e  or  ex  may  be  used.        1^  Right  (n.  pi.). 


395.  A  Retort. 

Venit  olim^  quidam  ad  Aristippum  philosophum^  ei- 
que  dixit :  "  Yisne  f Ilium  meum  artes  tuas  docere  ^  ?  " 
Respondit  Aristippus :  "Hoc  equidem'*  faciam  acceptis'' 
duobus  talentis.*"'     Pater  autem  pretio''  territus,  dixit: 

199 


200  A    FIRST   BOOK   IN    LATIN. 

''At  servura  minoris*  emere^  possum."  Contra^^  Aris- 
tippus,  "Fac"  hoc:  ita  duos  servos  habebis." 

i  Once.  2  Philosopher.  3  Teach.  •*  Certainly.  ^  Perf.  part,  qf 
accipio,  receive.  ^  Talents,  a  sum  of  money.  '  Price.  ^  For  less 
(genitive,  denoting  an  indefinite  price).  '^  Buy.  ^^  In  reply,  ii  Imper- 
ative of  facio. 

396.  An  Honorable  People.    - 

Themistocles  ^  olim^  pugna  navali^  victis  Persis'*  Athe- 
nls  apud  concionem*  dixit :  "  Consilium  in  animo  habeo : 
hoc  utile  ^  relpublicae  erit,  celarl  tamen  oportet.^  Uni  e 
prlmoribus^  rem  dicere  volo."  Aristldes^  ad  hoc  munus^*' 
delectus  est.  Huic  dixit  Themistocles  :  "  Lacedaemonio- 
rum  classis"  in  ancoris*^  in  portu  est.  Hanc  clam^^ 
incendere^''  poterimus.  Ita  illorum  potestas  navalis^ 
delebitur.^^"  His  auditis  Aristides  reversus  apud  con- 
cionem  ^  dixit :  "  Themistoclis  consilium  utile  quidem, 
sed  minime^^  honestum"  est."  Itaque  Athenienses  ne 
audltum  quidem  consilium  spreverunt.^^ 

1  An  Athenian  statesman.         2  Once.         ^  Naval.         ^  Persians. 

5  Assembly.  6  Useful.  "i  Must,  is  necessary.  8  The  chief  men. 
Instead  of  a  partitive  genitive,  the  abl.  with  e  is  used.  ^  A  prominent 
Athenian.  lo  Duty.  n  Fleet.  12  Anchors.  Here  in  ancoris, 
at  anchor.  i3  Secretly.  1*  Set  on  fire.  i5  Deleo,  2,  destroy. 
16  Not  at  all.        iJ"  Honorable.        is  Rejected. 

397.  The  Ass  and  the  Wolf. 

Ad  asinum^  gravi  morbo^  aegrum^  socil  venerunt,  ut 
quid  ageret^  viderent.  Inter  alios  lupus ^  quoque^  venit. 
Qui  cum  corpus  eius  tangeret/  et  interrogavisset,*  quae 
corporis  partes  maxime  dolerent,  asinus  respondit :  "  Eae 
partes  corporis  maxime  dolent,  quas  tu  tangis.^ " 

^  Ass.       ^Disease.       ^ Sick.       ^What  heioasdoinfj,i.e.how  hedid. 

6  Wolf.  6  Also.  7  Touched  (tango,  -ere,  tetig-i,  tactum).  «  Had 
asked. 


SELECTIONS   FOR   SIGHT-READING.  201 

398.  The  Lion^s  Share. 

Cum  leo^  venatum^  Tret,  socii  eius  erant  canis^  et  lupus.'* 
Leo  cum  partes  praedae^  aequales^  factae  essent,  ita  locti- 
tus  est^:  "Primam  partem  capio,  quia*^  rex  vester  sum; 
secundam,  quia^  fortis  sum  mihi  dabitis ;  tertiam  qui^ 
tetigerit  ^^  me  inimicum  sibi  habebit.  Ita  leo  totam  prae- 
dam^  solus  abstulit."  Haec  fabula  docet,  quam^^  pericu- 
losum  ^^  sit  societates  "  cum  potentioribus  inire.^^ 

1  Lion.  2  To  hunt  (supine  of  venor,  1,  dep.).  »  Dog.  ■*  Wolf. 
^  Booty.  ^  Equal.  ''Spoke  (loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum). 

8  Because.         ^  Whoever.         i"  From  tango,  touch.         ^^  Took  aioay 
[aufero,  auferre,  abstuli,  ablatum,  (ab  +  fero)].  ^^  How. 

13  Dangerous.         ^^  Alliances.         is  Enter  into  (in  +  eo). 

399.  Julius  Ccesar. 
[Adapted  from  Eutropius,  Book  VI.  17-25.] 

1.  Anno  urbis  conditae^  sescentesimo  nonagesimo  tertio 
Gains  Iidius  Caesar,  qui  postea^  imperavit^  cum  Lucio 
Bibulo'^  consul  est  f actus.  Is  primo'^  vicit  Helvetios,  qui 
nunc  SequanI  appellantur,  deinde^  vincendo  per  bella 
gravissima  usque  ad^  Oceanum  Britannicum^  processit.' 
Domuit^"  autem  annis  novem  fere  omnem  Galliam,  quae 
inter  Alpes,  flumen  Rhodanum,  Rhenum  et  Oceanum  est. 
Britannls  mox^^  bellum  intulit,  quibus  ante  eum  ne  nomen 
quidem  Romanorum  cognitum  erat,  et  eos  quoque^^  victos 
obsidibus  acceptis^^  stipendiaries  ^*  fecit.  Galliae  autem 
tributum^^  imperavit,  Germanosque  niultis  proelils  vIcit. 

1  In  the  year  of  the  founded  city,  i.e.  since  the  foundation  of  the 
city.  Rome  was  founded  B.C.  753.  ^  Afterioards.  ^  Was  emperor. 
4  The  Romans  elected  two  consuls  annually.  ^  First,  i.e.  at  first. 

6  Next.  '  Usque  ad,  even  to,  as  far  as.  ^  The  British  Ocean, 

now  called  the  North  Sea.       9  Advanced.       1°  Subdued.       "  Presently. 
12  Also.     13  Perf .  part,  of  accipio,  receive,     i^  Tributaries,     is  Tribute. 


202  A   FIRST    BOOK   IN    LATIN. 

2.  Hinc^  iam  bellum  civile^  successit^  quo  populi 
Eomani  fortima  mutata*  est.  Caesar  enim^  rediens  ex 
Gallia  victor  coepit  poscere^  alterum^  consulatum.^ 
Contradictum  est^  a  Marcello  consule,  a  Bibulo,  a  Pom- 
peio,  a  Catone,  iiissusque  ^^  dimissis  exercitibus  ad  urbem 
redire.  Propter  quam  "  iniiiriam  ab  Arimino,^^  ubi  mili- 
tes  suos  habebat,  adversum  ^^  patriam  cum  exercitu  venit. 
Consnles  cum  Pompeio  senatusque  omnis  atque  universa^^ 
nobilitas^^  ex  urbe  fugit  et  in  Graeciam  transiit.  Ibi 
Pompeio  duce  senatus  contra  Caesarem  bellum  paravit. 

1  Hence.  2  Civil.  ^  Succeeded,  followed.  •*  Changed.  5  For 
(couj.,  postpositive).  ^  To  demand.  '' A  second.  ^Consulship. 
9  It  loas  spoken  against,  i.e.  opposition  was  made.  i"  Supply  Caesar 
and  est.  ii  The  relative  is  often  used  in  Latin  where  we  use  a 

demonstrative.        12  From,  about  Ariminum,  a  place  in  Northern  Italy. 
13  Against.       ^^  Entire.       ^^  Nobility. 

3.  Caesar  vacuam.^  urbem  ingressus^  dictatorem^  se 
fecit.  Inde'^  Hispanias^  petiit.  Ibi  Pompei  exercitus 
validissimos^  et  fortissimos  cum  tribus  ducibus  superavit. 
Inde*  regressus^  in  Graeciam  transiit,  adversum^  Pom- 
peium  dimicavit.^  Primo  proelio  victus  est  et  fugatus/*' 
evasit"  tamen  quia^^  nocte  interveniente  ^^  Pompeius  se- 
qul  noluit,  dixitque  Caesar,  nee  Pompeium  scire  vincere, 
et  illo  tantum"  die  se  potuisse  superarT.  Deinde^^  in 
Thessalia  apud  Pharsalum^^  ingentibus  copils  dimica- 
verunt.^ 

1  Empty,  i.e.  with  the  senate  and  nobility  gone.  ^  Having  entered 
(perf.  part,  of  ingredior).  3  Dictator.  ^  Thence.  ^  Spain  was 
divided  into  two  provinces  by  the  Romans,  hence  the  plural.  .  ^  Superl. 
of  validus,  strong.  "^Having  returned  (perf.  part,  of  regredior). 
8  Against.  »  Fought.  ^  Put  to  flight  (from  tngo,  1).  n  Escaped 
(from  evado).  12  Because.  ^3  From  intervenio,  come  between, 
intervene.        !■*  Only.       i^  jHext.       ^6  Near  Pharsalus  in  Thessaly. 


SELECTIONS   FOR   SIGHT-BEADING.  203 

4.  Nunquam^  Romanae  copiae  neque  maiores  neque 
melioribus  ducibus  conveiieraiit.  Pugnatum  est  diu  et 
acriter,  victusqiie  ad  postremum^  Pompeius^  et  castra 
eius  direpta^  sunt.  Ipse  fugatus"  Alexandrlam^  petiit, 
ut  a  rege  Aegypti,  cul  tutor  ^  a  senatu  datus  fuerat  prop- 
ter iuvenilem^  eius  aetatem,^  acciperet^"  auxilia.  Qui 
fortunara  magis  quam  amicitiam  secutus"  occldit  Pom- 
peium,  caput  eius  et  anulum^  Caesari  misit.  Quo  con- 
specto  Caesar  lacrimas  ^^  fudisse  '^  dicitur. 

1  Never.  After  this,  neque  . .  .  neque  must  be  rendered  by  either 
. .  .or.         ^  At  last.         ^  Supply  est.  ■^  Plundered  (from  diripio), 

5  Put  to  flight  (from  fugo,  1).  6  Alexandria,  a  large  seaport  in  Egypt. 
'  Guardian.  8  Youth/ ul,  juvenile.  ^  Ac/e.  i"  From  accipio  (ad  + 
capio),  receive.  ^^  Folloioing,  i.e.  paying  respect  to.  12  jUng,  a 
seal  ring,  to  prove  his  identity.  i3  Tears.         ^^  Perf.  inf.  of  fundo, 

-ere,  fudi,  fusum,  jjour,  here  shed. 

5.  Mox^  Caesar  Alexandriam  venit.  Ipsi^  quoque^ 
Ptolemaeus"*  parare  voluit  Insidias,^  qua  causa  regi  hel- 
ium illatum  est.  Eo  victo  Caesar  Alexandria  potitus 
regnum  Cleopatrae  dedit,  Ptolemaei  sororT.  Inde^  rediens 
Caesar  Pharnacem''  qui  multas  populi  Roman!  provin- 
cias  occupabat,  proelio  vicit,  et  ad  mortem  coegit.  Inde^ 
Romam  regressus^  tertio^  se  consulem  fecit.  Inde^  in 
Africam  profectus  est,  ubi  multi  nobiles,  quorum  duces 
prlncipes  erant  rel  ptiblicae,  bellum  reparaverant.^"  Con- 
tra hos  commisso  proelio  victor  fuit  Caesar.  Duces 
eorum  aut  ipsi  se  occiderunt  aut  a  Caesare  interfecti 
sunt. 

1  Presently.  2  Supply  Caesari,  against  Csesar  himself.  ^  Also. 
*  The  king  of  Egypt  mentioned  above.  5  Treachery,  i.e.  he  wished  to 
murder  him.  6  a.  king  of  Pontus.  "  Thence.  ^  Having  returned 
(from  regredior).  »  For  the  third  time.  10  jj^d  renewed  [from 
reparo  (re  +  par6)]. 


204  A  FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 

6.  Post  annum  Caesar  Romam  regressus^  quarto^  se 
consulem  fecit  et  statim^  ad  Hispanias  est  profectus,  ubi 
Pompei  filios,  Gnaeum  et  Sextum,  qui  ingens  bellum 
reparaverant/  apud  Mundam  civitatem  magno  proelio 
superavit.  Ex  Pompei  filils  maior  occTsus  est,  minor 
fugit.  Inde^  Caesar  bellis  civilibus^  toto  orbe^  com- 
positis^  Romam  rediit.  Agere  msolentius®  coepit  et 
contra  consuetudinem  ^°  Romanae  libertatis."  Haec  cum 
dititius  ferre  non  possent  coniurationem  ^^  in  eum  fece- 
runt  multi  senatores^^  equitesque^*  RomanT.  Principes 
fuerunt  inter  coniuratos'^  duo  BrutI,  ex  eo  genere^^  BrutT, 
qui  primus  Romae  consul  f  uerat  et  reges  expulerat/''  Gains 
Cassius  et  Servilius  Casca.  Ergo^^  Caesar,  cum  senatus 
die  inter  ceteros^^  venisset  ad  curiam,^  vigintl  tribus  vul- 
neribus  confossus  est.^^ 

'^Having  returned.  "^ For  the  fourth  time.  ^Immediately. 

^Had  renewed.  *  Thence,  then.  ^  Civil.  '  World  (orb  of  the 
earth).  8  p^t  to  rest,  finished  (con  +  pono),  9  More  arrogantly . 
10  Custom,  i.e.  contrary  to  the  free  institutions  of  the  Romans.  ii  Lib- 
erty. 12  Consinracy.  i^  Senators.  i^  Knights.  i^  Conspirators. 
16  Family.         i"^  Had  driven  out.         is  Therefore,  so.  i^  The  rest. 

20  The  senate  house.        21  jy^ig  pierced,  stabbed  to  death. 


REGULAR  VERBS 

First  Coiijiig-ation. 


•    f? 


400,   Principal  Parts :  Amo,  amare,  amavi,  amatum. 
Stem :  ama-. 

Indicative. 

Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

Present. 

I  love,  am  loving,  do  love,  etc.  /  am  loved,  etc. 

amo  amamus  amor  amamur 

amas  amatis  amaris  oi'  -re       ama  mini 


amj 


amat  amant  amatur  amantur 


Imperfect. 
I  loved,  was  loving,  did  love,  etc.  /  was  loved,  etc. 

amabam      amabamus  amabar  amabamur 


amabas        amabatis 
amabat        amabant 

amabaris  or-re   amabamini 
amabatur            amabantur 

I  shall  love,  etc. 
amabo          amabimus 
amabis         amabitis 
amabit         amabunt 

Future. 

I  shall  be  loved,  etc. 

amabor                 amabimur 
amaberis  or  -re    amabimini 
amabitur             amabuntur 

Perfect. 

I  have  loved,  I  loved,  etc. 
amavi           amavimus 
amavisti       amAvis'tis 
am^vit          amaverunt  or' 

I  have  been  (was)  loved,  etc. 

r  sum                  r  sumus 

amatus  j  es          amati }  estis 
-re                      I  est                   i  sunt 

205 


206 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


Active  Voice. 

I  had  loved,  etc. 
amaveram   amaveramus 
amaveras     amaveratis 
amaverat     amaverant 


Passive  Voice. 


Pluperfect. 


I  had  been  loved,  etc. 

{eram  r  erainus 

eras      amati-^  eratis 
erat  I  erant 


Future  Perfect. 
I  shall  have  loved,  etc.  I  shall  have  been  loved,  etc. 

amavero       araaverimus  /^  ero  rerimus 

amaveris      amaveritis  amatus  \  eris       amati  \  eritis 

amaverit      amaverint  lerit  lerunt 


Subjunctive} 

Present. 

amem 

amemus 

amer 

amemur 

ames 

ametis 

ameris  or  -re 

amemini 

amet 

ameiit 

ametur 

Imperfect. 

amentur 

amarem 

amaremus 

amarer 

amaremur 

amares 

amaretis 

amareris  or -re 

amaremini 

amaret 

amarent 

amaretur 

Perfect. 

amarentur 

amaverim 

amaverimus 

rsim 

'  siinus 

amaveris 

amaveritis 

amatus-^  sis 

amati  \  sitis 

amaverit 

amaverint 

Uit 

sint 

Pluperfect. 
4  amavissem  amavissemus  r  essem  r  essemus 

amavisses     amavissetis  amatus  \  esses  amati  \  essetis 

amavisset     amavissent  I  esset  i  essent 

1  No  satisfactory  translation  for  the  subjunctive  can  be  given  in  the 
paradigms.  It  must  be  learned  from  the  exercises  illustrating  the  uses 
of  the  subjunctive. 


REGULAR  VERBS. 


207 


Active  Voice. 


ama,  love  thou. 
amate,  love  ye. 


amato,  thou  shalt  love. 
amato,  he  shall  love. 
amatote,  you  shall  love. 
amanto,  they  shall  love. 


Passive  Voice. 

Imperative. 
Present. 

amare,  be  thou  loved. 
amamini,  be  ye  loved. 

Future. 

amator,  thou  shalt  be  loved. 
amator,  he  shall  be  loved.    • 

amantor,  they  shall  be  loved. 


Infinitive. 

Pres.    amare,  to  love.  amari,  to  be  loved. 

Perf.   amavisse,  to  have  loved.  amatus  esse,  to  have  been  loved. 

FuT.     amatiirus    esse,    to    be  amatum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be 
about  to  love.  loved. 


Participles. 


Pres.    amans,  -antis,  loving. 
FuT.     amatnrus,      -a,      -um, 

about  to  love. 


Perf.  amatus,  -a,  -um,  having 
been  loved. 


Gerund. 

G.  amandi,  of  loving. 

D.  amando,  for  loving. 

Ac.  amandum,  loving. 

Ab.  amando,  by  loving. 


Gerundive. 
amandus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  loved. 


Ac. 
Ab. 


Supine. 

amatum,  to  love. 
amatu,  to  love. 


208 


A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


401. 


Second  Conjugation. 


Principal  Parts :  habeo,  habere,  habui,  habitum,  have,  hold} 
Stem:  habe-. 


Active  Voice. 

/  hold^  etc. 

habeo  habemus 

habes  habetis 

habet  habent 


Indicative. 

Passive  Voice. 

Present. 

I  am  held,  etc. 

habeor  habemur 

haberis  or  -re       habemini 

habetur  habentur 


Imperfect. 
/  held,  was  holding,  etc.  I  was  held,  etc. 

habebain     habebamus  habebar  habebamur 

habebas      habebatls  habebaris  or  -re  liabebamini 

habebat      habebant  habebatur  habebantur 


I  shall  hold,  etc. 
habebo        habebimus 
habebis       habebitis 
habebit       habebunt 


Future. 

/  shall  be  held,  etc. 

habebor  habebimur 

habeberis  or  -re  habebimini 
habebitur  habebuntur 


Perfect. 
I  have  held,  etc.  /  have  been  held,  etc, 

habui  habuimus 

habuisti      habuistis 
habuit  habuerunt  or -re 


{sum  f  sumus 

es  habiti-j  estis 

est  V  sun , 


1  The  meaning  have  is  the  more  common,  but  hold  is  hetter  adapted 
to  the  paradigm. 


REGULAR   VERBS. 


209 


Active  Voice. 

Passive  Voice. 

Pluperfect. 

I  had  held,  etc. 

/  had  been  held,  etc. 

habueram    habuera  m  ii  s 

f  eram                t  eramus 

habueras      liabueratis 

habitus  J  eras      habiti-j  eratis 

habuerat      liabuerant 

I  erat                  v  erant 

Future  Perfect. 

/  shall  have  held,  etc.  /  shall  have  been  held,  etc. 

liabuero        habuerimus  r  ero  reriinus 

habueris       habueritis  habitus^  eris       habiti^  eritis 

habuerit       habuerint  lerit  verunt 


habeam        habeamus 
habeas  habeatis 

habeat         habeant 


Siibjunctive. 
Present. 


habear  habeamup 

habearis  or  -re    habeamini 
habeatur  habeantur 


haberem      haberemus 
haberes        haberetis 
haberet        haberent 


Imperfect. 

haberer  haberemup 

habereris  or-re  haberemini 

haberet ur  haberentur 


habuerim     habuerimus 
habueris       habueritis 
habuerit       habuerint 


Perfect. 


{sini 
sis 
sit 


{simus 
sitis 
sint 


Pluperfect. 


habuissem   habu^ssemus 
habuisses     habuissetis 
habuisset     habuissent 


{essem  r  essemus 

esses     habiti-(  essetis 
esset  V  essent 


210 


A   FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


Active  Voice. 


habe,  hold  thou. 
habete,  hold  ye. 


habeto,  thou  shalt  hold. 
habeto,  he  shall  hold. 
habetote.  you  shall  hold. 
habento,  they  shall  hold. 


Passive  Voice. 
Imperative. 
Present. 

habere,  he  thou  held. 
habemini,  be  ye  held. 

Future. 

habetor,  thou  shalt  be  held. 
habetor,  he  shall  be  held. 

habentor,  they  shall  be  held. 


Infinitive. 

Pres.    habere,  to  hold.  haberi,  to  be  held. 

Perf.   habuisse,  to  have  held.  habitus  esse,  to  have  been  held. 

FuT.     habitorus    esse,    to    be  habitum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be 
about  to  hold.  held. 


Participles. 

Pres.    habens,  -entis,  holding. ,     Perf.  habitus,  -a,  -um,  having 
FuT.     habiturus,  -a,  -um,  about  been  held, 

to  hold. 


Gerund. 

G.  habendi,  of  holding. 

D.  habendo,  for  holding. 

Ac.  habendum,  holding. 

Ab.  habendo,  hij  holding. 


Gerundive. 
habendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  held. 


Ac. 
Ab. 


Supine. 

habitum,  to  hold. 
habitu,  to  hold. 


REGULAR   VERBS. 


211 


Third  Conjug-ation. 

4;02«    Principal  Parts :  Dnco,  dficere,  dfixi,  ductum. 
^  Stem:  duc6. 

Indicative. 

Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

Present. 
/  lead^  am  leading^  etc.  /  am  led,  etc. 

duco  ducimus  ducor  duciinur 

ducis  ducitis  duceris  or  -re        ducimiiii 

ducit  ducunt  ducitur  ducuntur 


Imperfect. 

I  led,  teas  leading,  etc.  /  was  led,  was  being  led,  etc. 

ducebam    ducebamus  ducebar  ducebamur 

ducebas      ducebatis  ducebaris  or  -re   ducebamini 


ducebat      ducebant 


ducebatur 


ducebantur 


Future. 


/  shall  lead,  etc. 

ducam         ducemus 
duces  ducetis 

ducet  ducent 


I  led,  have  led,  etc. 

duxi  dilximus 

duxistT         duxistis 

duxit  duxerunt  or -re 


/  shall  be  led,  etc. 


ducar 

ducemur 

duceris 

or -re 

ducemini 

ducetur 

ducent  ur 

Perfect. 

I  was 

led,  have  been  led,  etc. 

( 

sum 

f  suinus 

ductus  \ 

es 

ducti  }  estis 

I 

est 

I  sunt 

212 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


Active  Voice. 

I  had  led,  etc. 

duxeram     duxeramus 

dfixeras       duxeratis 
duxerat       duxerant 


Pluperfect. 


Passive  Voice. 


/  had  been  led,  etc. 


{eraiii 
eras 
erat 


{eramus 
eratis 
erant 


Future  Perfect. 
/  shall  have  led,  etc.  /  shall  have  been  led,  etc. 


diixero 

duxerimus 

rero 

r  erimiis 

duxeris 

duxeritis 

ductus  }  eris 

ducti  }  eritis 

duxerit 

duxerint 

.erit 

Subjunctive. 
Present. 

I  erunt 

ducam 

ducamus 

ducar 

ducamur 

ducas 

ducatis 

ducaris  or  -re 

ducamini 

ducat 

ducant 

dticatur 
Imperfect. 

ducantur 

ducerem 

duceremus 

ducerer 

duceremur 

duceres 

duceretis 

ducereris  or  -re 

duceremini 

duceret 

ducerent 

duceretur 
Perfect. 

ducereutur 

duxerim 

duxerimus 

r  sim 

r  simus 

duxeris 

duxeritis 

ductus-^  sis 

ducti -1  sitis 

duxerit 

duxerint 

sit 

Pluperfect. 

i  sint 

duxissem 

duxissemus 

essem 

f  essemus 

duxisses 

duxissetis 

ductus  }  esses 

ducti  }  essetis 

duxlsset 

duxissent 

. esset 

i  essent 

REGULAR   VERBS. 


213 


Active  Voice. 


duc(e),i  lead  thou. 
ducite,  lead  ye. 


ducito,  thou  shalt  lead. 
ducito,  he  shall  lead. 
dticitote,  ye  shall  lead. 
ducunto,  they  shall  lead. 


Passive  Voice. 
Imperative. 
Present. 

ducere,  he  thou  led. 
ducimini,  he  ye  led. 

Future. 

ducitor,  thou  shalt  be  led. 
ducitor,  he  shall  he  led. 

ducuntor,  they  shall  he  led. 


Infinitive. 

Pres.   ducere,  to  lead.  duci,  to  he  led. 

Perf.   duxisse,  to  have  led.  ductus  esse,  to  have  been  led. 

FuT.     ducturus    esse,    to  he      ductum  iri,  to  be  about  to  he 
about  to  lead.  led. 


Participles. 


Pres. 

ducens,  -entis,  leading. 

FuT. 

ducturus,  -a,  -um,  about 

to  lead. 

• 
Gerund. 

G. 

ducendi,  of  leading. 

D. 

ducendo,  for  leading. 

Ac. 

ducendum,  leading. 

Ab. 

ducendo,  by  leading. 

Supine. 

Ac. 

ductum,  to  lead. 

Ab. 

ductu,  to  lead. 

Perf.   ductus,  -a,  -um,  having 
been  led. 


Gerundive. 
dticendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  led. 


1  Duce  would  be  the  regular  form,  but  the  imperatives  of  duco, 
dico,  facio,  and  fero  lose  the  ending  -e. 


214 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


Fourth  Conjugation. 

403.    Principal  Parts :  Audio,  audire,  audivi,  auditum. 
Stem:  audi. 


Indicative. 

Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

Present. 
Ihear,  am  hearing,  do  hear,  etc.  /  am  heard,  etc. 

audio  audiinus  audior  audimur 


audis 
audit 


auditis 
audiunt 


audiris  or  -re         audimini 
auditur  audiuntur 


Imperfect. 
/  heard,  was  hearing,  did  hear,  etc.  /  ims  heard,  etc. 

audiebam    audiebainus  audiebar  audiebamnr 


audiebas     audiebatis 

audiebaris  or-re  audiebami 

audiebat     audiebant 

audiebatur           audiebanti 

Future. 

I  shall  hear,  etc. 

/  shall  be  heard,  etc. 

audlam        audiemus 

audiar                    audiemur 

audies          audietis 

audieris                 audiemini 

audiet          audient 

audietur               audientur 

Perfect. 

I  have  heard,  I  heard,  etc.  I  have  been  (was)  heard,  etc. 

audivi  audivimus  r  sum  r  sumus 

audivisti      audivlstis  auditus-^  es 

audlvit         audiverunt  or-re  ^est 


auditi-^  estis 
i  sunt 


REGULAR  VERBS. 


215 


Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

Pluperfect.  ^ 

I  had  heard,  etc.  I  had  been  heard,  etc. 

audiveram    audiVeramus  reram  /-eramus 

audlveras      aiidiveratis  audltus  \  eras       auditi  \  eratis 

audiverat      audlverant  lerat  lerant 

Future  Perfect. 

/  shall  have  heard,  etc.  I  shall  have  been  heard,  etc. 

aiidivero        audlverlmus  rero  rerimus 

audiveris       audlveritis  auditus^  oris        auditi  J  eritis 

audiverit       audiverint  lerit  lerunt 


Suhjmictive. 

Present. 

aiidiam 

audiamus 

audiar-     ^ 

audiamur 

audias 

audiatis 

audiaris  or  -re 

audiamini 

audiat 

audiant 

audiatur 

audiantur 

audirem        aiidiremus 

audires  audiretis 

audiret  audirent 


Imperfect. 

audirer  audiremur 

audireris  or  -re  audiremini 

audiretur  audirentur 


audiverim     audlverlmus 

audiveris       audlveritis 
audiverit       audiverint 


Perfect. 

{sim 
SIS 
sit 


{simus 
sitis 
sint 


Pluperfect. 


audivissem   audivisseinus 
audivisses     audivissetis 
audivisset     audivissent 


audltus  \  esses 
i.  asset 


f 

litl-^ 


esseinus 

auditl-l  essetis 
V  esseut 


'CTbraTv* 


216 


A   FIE  ST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


Active  Voice. 


audi,  hear  thou. 
audite,  hear  ye. 


aiidito,  thou  shall  hear. 
aiidito,  he  shall  hear. 
aiiditote,  ye  shall  hear. 
audiunto,  they  shall  hear. 


Passive  Voice. 
Imperative. 
Present, 

audire,  be  thou  heard. 
audiiuiui,  be  ye  heard. 

Future. 

auditor,  thou  shall  be  heard. 
auditor,  he  shall  be  heard. 

audiuntor,  they  shall  be  heard. 


Infinitive. 

Pres.    audire,  to  hear.  audiri,  to  be  heard. 

Perf.   audivisse,  to  have  heard.  auditus  essie,  to  have  been  heard. 

FuT.     auditurus    esse,'   to    be  auditum  iri,  to  be  about  to  be 
about  to  hear.  heard. 


Participles. 


Pres.    audiens,  -entis,  hearing. 
FuT.      auditurus,      -a,      -um, 

about  to  hear. 


Perf.   auditus,  -a,  -um,  heard, 
having  been  heard. 


Gerund. 

G.  audiendi,  of  hearing. 

D.  audiendo,  for  hearing. 

Ag.  audiendum,  hearing. 

Ab.  audiendo,  by  hearing. 


Gerundive. 
audiendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  heard. 


Ac. 
Ab. 


Supine^ 

auditum,  to  hear. 
audita,  to  hear. 


REGULAR    VERBS.  217 


Third  Coiijug-ation:   Verbs  in  -io. 

404.  Verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  in  -id  have  some 
forms  of  the  present  stem  like  the  fourth  conjugation. 
Before  a,  o,  u,  and  e  they  retain  the  i  of  the  stem,  but 
lose  it  elsewhere,  except  in  the  gerund  and  participle. 

Principal  Parts :  Capio,  capere,  cepi,  captum. 
Stem:  capi. 

Indicative. 
Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

Present. 

/  take,  am  taking,  do  take,  etq.  I  am  taken,  etc. 

capio  capimus  capior  capimur 

capis  capitis  caperis  or  -re       capimini 

capit  capiunt  capitur  capiuntur 

Imperfect. 
I  took,  was  taking,  did  take,  etc.  I  was  taken,  etc. 

\        capiebam,  etc.  ^  capiebar,  etc. 

Future. 

/  shall  take,  etc.  /  shall  be  taken,  etc. 

capiam        capiemus  capiar  capiemur 

capies  capietis  capieris  or  -re      capiemini 

capiet  capient  capietur  capientur 

Perfect. 

/  have  taken,  took,  etc.  /  have  been  (was)  taken,  etc. 

cepi,  etc.  captus  sum,  etc. 


218 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN    LATIN. 


Active  Voice. 

/  had  taken,  etc. 
ceperam,  etc. 


Passive  Voice. 


Pluperfect. 


/  had  been  taken,  etc. 
captus  eram,  etc. 


Future  Perfect. 
/  shall  have  taken,  etc.  /  shall  have  been  taken,  etc. 

cepero,  etc.  captus  ero,  etc. 


Subjunctive. 

Present. 

capiam        capiamus  capiar  capiamur 

capias  capiatis  capiaris  or  -re  capiamini 

capiat  capiant  capiatur  capiantur 


caperein,  etc. 
ceperim,  etc. 
cepissem,  etc. 


Imperfect. 


caperer,  etc. 


Perfect. 

captus  sim,  etc. 

Pluperfect. 

captus  essem,  etc. 


cape,  take  (thou). 
capite,  take  (ye). 


capito,  thou  shalt  take. 
caplto,  he  shall  take. 
capltote,  ye  shall  take. 
capiunto,  they  shall  take. 


Imperative. 
Present. 

capere,  be  (thou)  taken. 
capimini,  be  (ye)  taken. 

Future. 

capitor,  thou  shall  be  taken. 
capitor,  he  shall  be  taken. 

capiuntor,  they  shall  be  taken. 


REGULAR  VERBS.  219 

Active  Voice.  Passive  Voice. 

Infinitive. 

Pkes.   capere,  to  take.  capi,  to  he  taken. 

Perf.  cepisse,  to  have  taken.  captus  esse,  to  have  been  taken. 

FuT.     capturus  esse,  io6ea&owi  captum  iri,  to  he  about  to  be 
to  take.  taken. 


Participles. 

Pres.   capiens,  -ientis,  taking.       Perf.  captus,  -a,  -um,  taken, 
FuT.     captarus,  -a,  -um,  about  having  been  taken, 

to  take. 


Gerund.  Gerundive. 

G.  capiendi,  of  taking.  oapiendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  taken. 

D.  capiendo,  for  taking. 

Ac.  capiendum,  taking. 

Ab.  capiendo,  by  taking. 


Supine. 

Ac.       captum,  to  take. 
Ab.       captu,  to  take. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 

405.  Principal  Parts :   Sum,  esse,  fui. 

Indicative. 


Present. 

7  am,  etc. 

sum 

sumus 

es 

estis 

est 

sunt 

Future. 

I  shall  he,  etc. 

ero 

erimus 

eris 

eritis 

erit 

erunt 

Imperfect. 

/  was,  etc. 

eram 

eramus 

eras 

eratis 

erat 

erant 

Perfect. 

I  was,  have  been,  etc. 

fui 

fuimus 

fulsti 

fuistis 

fuit 

fuerunt  or -ere 

Pluperfect. 

I  had  been,  etc. 

fueram         fueramiis 
fueras  fueratis 

fuerat  fuerant 


Future  Perfect. 
I  shall  have  been,  etc. 
fuero  fuerimus 


fueris 
fuerit 


fueritis 
fuerint 


Present. 


sim 

SIS 

sit 


simus 

sTtis 
sint 


Subjunctive. 


esset 


221 


Imperfect. 

essemus 
'  essetis 
essent 


222 


A   FIRST   BOOK   JN   LATIN. 


Perfect. 

fuerim  fuerimus 

fueris  fueritis 

fuerit  fuerint 


Pluperfect. 

fuissem  fuissemus 

fuisses  fuissetis 

fuisset  fuissent 


es,  be  thou. 


esto,  thou  Shalt  be. 
esto,  he  shall  be. 


Imperative. 
Present. 

este,  be  ye. 


Future. 


estote,  you  shall  be. 
sunto,  they  shall  be. 


Pres.  esse,  to  be 
rfut 
I  fore. 


Infinitive. 

Perf.    fuisse,  to  have  been. 


Fdt.    i^''^^^''^^^^^^] to  be  about  to  be. 


Participle. 
Put.   futorus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  be. 


Compounds  of  Sum. 

406.    Principal  Parts :  Possum,  posse,  potui,  be  able. 


Indicative. 

Present. 

possum  possumus 

potes  potestis 

potest  possunt 


Subjunctive. 
Present. 


possmi 

possis 

possit 


possimus 

possitis 

possint 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


223 


Imperfect. 
poteram  poteramus 

poteras  poteratis 

poterat  poterant 


potero 


potui 


Future. 


Perfect. 


Pluperfect. 
potueram 

Future  Perfect. 
potuero 

Pres.   posse 


Imperfect. 
possem  possemus 

posses  possetls 

posset  possent 


Perfect. 
potuerim 

Pluperfect. 
potuissem 


Infinitive. 


Perf.   potuisse 


Participle. 
Pres.   potens,  -entis 


407.  Principal  Parts : 

Prosum,  prodesse,  profui,  he  profitable. 


Indicative. 

Subjunctive. 

Present. 

Present, 

prosum             prosumus 

prosim               prosTmus 

prodes              prodestis 

prosis                 prositis 

prodest             prosunt 

prosit                 prosint 

Imperfect. 

Imperfect. 

proderain 

prodessem 

Future. 


prodero 


224 


A  PIEST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


Perfect. 


profui 


Pluperfect. 
profueram 

Future  Perfect. 
profuero 

Present. 
prSdes  prodeste 


Imperative. 


Perfect. 
profuerim 

Pluperfect. 
prdfuissem 


Future. 
prodesto  prodestote 


Infinitive. 

Pees,   prodesse  Perf.   profuisse 

FuT.    profuturus  esse 

Participle. 
FuT.   profuturus,  -a,  -urn 


408.  Principal  Parts : 

Volo,  velle,  volui,  he  willing,  wish. 

Nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  be  unwilling. 

Malo,  malle,  malui,  be  more  willing,  prefer. 


Indicative. 

Pres. 

volo 

nolo 

malo 

vis 

non  VIS 

mavis 

vult 

non  vult 

mavult 

volumus 

nolumus 

malumus 

vultis 

n5n  vultis 

maviiltis 

volunt 

nolunt 

malunt 

Imperf. 

volebam 

nolebam 

malebam 

FuT. 

volam 

nolam 

malam 

IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


■  2^^ 


RSIi 


Perf.  volui  nolui  malul 

Plup.  volueram  nolueram  malueram 

FuT.  Pekf.    voluero  noluero  maluero 


Subjunctive. 

Pres. 

velim 

nolim 

malim 

veils 

noils 

malls 

velit 

nolit 

malit 

vellmus 

nolimus 

malimus 

velitis 

nolitis 

malitis 

velint 

nolint 

malint 

Imperf. 

vellem 

nollem 

malleni 

velles 

nolles 

malles 

vellet 

nollet 

mallet 

vellemus             nollemus 

mallemus 

velletis 

nolletis 

malletis 

vellent 

nollent 

mallent 

Perf. 

voluerim             noluerim 

maluerim 

Plup. 

voluissem           noluissem 

maluissem 

Imperative. 

Pres. 



noli 
nollte 

FuT. 

nolito,  etc. 
Infinitive. 

Pres. 

velle 

nolle 

malle 

Perf. 

voluisse 

noluisse 
Participle. 

maluisse 

Pres. 

volens 

nolens 

226 


A  FIRST   BOOK  IN   LATIN. 


409.    Principal  Parts :  Fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  hear,  carry. 


Active. 


Passive. 


\ 

Pees. 

/ 

fero 
fers 
fert 

Indicative. 

ferimus 

fertis 

ferunt 

feror 

f  erris  or  -re 

fertur 

ferimur 
ferimin! 
feruntur 

Imperf. 

ferebam 

ferebar 

Put. 

feram 

ferar 

Perf. 

tuli 

latus  sum 

Plup. 

tuleram 

latus  eram 

FuT.  Perf 

.  tulero 

latus  ero 

Pres. 

feram 

Subjunctive. 

ferar 

Imperf. 

ferrem 

ferrer 

Perf. 

tulerim 

latus  sim 

Plup. 

tulissem 

Imperative. 

latus  essem 

Pres. 

feri 

ferte 

ferre 

ferimini 

Put. 

ferto 
ferto 

fertote 
ferunto 

fertor 
fertor 

feruntor 

Pres. 

ferre 

Infinitive. 

ferri 

Perf. 

tulisse 

, 

latus  esse 

Put. 

laturus  esse 

latum  iri 

Pres. 

ferens 

Participles. 

Perf.    latus 

Put. 

laturus 

1  See  394,  note  on  imperative. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


227 


Gerund. 

G. 

ferendi 

D. 

ferendo 

Ac. 

ferendum 

Ab. 

ferendo 

Supine. 

Ac. 

latum 

Ab. 

lata 

Gerundive. 
ferendus 


410.   Principal  Parts :  Eo,  ire,  ii  or  ivi,  itum,  gro. 

Fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  he  made,  become. 


Indicative, 

Pres. 

eo 

imus 

fio 

fimus 

Is 

itis 

fis 

fitis 

it 

eunt 

fit 

fiunt 

Imperf. 

ibam 

fiebami^ 

Fdt. 

ibo 

fiam 

Perf. 

ii  (!vl) 

factus  sum 

Plup. 

ieram 

factus  eram 

FuT.  Perf. 

ier5 

factus  er5 

Pres. 

earn 

Subjunctive. 

flam 

Impbrp. 

irem 

fierem 

Perf. 

ierim  (iverim) 

factus  sim 

Plup. 

issem  (ivissem,  iissem) 

factus  essem 

Imperative. 

Pres. 

i 

ite 

fi 

fite 

FuT. 

ito 

itote 

fito 

fitate 

ito 

eunto 

fito 

fiunto 

228 


A  FIRST   BOOK  IN   LATIN. 
Infinitive. 


Pres. 

ire 

fieri 

Perf. 

isse  (ivisse,  iisse) 

factus  esse 

Fgt. 

iturus  esse 

Participles. 

factum  iri 

Pres. 

iens,  Gen.  euntis 

Perf.    factus 

FCT. 

iturus 

Gerund.^ 

Gerundive. 

G. 

eundi          Ac.  eundum 

faciendus 

D. 

eundo          Ab.  eundo 

Supine. 


Ac.  itum 


Ab.  itu 


1  The  gerundive  of  eo  occurs  in  the  neuter,  eundum. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY, 


ABBREVIATIONS. 

abl. 

=  ablative. 

indef. 

=  indefinite. 

ace. 

=  accusative. 

interr 

=  interrogative. 

adj. 

=  adjective. 

m. 

=  masculine. 

adv. 

=  adverb. 

n. 

=  neuter. 

c. 

=  common  gender. 

pass. 

=  passive. 

cf. 

=  compare. 

part. 

=  participle. 

comp. 

=  comparative. 

per/. 

=  perfect. 

dat. 

=  dative. 

pi. 

=  plural. 

dem. 

=  demonstrative. 

pron. 

=  pronoun. 

dep. 

=  deponent. 

rel. 

=  relative. 

/• 

=  feminine. 

sing. 

=  singular. 

gen. 

=  genitive. 

subst. 

=  substantive. 

indecl 

=  indeclinable. 

conj. 

=  conjunction. 

a,  ab,  prep.  icitJi  ahh,  from,  by. 

absuin,  -esse,  afui,  afuturus, 
be  absent,  be  away,  be  dis- 
tant. 

ac  (atque),  conj.,  and. 

accido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  fall  upon, 
happen. 

acciiso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  ac- 
cuse, chide. 

acer,  acris,  acre,  adj.,  sharp, 
active. 

acies,  -ei,/.,  line  of  battle. 

acriter,  adv.,  sharply. 

ad,  prep,  with  ace,  to,  toward. 

adduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -due- 
turn,  lead  to,  induce. 


adhibeo,  -bibere,  -hibui,  -hibi- 

tiim,  have  present,  call  in. 
adsum,  -esse,  -fui,  -fiiturus,  be 

present,  assist. 

adulescens,  -entis,  m.,  youth, 
young  man, 

adventus,  -us,  m.,  arrival. 

ad  versus,  -a,  -um,  (part,  of 
adverto),  adj.,  adverse,  un- 
favorable. 

Aedui,  -oruin,  in.,  the  Aeduans, 
a  Gallic  tribe. 

aestas,  -tatis,  /.,  summer. 

ager,  agri,  m. ,  field,  country. 

aginen,  -minis,  n.,  line  of  march. 

agricola,  -ae,  m.,  farmer. 

ago,  agere,  egi,  actum,  drive, 
do,  act. 


229 


230 


A   FIRST  BOOK  IN   LATIN. 


ala,  -ae, /.,  wing. 
^  alb  us,  -a,  -um,  adj.^  white. 

alienus,  -a,  -um,  adj.^  belonging 
to  another,  unfavorable. 

aliquis,  -quae  (-qua),  -quid, 
{and  aliqu!,  -qua,  -quod), 
indef.  pron.,  somebody,  some- 
thing. 

alius,  -a,  -ud,  (gen.  alius,  dat. 
alii),  adj.,  other,  another; 
alius  .  .  .  alius,  one  .  .  . 
another. 

AUobroges,  -um,  m.,  AUobro- 
ges,  a  Gallic  tribe. 

alter,  -era,  -erum,  {gen.  alte- 
rius,  dat.  alter!) ,  adj.,  one 
(of  two),  the  other  (0/  tivo). 

altitude,  -inis,  /.,  height, 
depth. 

altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  high,  deep. 

amicitia,  -ae,  /. ,  friendship. 
-  amicus,  -i,  m.,  friend. 

amitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum  (send  away),  let  go,  lose. 
-i  amo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  love. 

angustiae,  -arum,  /.  pL,  nar- 
rows, narrowness. 

animadverto.  -vertere,  -verti, 
-versum,  attend  to,  notice. 

animal,  -alls,  n.,  animal. 

animus,  -i,  m.,  spirit,  courage, 
mind. 

annus,  -i,  m.,  year. 

ante,  prep,  with  ace.  ;  also  adv., 
before. 

antiquus,  -a,  -um,  adj. ,  ancient, 
old. 

apertus,  -a,  -um,  (part,  of 
aperio),  adj.,  open. 

appello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  call, 
name. 


apud,   prep,    with    ace,     near, 

among,  with. 
•  Vqua,  -ae,/.,  water. 
aquila,  -ae, /.,  eagle. 
arbitror,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  think, 

believe,  judge. 
arbor,  arboris,  /.,  tree. 
Ariovistus,  -i,  m.,  Ariovistus,  a 

German  chieftain. 
arma,  -orum,  n.  pi.,  arms,  wea- 
pons. 
ars,  artis,  /.,  art. 
Athenae,  -arum,  /.  pi.,  Athens. 
atque  (ac),  conj.,  and. 
auctoritas, -tatis, /.,  influence, 

authority. 
audeo,    audere,    ausus    sum, 

(semi-dep.),  dare. 
audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  hear. 
autem,  conj.  (postpositive),  but. 
auxilium,  -i,  n. ,  help,  assistance, 

aid. 

B. 

barbarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  barba- 
rian. 

Belgae,  -arum,  m.  pi.,  Belgse,  a 
division  of  the  Gauls. 

Bellovaci,  -orum,  m.  pi.,  Bello- 
vaci,  a  Gallic  tribe. 

bellum,  -i,  n.,  war. 

Bibracte,  -is,  n.,  Bibracte,  a 
town  in  Gaul. 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  good. 

brevis,  -e,  adj.,  short. 

Britannia,  -ae, /.,  Britain. 

Britannus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Brit- 
ish; masc.  used  as  noun, 
Briton. 

Brutus,  -i,  m.,  Brutus,  a  Boman 
name. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


231 


C. 


cado,   cadere,    cecldi,   casum, 

fall. 
caedes,  -is,  /.,  slaughter. 
'Caesar,  -aris,  ?n.,  Caesar. 
capio,   capere,    cepi,   captum, 

take,  capture. 
captivus,  -i,  m.,  captive,  prisoner. 
caput,  -itis,  ?i.,  head. 
carmen,  -minis,  n.,  song,  poem. 
carrus,  -i,  m.,  cart,  wagon. 
Carthago,  Carthaginis,/.,  Car- 
thage, a  city  in  Africa. 
earns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dear. 
Casticus,  -1,  711.,  Casticus. 
castra,  -orum,  n.  pi.,  camp. 
causa,  -ae,  /. ,  cause,  reason ;  abl. 
as  prep,  with  gen.,  because  o^", 
on   account   of,   for  the   sake 
of. 
celer,    -eris,    -ere,    adj.,    quick, 

rapid. 
celeritas,   -tatis,  /.,  quickness, 

speed. 
celeriter,  adv.,  quickly. 
celo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  conceal, 

hide. 
centum,   indecl.   numeral    adj., 

hundred. 
centurio,   -onis,  m.,  centurion, 
commander    of    one    hundred 
men. 
certus,  -a,  -nva^adj.,  certain,  sure. 
Cicero,  -onis,  m.,  Cicero,  a  Bo- 
man. 
circiter,  adv.,  about. 
circumdo,-dare,  -dedi,  -datum, 

put  around,  surround. 
civis,  -is,  c,  citizen. 
civitas,  -tatis,  /. ,  state. 


clamor,  -oris,  m.,  shout. 

clarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  famous, 
renowned. 

coepi,  -isse,  (710  present) ,  began. 

cogito,  -are,  -avi,  -atom,  think, 
ponder. 

cognosce,  -gnoscere,  -gnovi, 
-gnitum,  recognize ;  inpe7fect, 
know. 

cogo,  cogere,  coegl,  coactum, 
collect,  compel,  force. 

coliors,  -hortis,/.,  cohort,  c  tenth 
part  of  a  legion. 

collis,  -is,  m.,  hill. 

colloquium,  -i,  n.,  parley,  con- 
ference. 

columba,  -ae,  /.,  dove. 

comes,  -itis,  c,  companion. 

commeatus,  -us,  7n. ,  supplies. 

committo,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  entrust;  with  proelium, 
engage  in  battle. 

commutatio,  -onis,/.,  change. 

compleo,  -plere,  -plevi,  -pie- 
turn,  fill. 

concilium,  -i,  71.,  meeting,  coun- 
cil. 

confero,  -ferre,  contuli,  coUa- 
tum,  bring  together,  collect. 

conficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
finish  (do  up),  wear  out. 

confirmo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
assert ;  also,  strengthen,  en- 
courage. 

conicio,  -icere,  -ieci,  -iectum, 
throw  together,  hurl. 

Conor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  try, 
endeavor. 

consido,  -sidere,  -sedl,  -sessum, 
(sit  together) ,  take  a  position, 
encamp. 


232 


A   FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


consilium,  -i,  n.,  plan,  counsel, 

advice. 
consisto,     -sistere,     -stiti,     no 

supine,  (stand  together),  stand 

one's  ground,  halt. 
conspicio,  -spicere,  -spexi,  -spec- 
turn,  catch  sight  of,  perceive, 

spy,  see. 
constituo,      -stituere,     -stitui, 

-stitatum,       arrange      {one^s 

mind),  decide,    drav7  up    (a?i 

army). 
consuesco,    -suescere,    -suevi, 

•suetum,     accustom     oneself, 

become  accustomed, 
consul,  -ulis,  m.,  consul,  head  of 

the  Boman  republic. 
contends,      -tendere,      -tendi, 

-tentum,  strive,  hasten. 
contineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  -ten- 
turn,  hold  together,  restrain. 
contra,  prep,  with  ace,  against. 
convenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven- 

tum,  come  together,  convene. 
convoco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  call 

together. 
copia,  -ae,  /.,  abundance,  supply ; 

pi.,  forces  of  soldiers. 
Corinthus,  -i,  /.,  Corinth,  a  city 

in  Greece. 
Cornelia,   -ae,   /.,    Cornelia,    a 

Roman  name. 
cornu,  -us,  n.,horn,  wing  {of  an 

army) . 
corona,  -ae,  /.,  crown,  garland. 
corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body. 
cottidianus,     -a,      -uin,     adj., 

daily. 
cottidie,  adv.,  daily. 
credo,  credere,  credidi,  credi- 

tum,  believe,  trust. 


culpo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  blame. 

cum,  prep,  with  abl.,  with,  to- 
gether with. 

cum,  cory.,  when,  as,  since,  al- 
though. 

cur,  adv.,  why  ? 

euro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  take  care, 
cause. 

curro,  currere,  cucurri,  cur- 
sum,  run. 

castos,  -odis,  c,  guard,  keeper. 

D. 

de,prep.  with  abl.,  about,  concern- 
ing, of  (in  composition,  from, 
away,  down). 

debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  owe, 
ought. 

decem,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  ten. 

decimus,  -a,,-um,  adj.,  tenth. 

deditio,  -onis,/.,  surrender. 

deduco,  -ducere,  -duxl,  -duc- 
tum,  lead  away,  withdraw. 

defendo,  -fendere,  -fendi,  -fen- 
sum,  protect,  defend. 

defessus, -a,  -um,  adj.,  tired. 

delecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
please,  delight. 

delibero,  -are,  -avi,  -atun», 
consider,  deliberate. 

deligo,  -ligere,  -legi,  -lectum, 
pick  from,  choose. 

demonstro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
show,  demonstrate. 

desum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futnrus,  be 
away,  fail. 

dexter,  -ra,  -rum,  adj.,  right 
(hand,  etc.). 

dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum,  say, 
tell. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


233 


dies,  diei,  m.  {sometimes  f.  in 
sing.),  day. 

difflcilis,  -e,  adj.,  difficult. 

dignus,  -a,  -um,  adj..,  worthy. 

diligentia,  -ae,  /.,  diligence. 

dimitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  send  away,  dismiss. 

dis-,  inseparable  prefix,  apart ; 
cf.  dimitto,  disced©. 

discedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  withdraw. 

-  discipulus,  -i,  m.,  pupil. 
dissimilis,  -e,  adj.,  unlike, 
diu,    adv.,   long,    a    long    time ; 

comp.  diutius,  superl.  dintis- 

sime. 
divide,   -videre,  -visi,  -visum, 

separate,  divide. 
Divitiacus,  -i,  m.,  Divitiacus,  an 

Aeduan  noble. 
"^  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  give. 
doleo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itarus,  grieve, 

be  pained. 
dolor,  -oris,  w.,  grief,  pain. 
domina,  -ae, /.,  mistress. 

-  dominus,  -i,  m.,  master. 
domus,  -us,  /.,  house,  home. 

"^donum,  -i,  n.,  gift. 

dubito, -are, -avi ,  -atum,  doubt, 
hesitate. 

dubius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  doubt- 
ful. 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  two 
hundred. 

duco,  dficere,  dnxi,  ductum, 
lead. 

Dumnorix,  -igis,  m.,  Dumnorix, 
an  Aeduan,  brother  of  Diviti- 
acus. 

duo,  -ae,  -6,  adj.,  two. 

dux,  ducis,  m.,  leader. 


E. 


e  (ex),  prep,  with  abl.,  out  of, 

from. 
educo,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -ductum, 

lead  out  or  away. 
eflfero,  -ferre,  extuli,  elatum, 

bring  or  carry  out,  produce. 
efflcio,  -ficere,  -feci,   -fectum, 

accomplish,  effect. 
ego,  mei,  pers.pron.,  I. 
egredior,  egredi,  egressus  sum, 

go  out,  come  out. 
eo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum,  go. 
eo,  adv.,  thither,  to  that  place. 
eodem,  adv.,  to  the  same  place. 
^pistula,  -ae,  /.,  letter. 
eques,    equitis,    m.,   horseman; 

pi.,  cavalry. 
equitatus,  -us,  m.,  cavalry. 
equus,  -i,  m.,  horse. 
-Jet,  conj.,  and;    et  .  .  .  et,  both 
.  .  .  and. 

etiam,  conj.,  even,  also. 
ex  (e),  prep,  with  abl.,  out  of, 

from. 
exeo,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itum,  go 

out,  go  away. 
exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army. 
existimo,    -are,    -avi,    -atum, 

think,  judge. 
explorator,  -toris,  m.,  scout. 
expngno,    -are,    -avi,     -atum, 

take  by  storm. 
exspecto,    -are,    -avi,    -atum, 

wait  for,  expect. 
exterus  {also  exter),  -a,  -um, 

adj. ,  outer,  outside,  external ;  — 

comp.    exterior,    outer; — su- 
perl. ex  tremus,  uttermost,  last, 

farthest. 


234 


A   FIRST  BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


-'  fabula,  -ae,  /.,  story,  fable. 
facile,  adv.  (o/facilis),  easily. 
facilis,  -e,  adj.^  easy. 
facio,  facere,  feci,  factum,  do, 

make. 
faveo,  -ere,  fSvi,  faiitum,  favor. 
femina,  -ae,/.,  woman. 
fere,  adv.^  almost. 
fero,   ferre,  tuli,  latum,   bear, 

carry,  bring. 
fides,  fidei,  /.,  faith,  confidence, 
pledge. 
-  fidus,  -a,  -um,  adj..,  faithful. 
f ilia,  -ae,  /.,  daughter. 
filius,  -i,  m.,  son. 
finis,  -is,  m.,  end,  border;  pi., 

territory. 
finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neigh- 
boring (bordering  on)  ;  masc. 
as  noun,  neighbor. 
■^  fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  be  made, 
be  done,  happen,  become. 
fluctus,  -us,  m.,  flood,  waves. 
flumen,  -inis,  n.,  river. 
fortis,  -e,  adj.,  brave. 
fortiter,  adv.,  bravely. 
for  tuna,  -ae,  /.,  fortune. 
frater,  fratris,  m.,  brother. 
framentum,  -i,  n.,  grain. 
fruor,  frui,  fruitus  and  fructus 

sum,  enjoy. '^ 
fuga,  -ae,  /.,  flight. 
f ugio,  f ugere,  f  Qgi,  f ugitum,  flee. 
fungor,    fungi,    functus    sum, 
perform. 

G. 

Galba,  -ae,  m.,  Galba,  a  Boman 

name. 
Gallia,  -ae,  /.,  Gaul,  a  country 


nearly   the    same    as    modern 
France. 

Gallicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Gallic. 

Gallus,  -i,  m.,  Gaul,  an  inhabi- 
tant of  the  country  Gaul. 

Genava,  -ae,  /.,  Geneva,  a  town 
in  Switzerland. 

genus,  -eris,  w.,  race,  kind,  sort. 

Germanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Ger- 
man ;  masc.  as  noun,  a  Ger- 
man. 

gero,  gerere,  gessi,  gestum, 
carry  on,  do  ;  bellum  gerere, 
wage  war. 

gladius,  -i,  m.,  sword. 

gracilis,  -e,  adj.,  slender. 

Graecia,  -ae,  /, ,  Greece. 

Graecus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Greek. 

gratia,  -ae, /.,  favor,  influence. 
•^gratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  pleasing, 
grateful. 

gravis,  -e,  adj. ,  heavy,  severe. 

graviter,  adv.,  heavily,  deeply. 

H. 

habe5,   habere,   habui,   habi- 

tum,  have,  hold. 
Hannibal,    -is,    m.,    Hannibal, 

a  famous    Carthaginian  gen- 
eral. 
Helvetius,  -i,  m.,  Helvetian,  of 

a  Gallic  tribe. 
hiberna,    -orum,  n.  pi.,  winter 

quarters. 
hie,  haec,  hoc,  dem.  pron.,  this. 
hiemo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  winter, 

pass  the  winter. 
hiems,  hiemis,  /.,  winter. 
Homerus,  -i,    m.,    Homer,   the 

Greek  poet. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


235 


hom5,  hominis,  m.,  man,  human 
being. 

hora,  -ae,  /.,  hour. 

hortor,  -ari,  -atus  sum,  encour- 
age, urge,  exhort. 

hortus,  -i,  m.,  garden. 

hostls,  -is,  m.,  enemy  (m  war). 

humanitas,  -tatis, /.,  culture. 

humilis,  -e,  adj.,  lowly,  humble. 

I  (vowel). 

ibi,  adv.^  there. 

idem,  eadem,  idemi,  dem.  pron., 

the  same. 
idoneus,  -a,  -um,  adj. ,  suitable. 
ignis,  -is,  m. ,  fire. 
ille,  ilia,  illud,  dem.  pi'on.,  that, 

that  well  known. 
impedimentum,-I,n.,hindrance; 

pi,  baggage.  _ 
impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,-itum,  hinder, 

impede. 
imperator,  -oris,   m.,   general, 

commander-in-chief. 
imperium,  -i,  n.,  command,  rule, 

power. 
impero,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  com- 
mand, order. 
impetus,  -us,  to.,  charge,  attack, 

fury. 
in,   prep,    loith    ace.    and   ahl.; 

1.  with  ace,  into,  to,  against ; 

2.  with  abl.,  in,  on. 

in-,  negative  prefix,  un  (as  in- 
imicus  =  in  -|-  amicus,  un- 
friend, enemy). 

incido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -casum, 
fall  into,  in  with,  or  upon. 

incito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  urge 
on,  arouse. 


incola,  -ae,  m.,  inhabitant. 
incolo,  -colere,  -colui,  -cultum, 

inhabit,  dwell  in. 
incredibilis,  -e,  adj.,  incredible. 
infero,  -ferre,  intuli,  illatum, 

bear  into  or  against ;  bellum 

inferre,  wage  offensive  war. 
Inferus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,  below, 

beneath  ;  —  comp.      inferior, 

lower,    interior; — superl.    in- 

fimus  or  imus,  lowest  (at  the 

bottom  of). 
ingens,  -gentis,  adj.,  huge,  vast. 
inimicus,     i,   m.,  enemy  (as  a 

private  person). 
initium,  -i,  n.,  beginning. 
ininria,  -ae,  /.,  wrong. 
inopia,  -ae,  /.,  want. 
instruo.-struere,  -struxi,  -struc- 

tum,  draw  up,  form. 
insula,  -ae,/.,  island. 
Intellego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectum, 

understand. 
inter,  prep,  with  ace,  between, 

among. 
interficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 

kill. 
ipse,   -a,    -um,  intensive  pron., 

my-,  your-,  him-,  etc.,  self. 
is,  ea,  id,  dem.  pron.,  that. 
iste,  ista,  istud,  dem.  pron. ,  that 

(of  yours). 
ita,  adv.,  so,  thus. 
Italia,  -ae,/.,  Italy. 
iter,   itiueris,    n.,    road,    route, 

journey,  march. 

I  (consonant). 

iacio,     iacere,     ieci,    lactum, 

throw,  hurl. 


236 


A    FIRST    BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


iam,  adv.,  already,  now. 
iubeo,   iubere,    iassi,   iussum, 
^^       order,  command. 
~^  index,  iudicis,  m.,  judge. 
"^  IuIia,-ae,/.,Julia,  a i?o?waw  name. 
iunior,    -ius,    adj..,     (comp.    of 

iuvenis,  young,  contracted  for 

iuvenior),  younger. 
lura,  -ae,  m.,  the  Jura  mountains, 

in  Switzerland. 
ius,  iuris,  n.,  right,  law. 
ias-iarandum,  iarisiurandi,  n., 

oath. 
iSstus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  just. 
iuvenis,   -e,   adj.,  young;    as  a 

noun,  young  man. 
iuvo,  iuvare,  iuvi,  in  turn,  aid, 

help,  assist. 


Liabienus,  -i,  w.,  Labienus,  one 

of  Caisar''s  lieutenants. 
labor,  -oris,  m.,  toil,  labor. 
laboro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  toil, 

labor. 
laetus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  glad,  gay. 
lapis,  lapidis,  m.,  stone. 
latitado,      -dinis,     /.,     width, 

breadth. 

-^^  latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wide,  broad. 

laudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  praise. 

legatus,  -i,  m.,  lieutenant,  envoy. 

legio,  -onis,/.,  legion,  a  division 

of  the  Roman  army.  ;/ 
lego,  legere,  legi,  lectum,  read 

{also  gather). 
lex,  legis, /.,  law. 
libenter,   adv.,  gladly. 
J  liber,  -bri,  m.,  book. 
liber,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  free. 


\ 


liberi,  -orum,  m.  pi.,  of  liber, 

children. 
_libero,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,   set 

free. 
lingua,  -ae,  /.,  tongue,  language. 
litus,  litoris,  n.,  shore. 
locus,  -i,  m.,  (pZ.  loca,  w.),  place. 
longe,  adv.,  far. 
longitado,  -dinis,  /.,  length. 
longus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  long. 
lax,  lucis,  /.,  light. 

M. 

magister,  -tri,  m.,  master, 
teacher. 

magistratus,  -us,  m.,  magis- 
tracy, magistrate. 

magnitudo,  -dinis,  /.,  size,  mag- 
nitude. 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  large, 
great. 

malo,  malle,  malui,  no  supine, 
wish  more,  prefer. 

malus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bad. 

maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  mansiirus, 
remain,  wait. 

manipulus,  -i,  m.,  maniple,  a 
small  company  of  soldiers. 

man  us,  -us,  /.,  hand,  also  band. 

Marcus,  -i,  m.,  Marcus. 

mare,  maris,  n.,  sea. 

Massilia,  -ae,  /.,  Massilia,  the 
Latin  name  of  Marseilles. 

mater,  -tris,/.,  mother. 

mature,  adv.,  early. 

maturus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ripe. 

medius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  middle  of. 

memoria,  -ae,  /.,  memory. 

mens,  mentis,  /.,  mind. 

mensa,  -ae,/.,  table. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


23T 


mensis,  -is,  m.,  month. 

mercator,  -toris,  m.,  merchant. 

meus,  -a,  -um,  possess,  pron., 
my,  mine. 

miles,  militis,  m.,  soldier. 

militaris,  -e,  adj..,  military. 

militia,  -ae,  /.,  military  service. 

mille,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  thou- 
sand ;  pi.,  milia,  -um,  n.,  fol- 
lowed by  gen..,  thousand. 

miror,  -ari,  -atu*  sum,  wonder 
at,  admire. 

miser, -era, -erum,  ad/.,  wretched. 

mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missum, 
send. 

moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  warn, 
advise,  admonish. 

mons,  montis,  m.,  mountain. 

mors,  mortis,  /.,  death. 

mos,  moris,  w.,  custom;  pi., 
manners. 

moveo,  -ere,  movi,  motum, 
move. 

mulier,  -eris, /.,  woman. 

multitudo,  -dinis,  /.,  multitude. 

multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much ;  j^Z. , 
many. 

mnnio,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itum, 
fortify. 

manitio,  -onis,  /.,  fortification. 

mQnitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  (perf. 
pass.  part,  o/munio),  fortified. 

marus,  -i,  m.,  wall. 


N. 

nam,  conj.,  for. 

narro,  -are,   -avi,   -atum,  tell, 

narrate. 
nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum,  be 

born. 


natio,  -onis,  /.,  nation. 

natura,  -ae,  /.,  nature. 

natus,  -us,  m.,  birth.  Used 
only  in  abl.  sing. ;  maiores 
natu,  elders  by  birth,  old 
men. 

nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor. 

navis,  -is,  /.,  ship,  boat. 

-ne,  enclitic  interrog.  particle, 
simply  denoting  a  question; 
in  indirect  questions  some- 
times whether. 

ne,  negative  particle,  that  .  .  . 
not,  lest,  not  to ;  ne  .  .  . 
quidem,  not  even. 

necesse,  indecl.  adj.,  necessary. 

nemo,  -inis,  m.,  nobody,  no  one. 
Not  used  in  gen.  and  abl.,  the 
corresponding  forms  of  nullus 
bei7ig  used  instead. 

neque  (nee),  conj.,  and  not,  nor ; 
neque  .  .  .  neque,  neither  .  .  . 
nor. 

niger,  -gra,  -grum,  adj.,  black. 

nihil,  n.,  indecl.,  nothing. 

nisi,  conj.,  if  not,  unless. 

nobills,  -e,  adj.,  noble,  of  high 
birth,  famous. 

noceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  harm, 
injure. 

nolo,  nolle,  nolul,  no  supine, 
be  unwilling, 

nomen,  -minis,  n.,  name. 

non,  adv.,  not. 

nonne,  interrog.  adv.  {intro- 
ducing a  question  expecting 
the  answer  "?/es"),  not? 

noster,  -tra,  -trum,  possess, 
pron.,  our. 

novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new. 

nox,  uoctis,  /,,  night. 


238 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN  LATIN. 


nallus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  no,  not 
any,  no  one. 

num,  interrog.  particle  (e)spect- 
ing  the  answer  "  wo "),  in 
indirect  questions,  whether. 

numerus,  -i,  ?>i.,  number. 

nuiitio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  re- 
port, announce. 

nnntius,  -i,  m.,  messenger. 

O. 

ob,  prep,  with  ace,  on  account  of. 
obses,  obsidis,  m.,  hostage. 
obtineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  hold. 
occasus,  -us,  m.,  setting;  soils 

occasus,  sunset. 
occido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -cisum, 

kill. 
occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  seize, 

take. 
octoginta,    indecl.    num.    adj., 

eighty. 
omnino,  adv.,  altogether,  in  all. 
omnis,  -e,  adj.,  all. 
oppidum,  -i,   n.,   town,  walled 

town. 
oppugno,    -are,    -avi,    -atum, 

attack,  storm. 
opus,  operis,  n.,  work. 
oratio,  -onis,  /.,  speech,  oration. 
ordo,  ordinis,  m.,  rank,  order. 
Orgetorix,  -igis,  m.,  Orgetorix, 

a  Helvetian  nobleman. 
orno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  adorn, 

deck. 


pains,  -udls,  /.,  marsh,  swamp. 
par,  paris,  adj.,  equal. 
parco,    -ere,    peperci    (parsi), 
parsnrus  (parclturus),  spare. 


parens,  -entls,  c,  parent. 
pareo,  -ere,   parui,  pariturus, 

obey. 
paro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  prepare, 

furnish, 
pars,  partis,  /.,  part. 
parvus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    small, 

little. 
passus,    -us,    m.,   pace;     miile 

passns,  a  Boman  mile. 
pater,  patris,  m.,  father. 
patria,  -ae, /.,  fatherland,  native 

country. 
pauci,    -ae,   -a,    adj.,    used    al- 
most exclusively  in  the  plural, 

few. 
pax,  pacls,  /.,  peace. 
pecunia,  -ae,  /.,  money,  wealth, 

{originally  cattle;  cf.  pecus). 
pecus,  -oris,  w.,  flock,  cattle. 
pedes,  peditis,  m.,  foot-soldier. 
pedester,  -tris,  -tre,  adj.,  on  foot, 

of  infantry. 
pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsum,  re- 
pel, drive  off. 
per,  prep,  with  ace,  through. 
per-,  adv.,  in  composition,  very 

{as  per-facllis,  very  easy), 
periculum,  -i,  n.,  peril,  danger. 
peritus,   -a,   -um,   adj.,   skilful, 

experienced. 
persequor,  -sequi,  -secntus  sum, 

pursue, 
persuadeo,   -ere,   -suasi,   -sua- 

sum,  persuade. 
pertlneo,  -ere,  -ui,    no  supine, 

hold  through,  extend, 
perturbo,    -are,    -avi,    -atum, 

disturb  greatly. 
pervenlo,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventum, 

come  through,  arrive. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


239 


pes,  pedis,  w.,  foot,  as  part 
of  the  body,  and  also  as  a 
measure. 

peto,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itum,  seek,  ask. 

pict&ra,  -ae,  /.,  picture,  paint- 
ing. 

pilum,  -i,  n.,  javelin. 

poeta,  -ae,  m.,  poet. 

poUiceor,  -eri,  polllcitus  sum, 
promise. 

pono,  -ere,  posui,  positum, 
place,  put. 

pons,  pontis,  w.,  bridge. 

populus,  -i,  m.,  people,  nation. 

porta,  -ae,  /.,  gate,  door. 

porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  carry. 

portus,  -us,  m.,  port,  harbor. 

possum,  posse,  potui,  no  supine, 
be  able,  can,  have  power. 

post,  prep,  with  ace,  after,  be- 
hind ;  also  adv.,  afterwards. 

posterus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  next,  fol- 
lowing. 

postulo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  de- 
mand. 

potens,  potentis,  adj.,  powerful. 

potestas,  -tatis,  /.,  power. 

potior,  potiri,  potitus  sum, 
get  possession  of. 

praefero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum, 
carry  before,  prefer. 

praepono,  -ponere,  -posui, 
-positum,  place  before,  put  in 
command  of. 

praesidium,  -i,  n.,  guard,  escort, 
protection. 

praesum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus, 
command,  be  at  the  head  of. 

primus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  first. 

princeps,  principis,  m.,  chief. 

prior,  prius,  adj.,  earlier,  former. 


pro,  prep,  with  abl.,  before,  for. 
Procillus, -i,  m.,  a  Boman  name. 

Gaius  Valerius  Procillus  was 

sent  by  Ca-sar  as  envoy  to  Ari- 

ovistus. 
proelium,  -i,  n.,  battle. 
profectio,  -onis,/.,  departure. 
proficiscor,  proficisci,  profec- 

tus  sum,  set  out,  depart. 
progredior,     -gredi,     -gressus 

sum,  go  (or  come)  forth  or 

forward. 
prohibeo,  -ere,  -hibui,  -hibitum, 

hinder,  keep  from. 
proper©,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  hurry. 
propior,  propius,  adj.,   {comp. 

of  stem  of  prope,  near) ,  nearer ; 

superl.    proximus,   -a,    -um. 

nearest,  next. 
propter,  prep,  loith  ace,  on  ac- 
count of. 
prosum,  prSdesse,  profui,  pro- 

futOrus,  be  profitable. 
provineia,  -ae,  /.,  province. 
proximus.     See  propior. 
publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  public. 
puella,  -ae,  /.,  girl. 
puer,  pueri,  m.,  boy. 
pugna,  -ae,  /.,  fight,  battle. 
pugno,  -are,  avi,  -atum,  fight. 
pulcher,    -chra,  -clirum,   adj., 

beautiful,  pretty. 
puto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  think. 


Q 


quadraginta,  indecl.  num.  adj., 

forty. 
quaero,  -ere,  quaesivi,  quaesi- 

tum,  ask,  inquire  about. 
quam,  adv.,  than,  as. 


^^' 


OF   THB 


240 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


quantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  interrog., 
how  great?  how  much?  rel., 
as  great,  as ;  tantus  .  .  . 
quantus,  so  great  ...  as. 

quartus,  -a,  -um,  ordinal  nu- 
meral adj.,  fourth. 

quattuor,  indecl.  numeral  adj., 
four. 

-que,  enclitic  conj.,  and,  to  be 
translated  before  the  word  at 
the  end  of  which  it  stands. 

qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.,  who, 
which,  what;  indef,  any. 

quidam,  quaedam,  quoddain, 
indef.  pron.,  a  certain  (one, 
etc.). 

quidem,  conj.  Often  not  to  be 
translated,  except  by  empha- 
sizing the  word  before  it; 
sometimes,  indeed,  at  least ; 
ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not  even. 

quin,  conj.,  that,  but  that. 

quinque,  indecl.  numeral  adj., 
five. 

quintus,  -a,  -um,  ordinal  nu- 
meral adj.,  fifth. 

quis,  quae,  quid,  interrog.  pron., 
who?  which?  what? 

quis,  quae  (qua),  quid,  indef. 
pron.,  used  after  si,  nisi,  ne,  and 
num,  any,  any  one,  any  thing, 

quisquam,  quidquam,  indef. 
pron.,  used  only  after  negatives 
and  negative  expressions,  any 
one,  anything. 

quisque,  quaeque,  quidque, 
indef.  pron.,  each,  each  one, 
every. 

quot,  indecl.  pron.,  interrog., 
how  many  ?  relative,  as  many 


R. 

recipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -ceptum, 

take  back ;  also  reflexive,  se 
recipere,  betake  oneself,  retire, 
withdraw,  retreat. 

redeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  back, 
return. 

reglna,  -ae,/.,  queen. 

regio,  -onis, /.,  region. 

regnum,  -i,  n.,  kingdom,  royal 
power. 

relinquo,  -linquere,  -liqui,  -lie- 
turn,  leave. 

reliquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  remain- 
ing, rest  of. 

remaneo,  -manere,  -mansi, 
-mansurus,  remain,  stay. 

renuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -a turn, 
report,  announce. 

reperio,  -ire,  repperi,  repertum, 
find,  findj)ut. 

res,  rei,/.,  thing. 

resist©,  -ere,  restiti,  no  supine, 
resist,  withstand. 

respondeo,  -ere,  respondl,  re- 
sponsum,  answer,  reply. 

res  publica,  rei  publicae,  /. 
{really  a  noun,  res,  and  adj., 
publica,  the  public  thing), 
state. 

retineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum, 
retain,  hold  back. 

reverter,  reverti,  reversus  sum 
and  reverto,  -ere,  -verti, 
-versum,  the  deponent  forms 
used  in  the  present  system, 
return,  go  or  come  back. 

rex,  regis,  m.,  king. 

Rhenus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhine,  di- 
viding Gaul  from  Germany. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


241 


Rhodanus,   -i,    m.,  the  Rhone, 
a  river  of  southern  Gaul. 

ripa,  -ae,  /.,  bank  of  a  river f^ 
shore  of  a  lake. 

Roma,  -ae,  /.,  Rome. 

Romanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Roman ; 
masc.  as  subst.,  a  Roman. 

rosa,  -ae,/.,rose. 


S. 

saepe,  adv.,  often. 

salus,  -litis,/.,  safety. 

satis,  adv.,  enough. 

scio,  scire,  scivT,  scitum,  know. 

scribo,  -ere,  scripsi,  scrlptum, 
write. 

scatum,  -I,  n.,  shield. 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  second, 
favorable ;  res  secundae,  pros- 
perity. 

sed,  conj.,  but. 

semper,  adv.,  always. 

senatus,  -Os,  m.,  senate. 

senex,  senis,  m.,  old  man. 

Sequanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of 
or  belonging  to  the  Sequani, 
a  Gallic  tribe  ;  masc.  as 
subst.,  a  Sequanian ;  pi.,  the 
Sequani. 

sequor,  sequi,  secQtus  sum, 
follow. 

serva,  -ae,  /.,  female  slave,  maid- 
servant. 

servus,  -I,  m.,  slave,  servant. 

sex,  indecl.  numeral  adj.,  six. 

sexaginta,  indecl.  numeral  adj., 
sixty. 

sextus,  -a,  -um,  ordinal  numeral 
adj.,  sixth. 

si,  conj.,  if. 


signum,  -i,  n.,  sign,  standard, 
signal. 

silva,  -ae,/.,  woods,  forest. 

similis,  -e,  adj.,  like,  similar. 

sine,  prep,  with  abl.,  without. 

sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  left 
{hand,  etc.). 

socius,  -i,  m.,  ally. 

sol,  solis,  m.,  the  sun. 

soleo,  -ere,  solitus  sum,  be 
accustomed. 

solus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alone. 

sorer,  sororis,/,  sister. 

spes,  spei,/.,  hope,  expectation. 

statim,  adv.,  immediately. 

sto,  stare,  steti,  statarus, 
stand. 

sub,  prep,  usually  with  abl., 
under,  at  the  foot  of,  close  to  ; 
used  with  the  ace.  after  verbs  of 
motion. 

sul,  sibi,  se,  reflexive  pron.  of  the 
third  person;  no  nom.,  him- 
self, herself,  itself,  him,  her,  it. 

sum,  esse,  fui,  futnrus,  be. 

summus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  highest, 
topmost,  greatest,  often  at  the 
top  of  or  to  the  top  of  (superl. 
of  the  root  of  superus) . 

supero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  de- 
feat. 

supersum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus, 
be  over,  survive. 

saperus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  upper, 
higher ;  comp.,  superior ; 
superl.,  summus. 

saspicio,  -onis,  /.,  suspicion. 

suspicio,  -spicere,  -spexi,  -spec- 
tum.,  suspect. 

sustineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum, 
hold  up  (under),  withstand. 


242 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


suus,  -a,  -um,  possess,  pron., 
third  person,  his,  her,  its, 
their. 


tarn,    adv.,   so,    so    greatly,    so 

much. 
tamen,  adv.,  nevertheless,  still, 

yet,  notwithstanding. 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj..,  so  great. 
telum,  -i,  11.,  (missile)  weapon. 
tempestas,  -tatis,  /.,  storm,  tem- 
pest. 
tempus,  -oris,  w.,  time. 
teiieo,  -ere,  -ui,  tentum,  hold. 
terra,  -ae,  /.,  earth,  land. 
terreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  frighten. 
tertius,  -a,  -um,  ordinal  numeral 

adj.,  third. 
tlmeo,    -ere,    -ui,    no    supine, 

fear. 
timer,  -oris,  wi.,  fear,  alarm. 
Titus,  -i,  m.,  Titus,  a  Boman 

name. 
totus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  whole,  en- 
tire, all. 
trado,  -dere,  -didi,  -dituiu,  give 

over,  betray, 
trans,  j)rep.  with  ace,  across. 
transeo,    -ire,    -ii,    -itum,    go 

across,  cross. 
trecenti,  -ae,  -a,  numeral  adj., 

three  hundred. 
tres,  tria,  numeral  adj.,  three. 
tu,  tui,  tibi,  te,  personal  pron., 

second  person,  thou,  you ;  pi., 

vos,  you. 
turris,  -is,  /.,  tower,  turret. 
tutus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  safe. 
tuus,  -a,  -uni,  poss.  adj.,  second 

person,  thy,  your. 


U. 

ubi,    adv.,    interrog.    and    rel., 

where  (sometimes  when). 
undique,  adv.,  on  or  from  all 

sides. 
iinus,    -a,    -um,    (gen.    unius), 

numeral  adj.,  one,  (sometimes 

the  only  one,  alone). 
urbs,  urbis,  /.,  city. 
usus,  -us,  m.,  use ;  also  need. 
ut,  conj.,  with  subj.,  that,  in  order 

that,  so  that ;    also   adv.,  as, 

when. 
utor,  uti,  usus  sum,  use,  employ. 
uxor,  -oris,  /.,  wife. 


valeo,  -ere,  valui,  valiturus,  be 

strong, 
vasto,   -are,   -avi,    -atum,    lay 

waste. 
vectigal,  -alis,  n.,  tax. 
velociter,  adv.,  swiftly. 
velox,  -ocis,  adj.,  swift. 
venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventum,  come. 
ventus,  -i,  m.,  wind. 
vereor,  -eri,  veritus,  fear,   be 

afraid  of. 
Vergilius,  -i,  m.,  Virgil,  a  Boman. 
verus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  true. 
vescor,  -i,  eat. 
vester,  -traj'-trum,  poss.  adj., 

your. 
vicesimus,     -a,     -um,    ordinal 

numeral,  twentieth. 
victor,    -oris,     m.,     conqueror, 

victor. 
vicus,  -i,  m.,  village. 
video,  -ere,  vidi,  visum,  see. 


LATIN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY. 


243 


vigilia,  -ae,  /.,  watch. 

viginti,  numeral  adj.,  twenty. 

vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victum,  con- 
quer. 

vir,  viri,  m.,  man. 

virgo,  -inis,  /.,  maiden,  virgin. 

virtus,  -utis,  /.,  virtue. 

vis,  vis,  /.,  force ;  pi.,  vires, 
virium,  strength. 

vito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  avoid. 

vivo,  -ere,  vixi,  victum,  live. 


voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  call. 

volo,  velle,  volui,  wish,  be  will- 
ing. 

voluntas,  -atis,  /.,  will,  good 
will. 

voluptas,  -atis,  /.,  pleasure. 

vos.     See  tu. 

vox,  vocis,  /.,  voice. 

vulnero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum, 
wound. 

vulnus,  -eris,  w.,  wound. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 

The  figures  1,  2,  3,  or  4  after  a  verb  denote  that  the  verb  is  regular  and  of  the 
first,  second,  third,  or  fourth  conjugation.  Other  abbreviations  are  the  same  as 
those  used  in  the  Latin-English  vocabulary. 


able  (be),  possum,  posse,  potui, 
about,   de   {with  abl.),   circura 

{with  ace),  circiter  {adv.). 
absent  (be),  absum,  -esse,  afui, 

afuturus. 
abundance,  copia,  -ae,  /, 
accomplish,  efficio,  -ere,  -feci, 

-fectum. 
account  (on  account  of),  causa 

{icith  gen.),  ob,  propter  {with 

ace). 
accuse,  accuso,  1. 
accustom  (oneself),  consuesco, 

-ere,  -suevi,  -suetum. 
accustomed   (be),   soleo,   -ere, 

solitus  sum  {semi-dep.);   c5n- 

suesco,  -ere,  -suevT,  -suetum. 
across,  trans  {with  ace). 
act,  ago,  -ere,  egl,  actum. 
active,  acer,  acris,  acre. 
admire,  miror,  1,  dep. 
adorn,  orno,  1. 
advance,  progredior,  -I,  -gressus 

sum. 


advantage,  usus,  -us,  m. 
adverse,  ad  versus,  -a,  -um. 
adversity,     res     (rerum,    etc.) 

adversae. 
advice,  consilium,  -T,  n. 
Aeduan    (Haeduan),    Aeduus, 

-i,  m. 
against,  contra  {with  ace),  in 

{with  ace). 
age,  aetas,  -atis,  /.  ;   In  or  by 

age,  natu. 
agreeable,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
aid,  auxilium,  -i,  n.,  iuvo,  iuvare, 

iQvi,  iUtum ;  prosum,  prodesse, 

profui,  profuturus. 
all,  omnis,  -e ;    in   all,  omnino 

{adv.). 
AUobroges,  Allobroges,  -um,  m. 
almost,  fere. 
alone,  solus,  -a,  -um. 
already,  iam. 
also,  etiam. 
although,  cum. 
altogether,  omnino. 
always,  semper. 
am.     See  be. 
245 


246 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


ambassador,  legatus,  -i,  m. 
♦    among,  inter  {with  ace),  apud 

(loith  ace). 
ancient,  antiquus,  -a,  -um. 
and,  et,  ac,  atque,  -que ;    and 

not,  neque  (nee). 
animal,  animal,  -alis,  n. 
announce,  nQntio,  1;  renuntio,  1. 
another,  alius,  -a,  -um ;  belong- 
to  another,  alienus,  -a,  -um. 
answer,  respondeo,  -ere,  -di,  re- 

sponsum. 
any  (body  or  thing),    aliquis, 

-qua  or  -quae,  -quid,  {also  quis, 

qua  or  quae,  quid). 
approach,  adventus,  -us,  m. 
ardent,  acer,  acris,  acre. 
Ariovistus,  Ariovistus,  -i,  m. 
arms,  arma,  -orum,  n.  pi. 
army,  exercitus,  -Qs,  m. 
around,  circum  {with  ace);  put 

around,  circumdo,  -dare,  -dedl, 

-datum. 
arouse,  incito,  1. 
arrival,  adventus,  -us,  ra. 
arrive,     pervenio,    -ire,    -veni, 

-ventum. 
art,  ars,  artis,  /.  ;  art  of  war, 

res  militaris. 
as,  quam,  cum. 
ascertain,  reperio,  -Tre,  repperi, 

repertum. 
ask,  peto,  -ere,  petivi,  petltum ; 

quaero,   -ere,   quaesivl,   quae- 

situm, 
assemble,  convenio,  -ire,  -venT, 

-ventum. 
assert,  confirm 5,  1. 
assist,  iuvo,  -are,  iuvT,  iiitum. 
astonished    (be    astonished), 

miror,  1,  dep. 


at,  in  {with  ahl.). 

Athens,  Athenae,  -arum,  /.  pi. 

attack,  impetus,  -us,  ?n.,  op- 
pugns, 1  ;  make  an  attack, 
impetum  facere. 

attend,  adimadverto,  -ere,  -verti, 
-versum. 

attention  (pay).     See  attend. 

away,  a  (ab),  and.,  in  composi- 
tion., de ;  lead  away,  educo, 
-ere,  -duxT,  -ductum,  deducd, 
-ere,  -duxi,  -ductum;  go  away, 
abeo,  -Tre,  -ii  (-ivi) ,  -itum ; 
send  away,  dimitto,  -ere, 
-misi,  -missum ;  be  aw^ay, 
absum,  -esse,  afuT,  afuturus, 
desum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus. 


back,  re-  in  comp..,  as:  take 
back,  recipio,  -ere,  -cepT, 
-ceptum ;  go  back,  redeo, 
-Ire,  -ii  (-ivi) ,  -itum ;  hold 
back,  retineo,  -ere,  -ui, 
-tentum. 

bad,  malus,  -a,  -um. 

baggage,  impedimenta,  -drum, 
ti.  pi. 

bank,  ripa,  -ae,  /.  ^. 

barbarian,  barbarus,  -T,  m. 

battle,  proelium,  -i,  n.;  pugna, 
-ae,  /. 

be,  sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus. 

bear,  fero,  f erre,  tulT,  latum ; 
bear  against,  infero,  inferre, 
intuli,  illatum.  See,  also, 
bring. 

beautiful,  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrur  . 

because  of,  ob,  propter. 

become,  fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN    VOCABULARY. 


before,   ante,   prep,  with   ace. ; 

ante,  adv.  ;  antequam,  conj. 
began,  coepT,  coepisse  {no  pres- 
ent). 
beginning,  initium,  -i,  n. 
belialf     (in    behalf    of),    pro 

(imth  ahl.). 
Belgians,  Belgae,  -arum,  m. 
believe,     credo,    -ere,    credidi, 

creditum. 
Bellovaci,  BellovacI,  -drum,  m. 
between,  inter  {with  ace). 
Bibracte,  Bibracte,  -is,  n. 
bind,    teneo,   -ere,    tenul,    ten- 

tum. 
birth,  natus,  -us,  m. ;   of  high 

birth,  nobilis,  -e. 
black,  niger,  -gra,  -grum. 
blame,  culp5,  1. 
body,  corpus,  -oris,  n. 
book,  liber,  -bri,  m. 
born  (be),  nascor,  nasci,  natus 

sum. 
bound,    contineo,    -ere,    -tinui, 

-tentum. 
boy,  puer,  -T,  m. 
brave,  fortis,  -v. 
bravely,  fortiter. 
bravery,  virtiis,  -utis,  /. 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
bring,  porto,  1,  fero,  ferre,  tuli, 

latum ;   bring  together,  con- 

fero,  -ferre,  contuli,  coUatum ; 

bring  out,  efferd,  efferre,  ex- 

tuli,  elatum. 
Britain,  Britannia,  -ae,  /. 
Briton,  Britannus,  -i,  m. 
broad,  latus,  -a,  -um. 
VVother,  f rater,  -tris,  m. 
but,    sed,    autem ;    but    that, 

quin. 


C. 

Caesar,  Caesar,  -aris,  m. 

call,  voco,  1,  appello,  1 ;  call 
together,  convoco,  1. 

camp,  castra,  -orum,  n.  pi. 

can,  possum,  posse,  potuT. 

captive,  captivus,  -i,  m. 

capture,  capio,  capere,  cepi, 
captum.     See  also  take. 

care  (take),  euro,  1. 

carry,  porto,  1,  {see,  also,  bring 
and  hear);  carry  before,  prae- 
fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum. 

cart,  carrus,  -i,  m. 

Casticus,  Casticus,  -i,  m. 

cause,  causa,  -ae,  /.  ;  euro,  1. 

cavalry,  equitatus,  -us,  m. ;  cqui- 
tes,  -um,  {pi.  of  eques),  m. 

cavalry-man,  eques,  -itis,  m. 

celebrated,  clarus,  -a,  -um. 

censure,  culpo,  1. 

centurion,  centurio,  -onis,  m. 

certain,  certus,  -a,  -um ;  a  cer- 
tain {indefinite).!  ([uldam. 

change,  commutatio,  -onis,  /, 

character,  natura,  -ae,  /. 

check,  proliibeo,  -ere,  -liibui, 
-hibitum. 

cheerfully,  libenter. 

chief,  prmceps,  -ipis,  m.  ;  com- 
mander-in-chief, imperator, 
-5ris,  m. 

children,  liberi,  -orum,  m. 

Cicero,  Cicero,  -onis,  m. 

citizen,  civis,  -is,  m. 

city,  urbs,  urbis,  /. 

cohort,  coliors,  -tis,  /. 

collect,  c5go,  c5gere,  coegi, 
coactum. 

come,  venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventum ; 


248 


A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


come  together,  convenio,  -Ire, 
-venT,  -ventum ;  come  out, 
egredior,  -I,  -gressus  sum. 

command,  iubeo,  -ere,  iussT, 
iussum  ;  impero,  1 ;  praesum, 
-esse,  -fui,  -futurus ;  place  in 
command,  praepono,  -ere, 
-posul,  -positum. 

commander-in-chief,  impera- 
tor,  -oris,  m. 

companion,  comes,  -itis,  c. 

conceal,  celo,  1. 

conference,  colloquium,  -i,  n. 

confidence,  fides,  -ei,  /. 

confusion  (throw  into),  per- 
turbo,  1. 

conquer,  supero,  1 ;  vinco,  vin- 
cere,  vTcT,  victum. 

conqueror,  victor,  -oris,  m. 

consider,  delTbero,  1. 

consul,  consul,  -ulis,  m. 

consult,  delibero,  1. 

contend,  contends,  -ere,  con- 
tend!, contentum. 

Corinth,  Corinth  us,  -i,  /. 

Cornelia,  Cornelia,  -ae, /. 

council,  concilium,  -i,  n. 

country,  terra,  -ae,  /. ;  native 
country,  patria,  -ae,  /,  ;  coun- 
try, as  distinguished  from  city, 
rus,  ruris,  n. 

cross,  transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum. 

crown,  corona,  -ae,  /. 

culture,  humanitas,  -atis,  /. 

custom,  mos,  moris,  m. 


D. 

daily,     (adv.)    cottidie,     (adj.) 

cottidianus,  -a,  -um. 
danger,  periculum,  -i,  n. 


dare,   audeo,   -ere,   ausus   sum, 

(semi-dep.). 
daughter,  filia,  -ae,  /. 
day,  dies,  -ei,  m. 
dear,  earns,  -a,  -um. 
decide,  constituo,  -ere,  -ui,  -titum. 
deck,  orno,  1. 
deep,  altus,  -a,  -um. 
deeply   (i.e.  seriously),   gravi- 

ter. 
defeat,   supero,    1,  vinco,  -ere, 

vici,  victum. 
defend,  defendo,  -ere,  -di,  -fen- 
sum  ;  in  defence  of,  pro,  prep. 

loith  ahl. 
deliberate,  deliberd,  1. 
delight,  delecto,  1. 
demand,  postulo,  1. 
demonstrate,  demonstro,  1. 
departure,  profectio,  -onis,  /. 
depth,  altitudo,  -inis,  /. 
desert,    relinquo,    -ere,    -liquT, 

-lictum. 
determine,  constituo,  -ere,  -ui, 

-iitum. 
difficult,  difBcilis,  -e. 
diligence,  diligentia,  -ae,  /. 
distant  (most),    extremus,   -a, 

-um. 
distant  (be),  absum,  -esse,  afui, 

af  turns. 
disturb  greatly,  perturbo,  1. 
divide,  divido,  -ere,  -visi,  -visum. 
Divitiacus,  Divitiacus,  -T,  m. 
do,  facio,  facere,  feci,  factum ; 

ago,  -ere,  egi,  actum. 
door,  porta,  -ae,  /. 
doubt,  dub  its,  1 ;  there  is  no 

doubt,  non  dubium  est. 
doubtful,  dubius,  -a,  -um. 
dove,  columba,  -ae,  /. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


249 


draAV  up,   constituo,   -ere,    -uT, 

-utum. 
drive,    ago,    -ere,    egi,    actum ; 

drive  bacli,  pello,  -ere,  pepuli, 

pulsum. 
Dumnorix,  Dumnorix,  -igis,  m. 
dwell    in,    incolo,  -ere,   -colui, 

-cultum. 

E. 

eager,  acer,  acris,  acre. 

eagle,  aquila,  -ae,  /. 

early,  mature,  adv. 

easily,  facile. 

easy,  facilis,  -e. 

eat,  vescor,  -i,  no  perf. 

eighty,  octoginta. 

eminent,  clarus,  -a,  -um. 

encamp,    consido,    -ere,    -sedi, 

-sessum. 
encourage,    animum    (animos) 

confirmo,  1. 
end,  finis,  -is,  m. 
endeavor,  conor,  1,  dep. 
endure,    sustineo,    -ere,    -tinui, 

-tentum. 
enemy,  liostis,  -is,  m. ;  inimlcus, 

-i,  in. 
engage  (in  battle),  committo, 

-ere,    -misi,    -missum,    (proe- 

lium). 
enjoy,   fruor,   frui,  fruitus   and 

frQctus  sum. 
enough,  satis. 
entire,  totus,  -a,  -um. 
envoy,  legatus,  -i,  m. 
equal,  par,  paris. 
escort,  praesidium,  -i,  n. 
even,  etiam;  not  even,  ne  .  .  . 

quidem. 


every  (one),  quisque,  quaeque, 

quidque. 
exhort,  hortor,  1,  dep. 
expect,  exspecto,  1. 
experienced,  peritus,  -a,  -um. 
extend,    pertineo,    -ere,    -tinui, 

-tentum. 
extreme,    maximus,    -a,    -um ; 

extremus,  -a,  -um. 


fable,  fabula,  -ae,  /. 

fail,  desum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futtirus. 

faith,  fides,  -el,  /. 

faithful,  fidus,  -a,  -um. 

fall,  cado,  -ere,  cecidi,  casum ; 

fall  upon,  accido,  -ere,  -cidi ; 

fall  into,  in  with,  upon,  in- 

cido,  -ere,  -cidi, 
famous,  nobilis,  -e;   clarus,  -a, 

-um. 
far,  longe. 

farmer,  agricola,  -ae,  m. 
farther,  longius,  (adv.). 
farthest,  extremus,  -a,  -um. 
father,  pater,  patris,  m. 
favor,  faveo,  -ere,  favT,  fautum. 
favorable,  secundus,  -a,  -um. 
fear,  timor,  -oris,  m. ;  timeo,  -ere, 

-uT;  vereor,  -eri,  veritus  sum. 
few,  paucT,  -ae,  -a. 
field,  ager,  agri,  m. 
fifth,  quintus,  -a,  -um. 
fight,  pugno,  1. 
fill,  compleo,  -ere,  -evT,  -etum. 
find  out,  reperio,  -ire,  repperi, 

repertum. 
finish,  conficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fec- 

tum, 
fire,  Ignis,  -is,  m. 


250 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


first,  primus,  -a,  -um. 

five,  quiiique. 

flee,  fugio,  fugere,  fugi. 

flight,  fuga,  -ae,  /.  [sum. 

foUoAv,    sequor,    sequi,    secutus 

following   (0/  time),  posterus, 

-a,  -um. 
fond  of  (be),  amo,  1. 
food,  frumentum,  -i,  n. 
foot,  pes,  pedis,  rn. 
foot-soldier,  pedes,  -itis,  m. 
for,  pro  (with  abl.),  prep.;  nam, 

conj, 
force,  VIS,  vis,  vi,  vim  ;  pi.  vires, 

virium,  /. 
forced   (marcli),  maximus,  -a, 

-um. 
forces  (military),  copiae,  -arum, 

/• 
forest,  silva,  -ae,  /. 
fortiflcation,  munitio,  -onis,  /. 
fortified,     munitus,     -a,     -um, 

(perf.  part,  of  mGnio). 
fortify,  munio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum. 
fortune,  fortuna,  -ae,  /. 
forty,  quadraginta. 
four,  quattuor. 
fourth,  quartus,  -a,  -um. 
free,  liber,  -era,  -erum ;  set  free, 

libero,  1. 
friend,  amicus,  -1,  m. 
friendship,  amicitia,  -ae,  /. 
frighten,  terreo,  2. 
from,  a,  ab,  de,  ex,  (all  with  abl.). 
furthest.     See  farthest, 
fury,  impetus,  -us,  m. 

G. 

Galba,  Galba,  -ae,  m. 
Gallic,  Gallicus,  -a,  -um. 


garden,  hortus,  -I,  m. 

garland,  corona,  -ae,  /. 

gate,  porta,  -ae,  /, 

gather,  lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectum ; 
coUigo,  -ere,  -leg!,  -lectum. 

Gaul  (the  country),  Gallia,  -ae, 
/. ;  (an  inhabitant  of  that 
country),  Gallus,  -1,  m. 

gay,  laetus,  -a,  -um. 

general,  imperator,  -oris,  m. 

Geneva,  Genava,  -ae,  /. 

German,  Germanus,  -a,  -um,  (as 
subst.,  Germanus,  -1,  m.). 

get  possession  of,  potior,  -iri, 
-itus  sum. 

gift,  donum,  -1,  n. 

girl,  puella,  -ae,  /. 

give,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum. 

give  up,  trado,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum. 

glad,  laetus,  -a,  -um. 

gladly,  libenter. 

go,  e5,  ire,  i!  (ivi),  itum;  go 
out  or  away,  exeo ;  go  back, 
redeS  ;  go  across,  transeo ;  go 
aw^ay,  abeo ;  go  out,  egre- 
dior,  -1,  -gressus  sum;  go  forth, 
prSgredior,  -1,  -gressus  sum. 

good,  bonus,  -a,  -um. 

grain,  friimentum,  -I,  n. 

great,  magnus,  -a,  -um ;  so  great, 
tantus,  -a,  -um ;  how  great, 
quantus,  -a,  -um. 

greater,  maior,  mains,  gen. 
mai5ris. 

Greece,  Graecia,  -ae,  /. 

Greek  (adj.),  Graecus,  -a,  -um; 
(subst.)  Graecus,  -1,  m. 

grief,  dolor,  -oris,  m. 

grieve,  be  grieved,  doleo,  2. 

guard,  custos,  -odis,  c. ;  praesid- 
ium,  -1,  n. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


251 


H. 


halt,  consisto,  -ere,  -stiti. 

hand,  manus,  -us,  m. 

hand    over,    trado,   -ere,   -didi, 

-ditum. 
Hannibal,  Hannibal,  -alls,  m. 
harbor,  portus,  -us,  m. 
harm,  noceo,  2. 
hasten,  contends,  -ere,  contend!, 

contentum;  propero,  1. 
have,  habeo,  2. 
head,  caput,  -itis,  n. 
hear,  audio,  4. 
heavy,  gravis,  -e. 
height,  altitudo,  -inis,  /. 
help,  auxilium,  -T,  n. ;  iuvo,  -are, 

iuvi,  iutum. 
Helvetian,  Helvetius,  -T,  m. 
her,  suus,  -a,   -um,    {reflexive)] 

eius  {gen.  of  is,  not  reflexive). 
herself,  {reflexive)^  suT,  sibi,  se, 

se;     {intensive),    ipse,     ipsa, 

ipsum. 
high,   altus,   -a,   -um ;   superus, 

-a,    -um,    {superl.    summus) ; 

of  high  birth,  nobilis,  -e. 
hill,  collis,  -is,  m. 
himself,  {reflexive),  suT,  sibi,  se, 

se ;      {intensive),    ipse,    ipsa, 

ipsum. 
hinder,  proliibeS,  2  ;  impedio,  4. 
his,   suus,  -a,   -um,   {reflexive)  ; 

eius   {gen.   of  is,   not    reflex- 
ive). 
hold,  teneo,  -ere,  tenui,  tentum ; 

hold  together,  contine5,  -ere, 

-tinuT,   -tentum ;    hold   back, 

retined,     -ere,     -uT,    -tentum ; 

hold  (in  possession),  obtineo, 

-ere,  -uT,  -tentum. 


home,  domus,  -us,  /. ;  at  home, 

domi. 
Homer,  Homerus,  -i,  m. 
hope,  spes,  spei,  /. 
horn,  cornu,  -us,  n. 
horse,  equus,  -i,  m. 
horseman,  eques,  -itis,  m. 
hostage,  obses,  -idis,  c. 
hour,  liora,  -ae,  /. 
house,  domus,  -us,  /. 
how  great,  quantus,  -a,  -um. 
how  many,  quot  {indecl.). 
huge,  ingens,  -entis. 
hundred,  centum. 
hurl,  iacio,  iacere,  iecT,  iactum  ; 

conicio,  -icere,  -ieci,  -iectum. 
hurry,  propero,  1. 


I. 

I,  eg5,  mei,  mihi,  me,  me. 
if,  si;  if  not,  nisi. 
illustrious,  clarus,  -a,  -um. 
immediately,  statim. 
impede,  impedio,  4. 
in,  in  {ivith  ahl.). 
incredible,  incredibilis,  -e. 
induce,     adduce,     -ere,     -duxT, 

-ductum. 
infantry  {adj.,  =  of  infantry), 

pedester,  -tris,  -tre. 
influence,   auctoritas,   -atis,  /. ; 

gratia,  -ae,  /. ;    adduco,  -ere, 

-duxT,  -ductum. 
inform,  certiorem  facio,  facere, 

feci,  factum. 
inhabit,  incolo,  -ere,  -ul,  -cultum. 
inhabitant,  incola,  -ae,  m. 
injure,  noceo,  2. 
inquire  (about),  quaero,   -ere, 

quaeslvl,  quaesltum. 


252 


A  FIRST   BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


intend,  est  in  animo. 

into,  in  {loith  ace). 

island,  Insula,  -ae,  /. 

Italy,  Italia,  -ae,  /, 

its,  suus,  -a,  -urn,  (reflexive) ; 
eius  (gen.  of  is,  not  reflex- 
ive). 

itself  (reflexive),  sui,  sibi,  se,  se ; 
(intensive),  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum. 


J. 


javelin,  pilum,  -T,  n. 
judge,  index,  -icis,  m. 
Julia,  Julia,  -ae,  /. 
Jura,  Jura,  -ae,  m. 
just,  iustus,  -a,  -um. 


K. 

keep,  coutineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -ten- 
turn. 

keep  from,  prohibeS,  2. 

kill,  occido,  -ere,  -cTdi,  -cisum  ; 
interficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum. 

kind,  genus,  -eris,  n. 

king,  rex,  regis,  m. 

kingdom,  regnum,  -I,  n. 

knight,  eques,  -itis,  m. 

know,  scio,  scire,  scivi,  scitum. 


Labienus,  Labienus,  -T,  m. 
labor,  labor,  -oris,  m.  ;  laboro,  1. 
land,  terra,  -ae,  /. 
language,  lingua,  -ae,  /. 
large,  magnus,  -a,  -um ;  multus, 

-a,  -um, 
law,  lex,  legis,  /. ;  ius,  iuris,  n. 
lay  waste,  vasto,  1. 


lead,  duco,  -ere,  diixi,  ductum ; 
lead  away,  abdiico,  deduco ; 
lead  back,  rediicd  ;  lead 
out,  educo ;  lead  on,  induco, 
add  lie  o. 

leader,  dux,  duels,  m.         [turn. 

leave,  relinquo,  -ere,  -liqui,  -lie- 
left  (i.e.  left  hand,  etc.),  sinister, 
-tra,  -trum  ;  left  over  (re- 
maining), reliquus,  -a,  -um. 

legiou,  legio,  -onis,  /. 

length,  longitude,  -inis,  /. 

lest,  ne. 

letter,  epistula,  -ae,  /. 

lieutenant,  legatus,  -i,  m. 

like,  similis,  -e  ;  as  verb,  amo,  1. 

line  (of  troops  in  motion), 
agmen,  -inis,  n.  (of  battle); 
acies,  -ei, /. 

live  (i.e.  live  in,  dvrell),  incold, 
-ere,  -ui,  -cultum  ;  live  (i.e.  be 
alive),  VIVO,  -ere,  vTxi,  victum. 

long,  longus,  -a,  -um ;  a  long 
time,  diu  (adv.). 

lose,  amitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum. 

love,  amo,  1. 

low,  inferus,  -a,  -um. 

M. 

made    (be),    fio,    fieri,    f actus 

sum. 
magistracy,  magistratus,  -iis,  m. 
magistrate,  magistratus,  -us,  m. 
magnitude,  magnitudo,  -inis,  /. 
maiden,  virgo,  -inis,/. 
make,  facio,  facere,  feci,  factum. 
man,  homo,  -inis,  c.  (a  human 

being)  ;  vir,   -i,   m.  (an  adult 

human  male). 
maniple,  manipulus,  -I,  7n. 


ENGLISH-LATIN    VOCABULARY. 


253 


manners,  mSres,  -um,  m.,  (pi. 
of  mos) . 

many,  multi,  -ae,  -a,  (pi.  o/mul- 
tus). 

march,  iter,  itineris,  n. ;  to 
march,  iter  facere. 

Marcus,  Marcus,  -i,  m. 

marsh,  paltis,  -Mis,/. 

Massilia,  Massilia,  -ae,  /. 

master  (of  servants,  etc.),  do- 
minus,  -T,  m. ;  (of  pupils,  etc.), 
inagister,  -tri,  ni. 

meeting,  concilium,  -i,  n. 

memory,  memoria,  -ae,  /. 

merchant,  mercator,  -oris,  m. 

messenger,  nuntius,  -i,  m. 

middle  of,  medius,  -a,  -um. 

military,  militaris,  -e ;  mili- 
tary service,  militia,  -ae, 
/.;  military  forces,  copiae, 
-arum,  /. 

mind,  mens,  mentis,  /. ;  animus, 
-T,  m. 

mistress,  domina,  -ae,  /. 

money,  pecunia,  -ae,/. 

month,  mensis,  -is,  m. 

mother,  mater,  -tris,  /. 

mountain,  mons,  mentis,  m. 

move,  raoveo,  -ere,  movl,  mo- 
tum. 

much,  multus,  -a,  -um. 

multitude,  multitudo,  -inis,/. 

my,  meus,  -a,  -um. 

N. 

name,  nomen,  -inis,  n. 
narrowness,   angustiae,    -arum, 

f.pl. 
nation,  nfitio,  -onis,/. 
native  country,  patria,  -ae,  /. 


nature,  natiira,  -ae,/. 

necessary,  necesse,  indecl.  adj. 

neig-hbor,  finitimus,  -I,  m. 

neighboring,  ITnitimus,  -a,  -um. 

neither  .  .  .  nor,  neque  (nee) 
.  .  .  neque  (nee). 

nevertheless,  tamen. 

new,  novus,  -a,  -um. 

night,  nox,  noctis,/. 

no,  no  one,  nullus,  -a,  -um. 

noble,  nobilis,  -e. 

nobody,  nem5,  -mis,m.,  (not  used 
in  gen.  and  abl.). 

not,  noil,  nonne  (m  questions), 
ne  (in  prohibitions,  icishes,  and 
final  clauses)  ;  and  not,  ne- 
que (nee);  not  even,  ne  .  .  . 
quidem. 

nothing,  nihil,  ?i.,  (indecl.). 

notice,  animadverts,  -ere,  -verti, 
-versum. 

notw^ithstanding,  tamen. 

now,  nunc,  iam. 

number,  numerus,  -I,  m. 

O. 

oath,  iusiurandum,  iurisiurandi, 

n. 
obey,  pareo,  -ere,  -ui,  -iturus. 
of,  de  (with  ahl.). 
often,  saepe. 
old,  antiquus,  -a,  -um  ;  old  man, 

senex,  senis,  m. ;  older,  maior 

natii. 
one,   unus,  -a,    -um ;    one  .  .  . 

another,  alius  .  .  .  alius ;  one 

.    .    .    the    other    (of   t^vo), 

alter  .  .  .  alter. 
open,  apertus,  -a,  -um. 
oration,  5ratio,  -onis,  /. 


254 


A    FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


order,  ordo,  -inis,  m.,  (rank)  ; 

imperium,  -i,  n.,  (command)  ; 

to   order,  impero,  1 ;    iubed, 

-ere,  iussi,  iiissum. 
Orgetorix,  Orgetorix,  -igis,  m. 
other,  alius,   -a,  -ud;  other  of 

two,  alter,  -era,  -erum. 
ought,  debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum. 
our,  noster,  -tra,  -trum. 
over  (be),  praesmn,  -esse,  -fui, 

-futilrus. 
overcome,  supero,  1. 
owe,  debeo,  -ere,  -uT,  -itum. 


P. 

pace,  passus,  -us,  m. 

pain,  dolor, -oris,  7)1. ;  be  pained, 

doleo,  2. 
parent,  parens,  parentis,  c. 
parley,   colloquium,  -I,  n. 
part,  pars,  partis,  /. 
peace,  pax,  pacis,  /. 
people,  populus,  -T,  m. 
perceive,  conspicio,  -ere,  -spexl, 

-spectum. 
perform,    fungor,     -i,     functus 

sum. 
persuade,  persuaded,  -ere,  -suasi, 

-suasum. 
pick  (from),  deligo,  -ere,  -leg!, 

-lectum. 
picture,  pictfira,  -ae,  /. 
pitch    (a    camp),    pono,    -ere, 

posuT,  positum. 
place,   locus,  -i,   m.,  (pi.,  loca, 

-orum,  n.y,  pono,  -ere,  posuT, 

positum ;     place   over   or   in 

command,     praepono,     -ere, 

-posuT,    -i30situm  ;      to     that 

place,  eo. 


plan,  consilium,  -T,  n. 
pleasant,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
please,  delecto,  1. 
pleasing,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
pleasure,  voluptas,  -atis,  /. 
plenty,  copia,  -ae,  /. 
poem,  carmen,  -inis,  n. 
poet,  poeta,  -ae,  m. 
position,    locus,    -i,    m. ;    take 

a     position,     consldo,     -ere, 

-sedi,  -sessum ;   consists,  -ere, 

-stitT. 
possession    (get),    potior,    -irl, 

-Ttus  sum. 
power,  potestas,  -atis,  /.,  impe- 
rium,  -1,   n. ;    royal   povrer, 

regnum,  -i,  n. 
powerful,  potens,  -entis. 
praise,  laudo,  1. 
prefer,  malo,  mfdle,  malui ;  prae- 

fer5,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum. 
prepare,  paro,  1. 
present  (be) ,  adsum,  -esse,  aff ui, 

affuturus. 
Procillus,  Procillus,  -i,  m. 
procure,  paro,  1. 
profitable   (be),   prosum,   pro- 

desse,  profuT,  -futurus. 
promise,  polliceor,  -eri,  f  ollicitus 

sum. 
proper,  idoneus,  -a,  -um. 
prosperity,    res    (rerum,    efc.) 

secundae. 
protect,     defends,     -ere,     -dl, 

-fensum. 
protection,  praesidium,  -i,  n. 
province,  provincia,  -ae,  /. 
public,  publicus,  -a,  -um. 
pupil,  discipulus,  -i,  m. 
put    around,    circumdo,   -dare, 

-dedi,  -datum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


255 


Q 

queen,  regina,  -ae,  /. 
quick,  celer,  celeris,  celere. 
quickly,  celeriter. 


R. 

rank,  ord5,  -inis,  m. 
rapidity,  celeritas,  -atis,  /. 
read,  lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectum. 
ready,  paratus,  -a,  -um. 
reason,  causa,  -ae,  /. 
region,  regio,  -ouis,  /. 
remain,  maneo,  -ere,  mansT,  man- 

surus;  remaneo,  -ere,  -mansi, 

-mansurus. 
remaining,  reliquus,  -a,  -um. 
remember,  memoria  teneo,  2. 
repell,  pello,  -ere,  pepull,  pul- 

sum. 
reply,  respondeo,  -ere,  -di,  re- 

sponsum. 
report,  nunti5,  1 ;  renuntio,  1. 
repulse,  pello,  -ere,  pepull,  pul- 

sum. 
resist,    resisto,    -ere,    -stitT,    no 

supine. 
rest,  quies,  -etis,  /. ;  the  rest  of, 

reliquus,  -a,  -um. 
restrain,   contineo,  -ere,  -tinuT, 

-tentum. 
retain,     retineo,     -ere,     -tinui, 

-tentum. 
retire.     See  retreat, 
retreat,  recipid,  -ere,  -cepT,  -cep- 

tum,  with   the  refl.  pronouns 

me,  se,  etc. 
return,     reverter,    -i,    re  versus 

sum  ;  redeo,  -Ire,  -il,  -itum. 
Rhine,  Klienus,  -i.  m. 


Rhone,  Rhodanus,  -i,  m. 

right,  ius,  iuris,  n. ;  right  (hand, 
etc.),  dexter,  -tra,  -trum. 

ripe,  maturus,  -a,  -um. 

river,  flumen,  -inis,  n. 

Roman,  (adj.),  Romanus,  -a, 
-um ;  (subst.),  Romanus,  -i,  m. 

Rome,  Roma,  -ae,  /. 

rose,  rosa,  -ae,  /. 

route,  iter,  itineris,  n. 

row,  ordo,  -inis. 

royal  power,  regnum,  -i,  w. 

run,  curro,  currere,  cucurri,  cur- 
sum. 


safety,  saliis,  -utis,  /. 

sailor,  nauta,  -ae,  m. 

same,  idem,  eadem,  idem. 

say,  dlco,  -ere,  dixT,  dictum. 

scout,  explorator,  -oris,  m. 

sea,  mare,  -is,  w. 

seashore,  lltus,  -oris,  n. 

second,  secundus,  -a,  -um. 

see,  video,  -ere,  vTdl,  visum  ;  con- 
spicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectum. 

seek,  peto,  -ere,  petivi,  petTtum. 

seize,  occupo,  1 ;  capio,  -ere, 
cepi,  captum. 

select,  deligo,  -ere,  -legi,  -lectum. 

self,  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum. 

senate,  senatus,  -us,  m. 

send,  mitto,  -ere,  mlsT,  missum ; 
send  away,  dimitto,  -cre,-misi, 
-missum. 

separate,  divido,  -ere,  -visi,  -vi- 
sum, 

Sequanlan,  Sequanus,  -I,  m. 

servant,  servus,  -i,  m. ;  serva, 
-ae,  /. 

set  free,  libero,  1. 


256 


A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN. 


set  out,  proficiscor,  -i,  profectus 
sum. 

setting,  occasus,  -us,  m. 

severe,  acer,  acris,  acre ;  gra- 
vis, -e. 

sharp,  acer,  acris,  acre. 

sharply,  acriter. 

shield,  scutum,  -i,  n. 

ship,  uavis,  -is,  /. 

shore,  litus,  -oris,  n. 

short,  brevis,  -e. 

shout,  clamor,  -oris,  m. 

show,  demonstro,  1. 

sides  (on  all  sides),  undique 
(adv.). 

sign,  siguum,  -i,  n. 

similar,  similis,  -e. 

since,  cum. 

sister,  soror,  -oris,  /. 

six,  sex. 

sixth,  sextus,  -a,  -um. 

sixty,  sexaginta. 

size,  magnitude,  -inis,  /. 

skill,  ars,  artis,  /. 

skilful,  peritus,  -a,  -um. 

slaughter,  caedes,  -is,  /. 

slave,  servus,  -i,  m. ;  serva, 
-ae,  /. 

slay,  occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisum  ; 
interficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum. 

slender,  gracilis,  -e. 

small,  parvus,  -a,  -um. 

so  {of  degree) ,  tam  ;  so  ...  as, 
tarn  .  .  .  quam;  so  {of  man- 
ner or  consequence),  ita;  so 
great,  tantus,  -a,  -um. 

soldier,  miles,  -itis,  m. ;  foot- 
soldier,  pedes,  -itis,  m. 

somebody,  aliquis,  -qua  or 
-quae,  -quid;  quisquam,  quid- 
quam. 


something,  aliquis,  -qua  or -quae, 

-quid ;  quisquam,  quidquam. 
son,  filius,  -1,  m. 
song,  carmen,  -inis,  n. 
soul,  animus,  -i,  m. 
spare,  parco,  -ere,  peperci  (parsi), 

parsurus  (parciturus). 
speech,  oratio,  -onis,  /. 
spend  the  winter,  hiemo,  1. 
spirit,  animus,  -!,  m.  [turn. 

spy,  conspicio,  -ere,  -spexT,  -spec- 
stand,  sto,  stare,  stetT,  statum ; 

stand  one's  ground,  take  a 

stand,  consisto,  -ere,  -stiti. 
standard,  signum,  -i,  n. 
state,  ci vitas,  -atis,  /. 
still  (atZu.),  tamen. 
stone,  lapis,  -idis,  m. 
storm,  tempestas,  -atis,/.;  op- 

pugno,   1 ;    take  by   storm, 

expugno,  1. 
story,  f abula,  -ae,  /. 
strength,  vTs,  vis,  vi,  vim;  pi. 

vires,  vTrium,  /. 
strengthen,  confirmo,  1. 
strive,  contendo,  -ere,  contend!, 

contentum. 
strong  (be),  valeo,  2. 
suitable,  idoneus,  -a,  -um. 
summer,  aestas,  -atis,  /. 
summon,  convocd,  1. 
sun,  sol,  soils,  m. ;  sunset,  solis 

occasus,  -iis,  m. 
superior  (be),  supero,  1. 
supplies,  commeatus,  -us,  m. 
surpass,  supero,  1. 
surrender,  deditio,  -onis,  /. 
surrender   {verb),    tradS,   -ere, 

-didi,  -ditum. 
surround,  circumdo,  -dare,  -dedi, 

-datum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


257 


suspicion,  suspicio,  -onis,  /. 

swamp,  palus,  -fidis,  /. 

swift,  celer,  celeris,  celere ;  velox, 

velocis, 
swiftly,  velociter. 
swiftness,  celeritas,  -atis,  /. 
sword,  gladius,  -i,  m. 


table,  mensa,  -ae,  /. 

take,    occupo,    1 ;    capio,    -ere, 

cepi,  captum  ;  take  by  storm, 

expugno,  1 ;  take  a  position, 

consido,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessum  ; 

consisto,    -ere,     -stiti ;     take 

back,  recipio. 
take  care,  euro,  1. 
tax,  vectigal,  -alls,  n. 
teacher,  magister,  -tri,  m. 
tell,  narro,  1. 

tempest,  tempestas,  -atis,/. 
ten,  decern  (indecL). 
tenth,  decimus,  -a,  -um. 
territory,  fines,  -ium,   m.,   (pi. 

of  finis) ;  ager,  -gri,  m. ;  terra, 

-ae,  /. 
than,  quam. 
that,  ille,  ilia,  illud ;  is,  ea,  id ; 

that    (of   yours),    iste,    ista, 

istud  ;  that,  so  that,  in  order 

that,  ut ;  that  not,  ne  ;  that, 

but  that,  quin. 
their,  suus,  -a,  -um,  (reflexive), 

eorum,  earum,  (gen.  pi  of  is, 

not  reflexive). 
there,  ibi. 
thing,  res,  rei,  /. 
think,  puto,  1  ;  arbitror,  1,  dep.  ; 

exTstimo,  1  ;  cogito,  1. 
third,  tertius,  -a,  -um. 
this,  lilc,  liaec,  h5c. 


thither,  eo. 

thou,  tu,  tui,  tibi,  te,  tu,  te. 

thousand,  mille  ;  pl.^  milia. 

three,  tres,  tria. 

three  hundred,  trecenti,  -ae,  -a. 

through,  per  (with  ace). 

throw,  iacio,  iacere,  iecT,  iac- 
tum  ;  throw  together,  con- 
icio,  -icere,  -iecl,  -iectum; 
throw  into  confusion,  per- 
turbo,  1. 

thy,  tuus,  -a,  -um. 

time,  tempus,  -oris,  n. 

tired,  defessus,  -a,  -um. 

Titus,  Titus,  -1,  m. 

to,  ad,  in  (with  ace). 

together,  con  in  composition,  as 
call  together,  convoco,  1 ; 
come  together,  convenio,  -Ire, 
-venT,  -ventum ;  throw^  to- 
gether, conicio,  -ere,  -iecT, 
-iectum. 

toil,  labor,  -oris,  m. ;  laboro,  1. 

tongue,  lingua,  -ae,  /. 

top  of,  summus,  -a,  -um. 

tower,  turris,  -is,/. 

town,  oppidum,  -i,  n. 

tree,  arbor,  -oris,  / 

trust,  credo,  -ere,  credidi,  credi- 
tum. 

try,  Conor,  1,  dep. 

turret,  turris,  -is,/ 

twentieth,  vicesimus,  -a,  -um. 

twenty,  viginti. 

two,  duo,  -ae,  -5. 

two  hundred,  ducenti,  -ae,  -a. 

U. 

under,  sub  (with  abl.  except  after 
verbs  of  motion;  then  with 
ace). 


258 


A   FIRST   BOOK   IN   LATIN. 


understand,  intellego,  -ere,  -lexi, 

-lectum. 
unfavorable,  adversus,  -a,  -um ; 

alienus,  -a,  -um. 
unhappy,  miser,  -era,  -erum. 
unless,  nisi. 
unwilling    (be),    nolo,    nolle, 

nolui. 
urge,  liortor,  1,  dep. 
urge  on,  incite,  1. 
use,  usus,  -us,  m. 
use,  utor,  uti,  iisus  sum. 
utmost,  maximus,  -a,  -um. 

V. 

valor,  virtus,  -utis,  /. 

vast,  ingens,  -entis. 

very,  to  he  expressed  by  the  superl. 
or  sometimes  by  per-  in  com- 
position. 

victor,  victor,  -oris,  w. 

village,  vicus,  -i,  m. 

violence,  vis,  vis,  /. 

violent,  acer,  -cris,  -ere. 

violently,  acriter  (adv.). 

Virgil,  Vergilius,  -I,  m. 

virgin,  virgo,  -inis,  /. 

virtue,  virtus,  -utis,  /. 

voice,  vox,  vocis,  /. 

W. 

vrage  war,  bellum  gero,  gerere, 
gessT,  gestum  ;  wage  offensive 
war,  bellum  infero,  inferre, 
intulT,  illfitum. 

wait  for,  exspecto,  1. 

w^all,  murus,  -T,  m. 

want,  iiiopia,  -ao,/. 

w^ar,  bellum,  -T,  n. 


Avar-vessel,  nfivis  longa. 
%vaste  (lay  w^aste),  vasto,  1. 
watch,  vigilia,  -ae,  /. 
water,  aqua,  -ae,  /. 
weapon,  teluin,  -i,  n. 
weary,  defessus,  -a,  -um. 
welcome,  gratus,  -a,  -um. 
■welfare,  salus,  -utis,  /. 
what   {rel.),   qui,   quae,    quod; 

(interrog.)^  quis,  quae,  quid. 
when,  cum. 
where,  ubi. 
whether,  num. 
which   (reZ.),  quT,  quae,  quod; 

(interrog.)^  quis,  quae,  quid. 
white,  albus,  -a,  -um. 
who    (reZ.),    qui,    quae,    quod; 

(interrog.) ,  quis,  quae,  quid. 
w^hole,  totus,  -a,  -um. 
why?  cur. 
wide,  latus,  -a,  -um. 
vi^idth,  latitudo,  -inis,/. 
w^ife,  uxor,  -oris,/. 
will,  voluntas,  -atis,/. 
willing  (be),  volo,  velle,  volui. 
wind,  ventus,  -i,  m. 
wing,  ala,  -ae,  /.  ;  wing  of  an 

army,  cornu,  -us,  n. 
winter,  liiems,  hiemis,  /  ;  win- 
ter quarters,  hiberna,  -orum, 

n.    pi. ;     pass    the    w^inter, 

hiemd,  1. 
wish,   volo,  velle,  volui ;    wish 

more  or  rather,  malo,  malle, 

malui. 
with,    cum    (with    abl.),    apud 

(icith  ace). 
w^ithdraw  (transitive),  deduc5, 

-ere, -duxi, -ductum ;  (intrans.), 

discedo,  -ere,  -cessT,  -cessum; 

recipio,    -ere,    -cepi,    -ceptum 


ENGLISH-LATIN    VOCABULARY. 


259 


(reflexive    with    me,    te,    se, 

etc.). 
withstand,    sustineo,   -ere,   -ul, 

-teutum. 
woman,  mulier,  -eris,/. ;  femiiia, 

-ae,/. 
wonder  at,  miror,  1,  dep. 
woods,  silva,  -ae,/. 
work,  opus,  operis,  n. ;  labord,  1 . 
worthy,  dignus,  -a,  -um. 
wound,   vulnus,   -eris,   n. ;  vul- 

nero,  1. 
wretched,  miser,  -era,  -erum. 


write,  scrlbo,  -ere,  scrips!,  scrip- 

tum. 
wrong,  iniuria,  -ae,/. 

Y. 

year,  annus,  -i,  in. 

you,  tfi  (sing.),  vos  (pi.). 

your,  vester,  -tra,  -trum,  (belong- 
to  more  than  one)  ;  tuus,  -a, 
-um,  (belonging  to  one). 

youth  (young  person),  adules- 
ceus,  -entis,  m. ;  iuvenis,  -is,  m. 


Announcetnent, 


THE  STUDENTS'  SERIES  OF  LATIN  CLASSICS. 

UNDER  THE   EDITORIAL   SUPERVISION   OP 

ERNEST  MONDELL  PEASE,  A.M., 
Leland  Stanford  Junior  University, 

AND 

HARRY  THURSTON  PECK,  Ph.D.,  L.H.D., 
Columbia  College. 


This  Series  will  contain  those  portions  of  the  Latin 
authors  that  are  usually  read  in  American  schools  and 
colleges ;  and  to  meet  the  growing  demand  for  more 
liberal  courses  such  other  portions  will  be  included  as 
are  well  fitted  for  classroom  use,  but  which  have  hitherto 
lacked  suitable  editions.  In  order  to  furnish  permanent 
editions  of  uniform  merit  the  work  is  distributed  among 
a  large  number  of  special  editors,  and  the  several  editions 
will  be  based  for  the  most  part  upon  approved  German 
editions. 

While  thus  profiting  by  the  valuable  results  of  German 
scholarship,  which  give  the  assurance  of  marked  excel- 
lence to  the  Series,  each  editor  will  nevertheless  verify 
all  the  statements  of  the  original,  and  add  to  and  alter 
them  as  much  as  may  be  necessary  to  adapt  his  work  to 
the  needs  of  American  students. 

The  text  will  be  carefully  revised,  and  will  be  followed 
in  a  separate  part  of  the  book  by  a  full  commentary  and 
index. 

The  Series  will  also  contain  elementary  and  supple- 
mentary works  prepared  by  competent  scholars.  Every 
effort  will  be  made  to  give  the  books  a  neat  and  attrac- 
tive appearance. 


^O  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 
LOAN  DEPT 


<^sll\-of,'?,y^s 


J  J   .  General  Librarv 


U.C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CD4S^m27"l 


7 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY 


